Kisoro District Five Year Dev - Plan 2016

Download as docx, pdf, or txt
Download as docx, pdf, or txt
You are on page 1of 319

KISORO DISTRICT FIVE-YEAR DEVELOPMENT PLAN

VISION “A united, Healthy, wealthy and well-educated


community”2015/16-2019/20

Theme:”Growth, employment, and social economic transformation for prosperity “

i
Map of Uganda showing the position of Kisoro district

Map 1

Map of Kisoro District Local Government

ii
Map 2

iii
Foreword

The District has continued to emphase decentralised development planning process as provided in the
Local Government Act Cap 243. Section 36(3) empowers local governments to develop their own
development plans by incorporating the lower local council plans and priorities. Development Planning
provides the basis for identifying development priority needs and presents a framework in which
development opportunities, objectives and targets are developed to realise intended outputs. Setting
appropriate policies and objectives within the available resource envelope is a process which requires
participation of all stakeholders. It is in accordance with this statutory requirement that this development
plan has been prepared.

The Kisoro District Local Government vision is “A united, Healthy, well -Educated and Wealthy
Community”. This plan is intended to contribute to the achievement of this vision.

The overall goal of the district is to achieve at least 90% of the district strategic objectives by end of
2019/2020.The district strategic objectives are:-

 Increasing the levels of education and literacy in the district


 Ensuring that infrastructure facilities including feeder roads, safe water supply, and public
buildings are available and well maintained.
 Ensuring food self-sufficiency and food security in the district
 Ensuring that natural resources within the district are sustainably utilised.
 Providing adequate and accessible health services to the people of Kisoro
 Increasing participation and sustainability of government programs and empowering marginalized
groups like women, children, youth, people with disabilities and minority Batwa.
 Collecting sufficient revenue to ensure that service delivery standards are improved.

In the last five years we have, as a district, made tremendous achievements which include but not limited
to ; building of health centres at health level, roads have been constructed and maintained , water
coverage has been extended , classrooms and pit latrines have been constructed at various schools and
ensuring political and financial accountability.
Despite the achievements registered by the district in implementation of the previous plan, some
challenges were noticed and documented. These are; slow growth in economic development variables
due to poverty which limit community participation, planning fatigue, a narrow revenue base, poor roads
and communication network, inadequate safe water, poor sanitation, lack of alternative and affordable
sources of energy, pressure on the limited facilities as a result of cross boarder movements of people,
increase in HIV/AIDS incidence rate.

The continued existence of the above challenges brings into perspective the need for coherent and
poverty focused approaches to planning that will address the felt needs of the people in the District. To
this end, a bottom up approach to planning was adopted as a cornerstone in the elaboration of this plan.

The Plan lays emphasis on agriculture, social services infrastructure development as well as value
addition. It highlights sectoral key results, objectives and interventions for the above priorities together
with other enabling sectors which include environment & natural resources, services industry and
innovation, cooperatives and trade.

i
The implementation of National Vision 2040 will depend on the actions and measures that we undertake
as a district, private sector, civil society and as individuals. Therefore, the commitment and dedication of

all stakeholders towards its realization is of paramount importance. To achieve our aspirations as stated
in the national vision, we need to have the right attitudes and mind-sets particularly towards work,
improving our competitiveness, and collective participation in the plan implementation.

I congratulate the members of the District Council and its committees and heads of departments for a job
well done. Special mention goes to the Chief Administrative Officer, the Department of Planning staff and
indeed the entire District Technical Planning Committee for their varying roles in preparation of this
District Development Plan. This plan has taken a lot of resources and commitment on the part of the
political leadership and technical staff. It should be the guiding principle as we strive for the betterment of
our peoples’ lives in the next five years.

Lastly, I call upon the people of Kisoro District Council, the Central Government, Donors, Civil Society
Organisations and all people of good will to seriously commit themselves to the implementation of this
plan. Specifically, I am calling upon political leaders and Technical Staff to develop an appropriate
mechanism for effective monitoring of the implementation of this plan. We must monitor and document
the experiences gained from the implementation of the plan.

FOR GOD AND MY COUNTRY

Mr. Bazanye Milton Mutabazi

CHAIRPERSON KISORO DISTRICT

ii
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

Kisoro District is proud to present this 5-year integrated and comprehensive development plan
2015/16-2019/2020. It is the second district development plan (DDP II) under this 5 year planning
frame work for District Local Government. This plan also fulfils the District obligation as prescribed
in section 35 and 36 of the Local Governments Act (2007) (as amended). This planning framework
requires the district to formulate and develop a 5-year District Development Plan (DDP) in line with
the National Development Plan (NDP) objectives and National Vision 2040 aspiration of “A
transformed Ugandan society from a peasant to a modern and prosperous country within 30
years”.

The DDP 2015/2016 - 2019/2020 gives background information, elaborate development planning
process, summary of district development objectives and intervention priorities which are in line
with National Priorities, highlights various stakeholders in service delivery, performance review by
sectors, lessons learnt, challenges faced during implementation of the previous plan 2010/2011 -
2014/2015 and strategies to overcome them. It should be noted that various stakeholders were
consulted in the process of developing this plan.

I am grateful to the Ministry of Local Government (MoLG), Ministry of Finance, Planning and
Economic Development (MFPED), other line Ministries, the Local Government Finance Commission
(LGFC) for their support and most importantly the National Planning Authority (NPA) for availing
planning guidelines used in the planning process.

Special appreciation goes to the District Executive Committee (DEC), Sectoral Committees and the
Resident District Commissioner (RDC) for their guidance on policy and priority setting.

Finally, I wish to acknowledge with appreciation the information provided by all the stakeholders
and the unwavering support by the District Council and Lower Local Governments (LLGs) during
the planning process.

Wilson Tibugyenda

CHIEF ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER/KISORO

iii
Table of Contents

LIST OF ACRONYMS
ACAO Assistant Chief Administrative Officer

ACDO Assistant Community Development Officer

AI Artificial Insemination

BFP Budget Framework Paper

BMCT Bwindi Mgahinga Conservation Trust

CAO Chief Administrative Officer

CBHC Community Based Health Care

CBO Community Based Organization

CBP Capacity Building Plan

CBPP Contagious Bovine Pleuro Pneumonia

CBR Community Based Rehabilitation

CDO Community Development Officer

CDA Community Development Assistant

CHW Community Health Worker

DATIC District Agricultural Training and Information Centre

DHO District Health officer

DDP District Development Plan

DEAP District Environment Action Plan

DEO District Education Officer

DHMT District Health Management Team

DHSP District Health Services Project

DLC District Local Council

DPHO District Public Health Office

iv
DPU District Planning Unit

DTPC District Technical Planning Committee

DWD Directorate of Water Development

DWAP District Wetland Action Plan

FAL Functional Adult Literacy

FIRI Fisheries Research Institute

FP Family Planning

FR Forest Reserve

GDP Gross Domestic Product

GFS Gravity Flow Scheme

HIV/AIDS Human Immune Deficiency Virus/Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome

HRD Human Resource Development

ICRC International Committee of the Red Cross/Crescent

ITEK Institute of Teacher Education, Kyambogo

KDA Kisoro District Administration

KDLG Kisoro District Local Government

LCV Local Council Five

LGMSD Local Government Management Development Programme

LGPAC Local Government Public Accounts Committee

M&E Monitoring and Evaluation

BMCT Bwindi, Mgahinga Conservation Trust

MIS Management Information System

NAADS National Agricultural Advisory Services.

NARO National Agriculture Research Organisation

NGO Non Governmental Organisation

PAF Poverty Action Fund

PHC Primary Health Care

PMU Programme Management Unit

PRO Public Relations Officer

v
PTC Primary Teacher’s College

PWD People with Disabilities

RHU Rural Health Unit

SDP Sub-County Development Plan

SDS Strengthening Decentralisation for Sustainability

STD Sexually Transmitted Diseases

STI Sexually Transmitted Infections

STIP Sexually Transmitted Infections Programme

STPC Sub-county Technical Planning Committee

TBA Traditional Birth Attendant

TDMS Teacher Development Management System

TOT Training of Trainers

UAC Uganda AIDS Commission

UEM Uganda Enrolled Midwife

UEN Uganda Enrolled Nurse

UNEB Uganda National Examinations Board

UNFPA United Nations Fund for Population Activities

UNICEF United Nations International Children’s Educational Fund

UNPAC Uganda National Plan of Action for Children

UPE Universal Primary Education

URM Uganda Registered Midwife

VTC Vocational Training Centre

WAP Water Action Plan

WES Water and Environmental Sanitation

WID Wetlands Inspection Division

SMC School Management Committe

IFMIS Integrated Financial Management information system

DNCC

vi
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
The District will implement its second five year Development Plan (DDP II 2014/15-2019/20) in
line with NDP II focusing at achieving the Uganda Vision 2040. The Vision aims to transform the
country from a predominantly peasant and low income to a competitive, upper middle income
country with a per capita income of approximately USD9, 500 in the next 30 years . This document
will be the guiding principle in development, form a basis for resource mobilisation and allocation,
and will be a tool for monitoring and accountability. In the bid to improve service delivery and
foster social economic development, Kisoro District Council has a legal responsibility of
preparing a medium term Plan. The mandate is derived from Article 190 of the Constitution of
the Republic of Uganda 1995 and section 35 of LG Act (Cap 243).

It stipulates the district’s medium strategic direction, développement priorities and


implementation strategies. It also grives the district’s challenges and opportunities.

The planning paradigme has shifted from the application of ‘best practices’ to recognition of the
need to focus on reform paths and the removal of binding contraints to développement (NDP)

The District Vision

The District vision is “A united, Healthy, well -Educated and Wealthy Community”

The District Mission

“To achieve Sustainable Socio-economic Development through Efficient provision of Quality


services for the People of Kisoro District in conformity with National and Local priorities”

The District overall goal

To improve the quality of life of the people of Kisoro through provision of effective and efficient
services

The District Development Objectives

To attain the planned goal, the district has set up the following development objectives targeting
specific development indicators associated with transformation:

a. To promote household incomes and equity. This will be assessed by measuring


changes in; income distribution, skills development, and agricultural production and
productivity.

vii
b. Improving stock and quality of economic infrastructure; The attainment of this
Increasing objective will be assessed by quantity and quality road infrastructure
c. Increasing access to quality social services. Common measures of this objective
are; literacy levels, life expectancy at birth, infant mortality, maternal mortality rate,
safe water coverage, sanitation levels, and incidences of communicable diseases and
HIV/AIDS
d. Promoting science, technology and ICT to enhance efficiency in service delivery.
This will be measured by the rate absorption technologies in farming, and access and
use of ICT.
e. Enhancing human capital development; this will be assessed by reduction in school
dropout rates, completion rates of the girl child, increased institutional capacity for
relevant skills development.
f. Strengthening good governance. This objective will be assessed based on the
quality of socio-economic and political governance; economic and corporate
governance and the level of security.
g. Promoting sustainable population and use of the environment and natural
resources. The attainment of this objective will be measured by ; the health status of
the population, the quality of human settlement, progress in the restoration of
degraded ecosystems and the quality of management of the environmental resources.
h. Enhancing the availability and quality of gainful employment. The attainment of
this objective will be assessed based on ; availability of employment, diversity of
professional employment, the level of incomes and increased industrial investments,
production and productivity

The list of unfunded projects include:- Establishment of a stadium , opening up of new


primary schools, training of teachers in new curriculum , Development of Nkanka Water
supply system, Establishment of orthopedics in Kisoro Hospital ,redevelopment of
kabiranyuma Gravity flow scheme, Development of structural plans for Bunagana Town
Board and Chanika Town Council, Implementation of Ruhezamyenda Catchment
Management Plan, connect the office with the internet, update and maintain the district
website

Strategies to finance, implement and coordinate the plan


 Exploiting and attracting business development services to foster local economic
development

viii
 Through implementation of the revenue enhancement plan, it is expected that
sufficient revenue will be collected for service delivery
 Networking with both the Central government and Implementing partners to
solicit for funding and implementation of this plan.
 Develop efficient and effective mechanisms for plan implementation such as
Monitoring and Evaluation plans
 Promote capacity building programs for all stakeholders in the district to ensure
increased financing to the district and plan implementation.
 Promotion of environmentally friendly programmes for sustainable development
 Encourage provision of equal opportunities for both men and women in all
development aspects
 Develop an effective and efficient communication and feedback policy

ix
x
Sector Specific Development Objectives, strategic actions, Investment priorities, and funding status

Sector Objectives Priority Project 2015/16 Strategy to finance, implement and Funding
coordinate the plan status
WORKS AND To accommodate both Phased construction of the The project will be phased, financed from Fully
4th wing of the
TECHNICAL technical staff and political locally raised revenue and supervised by funded
Administration Block office
SERVICES leaders a project manager under the general
supervision of the district engineer

 To increase safety of Routine road maintenance The projects will be funded from both Fully
road users and reduce and rehabilitation of feeder
central government grants and locally funded
and community access
Vehicle operating roads. raised revenue and will be implemented
costs.
through the Road gangs approach
 To reduce road user
costs;
 To reduce accidents;
 To improve the
District road network

To add value to locally Construction of Agro- The project will be financed by Central Fully
Processing Shelters in
produced maize for easy Government under CAIIP 3. The District funded
Murora and Muramba sub
marketing counties has appointed a project manager who will
monitor and supervise the implementation
of the project

xi
Sector Objectives Priority Project 2015/16 Strategy to finance, implement and Funding
coordinate the plan status

To have sound vehicles and Maintenance of equipment The project will be financed from central Fully
motorcycles Government grants and will be funded
implemented by the department and the
Regional workshop in Mbarara
To get water nearer to the people -Construction of communal/ The projects will be implemented through Fully fund
institutional water tanks private contractors, and supervised by
To reduce incidences of water and
sanitation related diseases -Protection of springs the District Water Department and DNCC
-Construction/rehabilitation
of Gravity flow schemes
To have incidences of water and Construction of VIP latrines The projects will be implemented through Fully fund
sanitation related diseases at rural growth centres
private contractors, and supervised by
reduced through provision of
safe sanitation facilities the District Water Department

To promote sanitation and

hygiene in the rural growth

centres of the district.

To reduce incidence of Increasing use of safe water, Donor support Fully fund
water borne diseases by hygiene and sanitation
enhancing accessibility to facilities in households
safe water, sanitation and
hygiene services

EDUCATION To improve learning Rehabilitation of 10 primary The projects will be tendered to private Donor

xii
Sector Objectives Priority Project 2015/16 Strategy to finance, implement and Funding
coordinate the plan status
AND environment in primary schools Schools at Nango, Bukazi, contractors and will be supervised by both Support
SPORTS for school going age children Giharo, Bushekwe, the education and works departments
Nyarutembe, Muramba,
Chibumba, Rugo,Butongo
primary schools

To reduce disaster risks in Installation of the lightening The projects will be tendered to private Donor
schools so that learners are safe arrestors to all classrooms in contractors and will be supervised by both support
the district
the education and works departments
Increase consumption of Increasing awareness on The projects will be implemented and Fully
nutritious diverse foods among supervised by the District Education supporte
mothers, infants and young take of nutritious diverse
children Department and the DNCC d
To improve learning Construction of Classroom, Fully
environment in primary schools Teachers Houses, Water Funded
for school going age children Tanks and Latrines and
Furniture
To encourage teachers to stay
at schools
To ensure that quality Support of inspection and School visits and developing of
education is delivered in all monitoring monitoring tools
Education Institutions.
Advocacy
Improve on participation and Promotion of Peace building Advocacy and community baraazas and
development of patriotism in education institutions
school communities
among learners
To have more teachers trained Early child language Development of early child centres and
in English , mathematics and development.
training of care givers and registering
literacy methods

xiii
Sector Objectives Priority Project 2015/16 Strategy to finance, implement and Funding
coordinate the plan status
To enable teachers gain skills of them
teaching children aged between
3to 5 years
To equip the citizens with Establishment of John Kale Bench marking with other national MoEST
marketable skills Memorial Institute of Science schools and
and Technology (JKIST)
Staff and staff development other
Development of Youth centre based on donors
pan Africanism principles

To strengthen capacity of SMCs, Capacity building of SMCs, To train SMCs their roles and
PTAs, and Head teachers to PTAs and head teachers on responsibilities at school level and
deliver quality education Education policies
community
PRODUCTION Tea production project Under an MOU of kigezi highland tea Funded
AND company and NAADS tea seedlings shall
MARKETING
be developed and supplied to farmers in
collaboration with the district.
To expand potato growing in Irish potatoes improvement Under OWC/NAADS and production Funded
Kisoro as a cash crop so as to project department procurement of improved
improve household incomes to
eradicate poverty and seed will be undertaken and supplied to
malnutrition farmers. In addition soil amendments will

To create jobs to the people of be done by the district to insure increased


Kisoro productivity. Other partners who will
contribute to this effort include IFDC and

xiv
Sector Objectives Priority Project 2015/16 Strategy to finance, implement and Funding
coordinate the plan status
FAO
To expand coffee growing in Coffee improvement project This will implemented by the production Funded
Kisoro as cash crop so as to department, OWC and UCDA.
improve household incomes to
eradicate poverty

To create jobs to the people of


Kisoro

To increase consumption of Increasing production and With the existing DNAP, the DNCC with Not
nutritious diverse foods among consumption of diverse support from implementing partners funded
mothers, infants and young nutritious foods
children

Under OWC/NAADS and production funded


department procurement of improved
To improve the nutrition status Fruit development project
of the people of Kisoro seedlings will be undertaken and supplied
to farmers. In addition soil amendments
To improve household incomes
will be done by the district to insure
To create employment to the increased productivity.
rural farmers

To diversify tourism products Kisoro Tourism Plan Identify and map the products Partially
in the district
Gazetting tourism products on private funded
To promote and market land
tourism in Kisoro as herb Initiating MOUs with communities and

xv
Sector Objectives Priority Project 2015/16 Strategy to finance, implement and Funding
coordinate the plan status
To profile tourism products and stakeholders to use the products
services through mapping

To market and promote Developing and maintaining Networking of the tourism office with
tourism through website the District website
potential implementing partners through
installation
proposals. In additionthe district will
To profile tourism products and provide funds
services through mapping

To increase the production of Restocking fish in lakes and This will be funded by central government Partially
fish from the existing lakes and ponds and other agencies such as NARO, funded
ponds
NAADS(OWC) and implemented by
To improve on the nutrition kisoro district fisheries unit.
level of households

To provide employment and


increase household incomes

To increase the number of Live stock improvement Under OWC/NAADS and production Funded
improved cattle stock. project department procurement of improved
To increase productivity of milk.
breeds will be undertaken and supplied to
To increase quantity of milk farmers.

To utilize land intensively.

To improve dairy farmers income

To facilitate operations and This will be implanted with the production Funded
advancement of producer Purchase of heavy duty

xvi
Sector Objectives Priority Project 2015/16 Strategy to finance, implement and Funding
coordinate the plan status
marketing groups weighing scales and marketing grant

To promote standardization of
marketable products

To facilitate marketing of
produce

To facilitate operations and Construction of 9 ATMs This shall be implemented by MTIC and
advancement of SACCO services machines to SACCOs MoFPED
To promote financial inclusion
in communities
To facilitate financial inclusion
to the community
To facilitate regional Construction of Boarder This shall implemented by COMESA in Not
integration implementation market at Bunagana collaboration with KDLG and will be funded
program
To improve on value chain and coordinated by the cross boarder project
supply chain in the region management committee
To facilitate Trade in COMESA
Countries

 To facilitate bulking of Construction of ware houses This shall be implemented by MTIC and Funded
produce. KDLG
 To improve on value
chain/addition and
supply chain in the
region

Health Renovate the health unit so as Renovation of OPD Renovate the staff houses to have Not
department at Chibumba HC

xvii
Sector Objectives Priority Project 2015/16 Strategy to finance, implement and Funding
coordinate the plan status
to have a good environment II accommodation for the staffs. funded
to work for patients and
ensure safe custody of health
unit equipment and drugs.

Renovate the staff houses to Rehabilitation of Buhozi HC The DHT and HMUC will evaluate the Fully
have accommodation for the II project by conducting a meeting and funded
staffs. submit report to the council at the end
of the works
Construct the staff houses to Construction of a staff house Construct the staff houses to have Fully
have accommodation for the and 2 stance latrine at accommodation for the staffs. funded
Gosovu HC II
staffs.
Rehabilitation of Kalehe HC Works and health department will
II supervise the implementation and
renovation of the said facilities.

TPC, STPC, HUMC and the District


Executive Committee.

Renovate DHO’s Officeto Procurement of curtains and Works and health department will
improve working conditions so painting of DHO’s office supervise the implementation and
that equipment and other renovation of the said facilities.
assets are secured safely. TPC, STPC, HUMC and the District
Executive Committee.

xviii
Sector Objectives Priority Project 2015/16 Strategy to finance, implement and Funding
coordinate the plan status
The DHT and HMUC will evaluate the
project by conducting a meeting and
submit report to the council at the end
of the works
Completion of renovation of Works and health department will
Busanza Community supervise the implementation and
building at Busanza HC IV
construction/ renovation of the said
facilities.
TPC, STPC, HUMC and the District
Executive Committee.

The DHT and HMUC will evaluate the


project by conducting a meeting and
submit report to the council at the end
of the works.

Construction of 2 units of
staff houses
To reduce stunting by women Integration nutrition The current M and E system for nutrition
accessing and utilizing ANC, assessment, counseling ,and and food security indicators is weak, with
WCC, and proper feeding support in health service minimal and fragmented systems among
practices delivery and out reaches Sectors and development partners. To
effectively track
Progress of the DNAP’s implementation
and performance of the target outcome and
output Indicators, a comprehensive and
integrated mult-sectoral monitoring

xix
Sector Objectives Priority Project 2015/16 Strategy to finance, implement and Funding
coordinate the plan status
system for nutrition
as developed by OPM will be adopted. All
implementing agencies will submit annual
reports
in the status of implementation and
performance of target indicators to the
DNCC. The
DNCC will then compile the reports to
Produce an annual report. An annual
review meeting
for the implementing agencies and other
nutrition stakeholders will be held. All
implementing agencies will submit
quarterly reports in their thematic areas to
the DNCC,
which will compile them and produce a
quarterly report. Quarterly meetings will
be held to
discuss the reports and come up with
appropriate measures if implementation is
slow or off track. To evaluate the effect
tiveness and impact of the various
programmes,
interventions, and the DNAP overall,
evaluations and reviews will be conducted
annually.

To reduce stunting by women Sensitization on ANC Discuss the reports and come up with
accessing and utilizing ANC, services appropriate measures if implementation is
WCC, and proper feeding slow or off track. To evaluate the effect

xx
Sector Objectives Priority Project 2015/16 Strategy to finance, implement and Funding
coordinate the plan status
practices tiveness and impact of the various

Natural To increase fisheries productivity Restoration of lake Mutanda Community Based catchment/wetland
system in the sub
Resources To reduce siltation of lake and management planning and valuation of the
counties of
lakeshores Kilundo, Bukimbiri, resources will require some degree of
To restore the natural vegetation Nyarubuye, Nyakabande expertise which can be got from the District
Nyakinama, Busanza and
of the lakeshores and riverbanks Nyundo and government institutions. Management
planning will involve situation analysis,
visioning, setting objectives, strategy
development and valuation. Through the
situational analysis conflicts if any will be
looked at, gender analysis, stakeholder
analysis DPSIR analysis and Identification of
alternatives technologies applicable to
communities upstream. In total economic
valuation will consider direct market
valuation and indirect market valuation this
will be evidence for Payment for Ecosystem
Services campaign.
An M & E framework will be put in place to
spell out required targets and the team
responsible which will be coordinated by the
team leader. This will involve review

xxi
Sector Objectives Priority Project 2015/16 Strategy to finance, implement and Funding
coordinate the plan status

meetings periodically and reports would be


discussed in the District Committee
responsible for Environment and Production
To advocate for PES by NationalPromoting Community Based Community Based catchment/wetland
Initiatives In
Water and Sewerage Corporation management planning and valuation of the
Sustainable Utilization And
To increase community Management Of resources will require some degree of
participation in management of Wetland Resources In expertise which can be got from the District
Echuya Landscape in
water resources Kanaba, Bukimbiri, Murora, and government institutions. Management
To provide alternative water Nyakabande and Nyundo sub planning will involve situation analysis,
counties
technological options to the visioning, setting objectives, strategy
communities development and valuation. Through the
situational analysis conflicts if any will be
looked at, gender analysis, stakeholder
analysis DPSIR analysis and Identification of
alternatives technologies applicable to
communities upstream. In total economic
valuation will consider direct market
valuation and indirect market valuation this
will be evidence for Payment for Ecosystem
Services campaign. An M & E framework
will be put in place to spell out required
targets and the team responsible which will

xxii
Sector Objectives Priority Project 2015/16 Strategy to finance, implement and Funding
coordinate the plan status
be coordinated by the team leader. This will
involve review meetings periodically and
reports would be discussed in the District
Committee responsible for Environment and
Production.

To increase community Fragile Ecosystems Implementing alternative IGAs and activities


participation in management of Restoration in
that restore the landscape; Kisoro district is
fragile ecosystems Kanaba, Murora,
To facilitate communities in Nyabwishenya And Kirundo hilly with valley bottoms that are water
fragile ecosystem planning sub Counties logged. Learning from traditional/indigenous
To identify and support
sustainable IGAs in the fragile knowledge soil and water conservation
ecosystems
measures such as terraces, contour bands and
To restore the beauty of Kisoro’s
landscape as the Switzerland of hedgerows will be put in place. In addition,
Africa
IGAs such as tree planting, beekeeping and
tree nurseries will be promoted.
An M & E framework will be put in place to
spell out required targets and the team
responsible which will be coordinated by the
team leader. This will involve review
meetings periodically and reports would be
discussed in the District Committee
responsible for Environment and Production.

xxiii
Sector Objectives Priority Project 2015/16 Strategy to finance, implement and Funding
coordinate the plan status
Surveying all public land

To attain orderly and Development of physical Carry out public sensitization Not
sustainable urban and rural programmes and hold community funded
plans for Rubuguri town
development in the entre
district board, Bunagana, Chanika meetings in all zones of Town board
and Nyanamo Trading Collecting social economic data of the
Centre area to be planned
Holding Physical planning committee
meetings to approve plan
Tree panting in Mugumira,
Kurickoka and Rwankima in
Busanza Subcounty
COMMUNITY
BASED
SERVICES
To increase adult literacy rate Functional Adult literacy Funding and technical support from the
from the current 6000 to 7000 program Fully
line Ministry of GLSD,
by 2016. funded
The department holds quarterly meeting
To improve learners skills in with staff to plan and review activities,
income generating activities at
household level and improved followed by monitoring of FAL and
sanitation and hygiene. Learners activities.

Support learners in other Quarterly meetings with FAL instructors


government programmes ie, and conducted by CDOs and quarterly
Community Driven
Development (CDD), allowances are paid. In the same meetings,

xxiv
Sector Objectives Priority Project 2015/16 Strategy to finance, implement and Funding
coordinate the plan status
Encourage Child education, FAL instructors present their reports,
nutrition, UWEP among others
which are discussed and actions to
undertake are developed.
FAL monitoring and data collection carried
out by the CDOs and district based staff
FALMIS updated and report submitted to
the MGLSD

To advocate for children’s OVC resettlement and Funding under the mother ministry of
rights like education, safe rehabilitation GL&SD, USAID funded projects, and other
shelter, medical care, among OVC service providers
others Implementing partner ie, ADRA, UBODU,
To identify and access the BMCT, Compassion International, Koinonia
situation of OVC in the District HOVC, Potter’s village, Ineza Children’s
To tress the families and Center PET – Uganda, God’s mercy among
relatives of the identified OVC others etc,
To guide and counsel the OVC Quarterly coordination meeting both at
and their families/relatives District and Sub county, where data is
To resettle and follow up OVCs shared/reviewed and informed plans are
made
Data collection by CDO under home visits

xxv
Sector Objectives Priority Project 2015/16 Strategy to finance, implement and Funding
coordinate the plan status
and CSOs, which is analyse and uploaded
on the OVCMIS system

To create awareness on Gender Gender mainstreaming Funding under the mother ministry of
issues at all levels and to GL&SD,
promote a gender and Sensitization of public on Dissemination of the gender policy and
development approach that is Gender issues ie, gender role, gender materials to the LLGs and other
based on understanding of gender imbalances, gender implementing partners
gender roles and social relation gaps, equity, etc Awareness creation on existing laws,
of men and women which focus Gender awareness creating individual rights, sexual rights, property
on both men and women among the district rights on inheritance among others
stakeholders Offering technical guidance to other civil
society organizations on gender,
Collect gender and sex disaggregaed data
under FAL, PWD, Youth, CDD among
others, monitor the gender responsiveness
to government programmes, skills
enhancement training offered, and gender
awareness creation on responsive gener
budgeting and mainstreaming
To offer opportunities to youth Support under Youth Train, beneficiary selection, concduct filed
to be linked to Micro Finance Livelihood Programme

xxvi
Sector Objectives Priority Project 2015/16 Strategy to finance, implement and Funding
coordinate the plan status
services appraisals, sensitization meetings, conduct
To improve on the situation of radio programmes, endorsement meetings,
youth by mobilizing and
support and mentor and monitor youth
organizing them to engage in
self-help income generating beneficiary groups.
activities Ensure equal female and male youth
To enhance the youth economic
participation in the YLP
capacity
To fully integrate people with Support to PWDs Groups and Assess and monitor PWD activities to
Disabilities (PWDS) within the Councils improve their livelihoods and incomes ,
communities
intergrate PWD under other government
To assess and build the capacity
of PWDs for sustainable programs, train the new PWD beneficiary
development groups in project selection, management
and book keeping, train Deaf PWD both
girls and boys on enterprise focus,
counseling and guidance and sensitization
against HIV/AIDS, conduct PWD council
meetings and PWD SG committee meetings,
collect PWD gender disaggregated data
To address risks and Social Assistance Grant for Register the older persons both males and
vulnerabilities that expose Empowerment (SAGE) females in all the sub counties in the
citizens to income security,
district, verify the older persons registers,
social deprivation, leading
individuals to live under register the older persons in the sub
undignified lives counties, enroll the older persons for

xxvii
Sector Objectives Priority Project 2015/16 Strategy to finance, implement and Funding
coordinate the plan status
To reach vulnerable excluded payment, and continuous registering of all
sections of the population to older persons of 65years and above.
achieve inclusive pro-poor
Train the stakeholders on Senior citizens
equitable development
grant. Technical back stopping support
from the ministry to the district and to the
sub counties, radio talk shows on the SAGE
program
To create enabling environment Labour inspections Carry out labour work inspections,
to increase employment advocacy against child labour, arbitrate in
opportunities and labour
labour wrangles, facilitate the labour
productivity provided for
improved livelihoods workman compensations, training in job
particularly to the poor and creation skills
other vulnerable groups
To offer child protection Probation and social Conduct children rights awareness
services and promote the rights welfare / children affairs meetings, receive, register and handle
of children and women against
children cases, children resettlement with
violation and ensure justice
before the law their homes /communities or with other
institutions, represent children in conflict
with the law in courts, sensitize against
child labour, publicize on the free children
hotline of 116, conduct radio programs on
children’s rights, carry out home visits to
vulnerable households, conduct DOVCC and

xxviii
Sector Objectives Priority Project 2015/16 Strategy to finance, implement and Funding
coordinate the plan status
SOVCC meetings on a quarterly basis.
To support active poor women Women council and Uganda Conduct women council and executive
groups with IGAS Women Entrepreneurship
meetings, monitor women council projects,
To monitor women council Programme (UWEP)
sensitization of women against alcoholism,
project, train women council
groups in entrepreneurship assess the gender needs and incorporate
skill them in women council activities, train
To support Lower Local Council
women in skills enhancement,
III to sensitize Local women
Train, beneficiary selection, conduct filed
appraisals, sensitization meetings, conduct
radio programmes, endorsement meetings,
support and mentor and monitor women
beneficiary groups and report submission
to MGLSG, conduct stakeholder trainings
on UWEP

To support the active Community Driven Sensitize the communities on the CDD
community groups to improve Development programmes, CDD groups supervised,
their household incomes
assessed, approved and financed, Monitor
To promote the affirmative
action among the Batwa under CDD groups in all the sub counties, CDD
CDD reports submitted to MoLG, affirmative
action for Batwa to benefit from the CDD
programme prioritized

xxix
Sector Objectives Priority Project 2015/16 Strategy to finance, implement and Funding
coordinate the plan status
Council, Build their capacity to carry out their
Commissions responsibilities as per set guidelines
and Boards
Train councilors , commissions Improve working environment
and board
Improved monitoring of projects through
political monitoring visits.

Finance and Strengthening District


Planning planning
Objectives Vibrant Data Centre Establish a mechanism that allows easy Not
access to updated data funded
To have investment decisions Area Network with system Promote use of data in planning and
arrived at rationally Administrator decision making processes
Strengthening planning, Establish a functional monitoring and
monitoring and evaluation of evaluation system
projects in the district
To have district development Strengthening monitoring Establish various flora for all actors in the
efforts regularly evaluated and evaluation of projects in district development process
the districts
To improve transport 1 vehicle and 3 motorcycles Formulate development plan and BFPs at
various levels
To improve communication at Wifi Internet accessible to all
District Headquarters and offices in district Head
beyond Quarters
To have population issues well Create awareness and understanding of
understood by civil population issues so as to bring about
society ,political leaders and positive behavioral change among families
communities
To improve capacity of the population
To improve capacity of sector by providing relevant equipment

xxx
Sector Objectives Priority Project 2015/16 Strategy to finance, implement and Funding
coordinate the plan status
population sector staff and skills

To have illiteracy and high birth


rated reduced
To have development plans that
address dynamic population
needs
To have a sustainable social and
economic development in
conformity with population
policies

xxxi
CHAPTER ONE
1.0 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Background
1.1.1 Legal Context of Kisoro District Development Plan 2015/16-2019/2020
The plan has been developed in fulfilment of Article 190 of the constitution of the Republic of Uganda
(1995) which mandate and oblige the District Council to prepare a comprehensive and integrated
development plan incorporating plans of Lower local Governments.

The plan is also in line with the requirements of the local Government Act Cap 243 section 35(1) which
designate the District council as a planning authority for Kisoro District.

Further, the plan has been informed by National priorities as spelt out in the NDP II and vision 2040
whose preparation was spearheaded by the National Planning Authority in line with their mandate as
stipulated in Article 125 of the constitution of Uganda and the NPA Act.

1.1.2: District Development planning process

Table 1

Time Process Output Actors


frame

Aug 2014 The District constituted a Planning call Circulars sent CAO, District Planner
Planning task teams and sent to LLGs and planning asks
planning call circulars to LLGs teams constituted

August Consultations and collection of Consultation reports and CAO, HODs and DPU
2014 basic data and document review data to inform the DDP
started obtained

December Initial planning figures received Planning and budgeting CAO. HODs, Planning
2014 from regional workshop and a conference held Task team,
planning and budgeting
conference held

Jan 2015 District Technical Planning DTPC minutes on key DTPC,DPU, CAO,
committee meeting on key issues, constraints, Planning Task team
development issues, constraints, challenges, sector specific
sector specific objectives, objectives, priorities,
crosscutting issues and
strategies, priorities , crosscutting
standards produced to
issues, potentials, opportunities inform the DDP
challenges and standards
discussed.

Feb 2015 Budget desk analyzed and Resource envelope, for the Budget desk
compiled resources to be used plan compiled
finance the plan investments

March The DTPC received and DTPC minutes on DTPC, Planning task
2014 discussed departmental development outcomes and team ,CAO
development outcomes goals, Goals prepared to inform a
strategic objectives and profiles draft DDP

April 2015 The District Executive met and Development outcomes, CAO, DEC
approved Development goals and strategic
outcomes, goals and strategic objectives approved.
objectives for the plan

April 2015 District received LLGs, CSO LLGs, CSO development LLGs CSO, DPU,
development priorities and priorities and activities Planning Task team
activities received and integrated integrated into the draft
into the draft DDP. DDP

April 2015 Draft DDP consolidated by Draft plan consolidated DPU


Planning Unit.

May 2015 Draft DDP presented to Council Draft DDP presented CAO, Committee
Committees Chairpersons ,Clerk
to council/Planner

May 2015 Planning Unit and Planning Task Draft plan consolidated DPU, Planning task
teams consolidated the Draft DDP team
with recommendations from
council committees

May 2015 Draft plan presented and Draft Plan approved CAO, Committee
approved by council with Chairpersons ,Clerk
recommendations to council/Planner

April 2016 Council recommendations and Recommendations and DPU, Planning task
other emerging issues included other emerging issues team and Budget
in the plan included in the plan desk

May 2016 Printing and dissemination of the DDP printed and CAO,DPU and
DDP disseminated. Procurement officer

1.1.3 Challenges during the whole planning process.

1. Numerous Planning meeting created fatigue.


2. Minority groups and women views proved difficult to capture as many of them would not attend
meeting. Following them up became even more difficult
3. Coordination of different stakeholders was also complicated by other conflicting programmes.
4. Limited financial and other logistical resources to support the process.

1.1.4 Structure of Kisoro district local government development plan

Structure of the Local Government Development Plan


 Chapter one covers introduction, background profile, description of the planning process and
structure of the development.

33
 Chapter two covers analyses of sectoral development situations, crosscutting issues, urban
development issues, review of previous sectoral plan performance and key standard indicators.
 Chapter three includes the strategic direction of the plan, sectoral specific strategic direction and
priorities, adoption of relevant national crosscutting policies and programs, development plan goals
and outcomes, sectoral specific development objectives, outputs, strategies and interventions and
summery of sectoral programs and projects.
 Chapter four covers plan implementation and coordination strategy, institutional arrangements,
integration and partnership arrangements with development partners, pre-requisites for successful
plan implementation and overview district resource envelope and projections.
 Chapter five summarises the financing framework and resource mobilisation strategy in the medium
term.
 Chapter six covers monitoring and evaluation arrangements on periodic basis and
communication/feedback strategy/arrangements

34
1.2 KISORO DISTRICT PROFILE

Kisoro District is located in the South Western Uganda and shares a boundary with the Democratic
Republic of Congo (DRC) and Rwanda. The District is occupied by four main groups of people, the
majority of whom are Bafumbira, followed by Bakiga, Banyarwanda and Batwa respectively. Kisoro is
home to the famous Muhabura Volcanic Mountains and Bwindi impenetrable forest where the rare
Mountain Gorillas are found.

1.2.1 HISTORY OF THE AREA

Kisoro was originally known as Bufumbira, a County of Kigezi District. During the early 1970’s, Kigezi
was divided into the Districts of Kabale and Rukungiri. Kisoro was part of Kabale until May 1991 when it
became the 35th District of Uganda.

In 1939 after widespread famine in Rwanda, a large wave of immigrants arrived in Kisoro area and by
1949 the area had increased in population.

In 1953, the British administrators initiated a resettlement programme encouraging the residents of
Bufumbira County, now Kisoro District, to move to other parts of Uganda (especially North Kigezi -
Kinkizi area and Bunyoro/Toro). Incentives were in terms of free transport, food rations, agricultural
equipment and farm utensils such as hoes, pangas as well as household effects like saucepans, plates
and blankets. In order to discourage new comers and land fragmentation, the immigrants had to leave
their land with their immediate relatives.

More recently, the population growth in Kisoro District has been mostly influenced by periods of civil
unrest in Rwanda and the Democratic Republic of Congo. In 1959, when Hutus in Rwanda overthrew
their Tutsi chief, the Tutsi fled to Uganda, and some settled in Kisoro area. During Uganda’s political
instability 1971-86, including the liberation war of 1979-80, some Ugandans and Rwandan refugees fled
into Rwanda and the Democratic Republic of Congo. The number of Bafumbira, who have migrated from
and into neighboring countries and beyond, is not easy to determine. According to the 2014 population
and the present District population is about 287,179 compared with 221,278 in 2002.

1.2.2 Geographical characteristics


1.2.2.1 Location

Kisoro District is located in South Western Uganda, lying between longitudes 29 o 35’’ and 29 o 50’’ East
and latitudes 1 o 44’’ and 1 o 23’’ South. It is bordered by the Republic of Rwanda to the South, the
Democratic Republic of Congo to the West, Kanungu District to the North and Kabale District to the East.
The Total land area of the District is approximately 729.2 Km 2 (662 Km2 open land and the rest is open
water and swamps), which makes it one of the smallest Districts in the country. The District is remote
and has its headquarters in Kisoro Municipal Council .The District is approximately 510 km from
Kampala.

1.2.2.2 Topography

The District lies on an average altitude of 1,981m above sea level and can be categorized into two
topographical zones, the southern low lands and the northern high lands. The southern part, which is a
low land, is interrupted by the volcanic ranges of Muhabura (4127m), Mgahinga (3475m) bordering the
Republic of Rwanda and Sabyinyo (3645m) bordering the Democratic Republic of Congo. The northern
part is predominantly hilly with very steep slopes and narrow valleys. The topographic nature of the
District has impacted greatly on transport and communication systems in the District. Some parts of the
District such as Buhumbu, Buhozi, Nyarutembe, Nteko, Rutaka, Nyundo, Bubuye, Muhindura, Chibumba
35
and Karambi are hard to access. Public Transport is difficult and often takes the form of open trucks. As
a result these areas find it difficult to access critical services such as health, market for produce (banana
and Irish potatoes) leading to perpetual and at times increasing levels of poverty.

1.2.2.3 The Soils

There are four main soil types found in Kisoro District namely Eutrophic, Ferrallitic, Non-hydromorphic
and Papyrus Peat soils. They were formed as a result of geological and geomorphologic processes.
Overall the soils are highly fertile and with increased environmental protection, could reasonably sustain
a high population.

1.2.2.3.1 Eutrophic Soils (Volcanic Ash)

These are often rich in organic matter and sometimes saturated with bases to more than 50% of its
exchange capacity. These soils are found in the southern part of the District in the sub-counties of
Busanza, Muramba, Nyarubuye, Nyakabande, Nyarusiza and Chahi.

1.2.2.3.2 Ferrallitic soils

These are mature soils with deep layers and dark horizons. They are generally found on hill slopes in the
sub-counties of Nyabwishenya, Kirundo, Bukimbiri, and parts of Nyarubuye and Busanza.

1.2.2.3.3 Non - Hydromorphic Soils (Organic Soils of Mountains)

These are very productive soils with high humus content found predominantly around Mt. Sabyinyo.
They have high water holding capacity but are easily affected by dry seasons.

1.2.2.3.4 Papyrus Peat Soils

These are mainly found in wetlands (swampy areas). They are limited in productivity and are highly
fragile. The chemical composition of these soils is easily changed by drainage. These soils are mainly
found in the sub-counties of Busanza, Murora and Bukimbiri.

1.2.2.4Hydrology

Kisoro District has both surface and underground water sources. Open water bodies and swamps cover
28.3 Km2 (National Biomass Study, 1995) and 9.8 Km2 of the District area respectively.

The District has lakes Mutanda, Mulehe, Chahafi, Kayumbu and a crater lake on Mount Muhabura.
There is a network of permanent swamps, which include Rugezi, Kabiranyuma and Nyakagezi in the
south. These are sources of water for gravity flow schemes supplying the rural population in Nyarusiza,
Muramba and part of Chahi. The Northern part has Ruhezamyenda and Murungu rivers, which supply
portable water to the communities. However, a large number of the population still lack safe water.

1.2.3 Economy

Over 89 % of the population in the District depend entirely on subsistence farming. The rest of the
population depend on employment income (5% 2002 Census), business enterprise (2% 2002 Census),
cottage industry (0.1% 2002 census),property income(0.2% 2002 census), family support(3.4% 2002
census) and other occupations(0.6% 2002 census. Generally the average household income is very low
especially in the rural areas.
The local population earns income from the sale of horticultural crops such as cabbages, carrots and
onions and other non-traditional cash crops such as beans, peas, Irish potatoes bananas from one part
of Kisoro though of recent it was affected with bacterial banana wilt. A large section of the population sell

36
labour for income and only 0.8 % is employed gainfully. In the boarder towns of Cyanika, Bunagana and
20 rural growth centres, and the Municipal Council, about 4% percent of the population earn their living
from petty trade.

The District Local Government on the other hand gets revenue from 3 major sources namely, Central
Government transfers, locally raised revenue and donor funds.

Although the District priorities its expenditure according to its income, national priorities like feeder road
maintenance, Agricultural Extension, primary education, and Primary Health Care are emphasised in the
District budget. The biggest portion of the budget largely depend on central government transfers,
followed by donor funds and lastly locally raised revenue.

The major source of the locally raised revenue is market dues. The other sources are licenses, permits
and other minor sources. Budgeted amounts are normally not realized because of the prevalent poverty,
natural disasters, epidemics, famine and inadequate mobilization. It is hoped however that since
parliament has passed the Local Service Tax bill and government has promised to continue
compensating for graduated tax, the proportion of the locally raised revenue to the budget will increase.

1.2.4 Vegetation

Available information indicate that originally the District had canopy montane rain forest in Mgahinga and
Bwindi impenetrable forest national parks; and bamboo, small shrubs and grasses in the low land. To
date most of the land has been cultivated and natural forest only remains in protected areas of Echuya
(702 ha), Mgahinga and Bwindi. There is also planted Eucalyptus, Black Wattle, Pine and Cypress trees
owned by individual households. Generally the District suffers from acute shortage of fuel wood and
building materials because available forests are in protected national parks. There is virtually no natural
vegetation in areas inhabited by the communities.

1.2.5 Climate

1.2.5.1Rainfall

Kisoro District experiences two rainy seasons a year. Over 1500 mm of rainfall is registered during
March to May/June period. The second rains are in August to October. The dry seasons are from
November to February and June to August. Mean annual rainfall is between 1000 and 1250 mm.
However, Mgahinga and Bwindi Impenetrable Forest National Parks probably receive more rainfall than
the rest of the District. The rainfall pattern is conducive for two crop seasons hence making crop
production possible all year round. The rains also favour the cultivation of a variety of horticultural crops
that feed the city markets in Kampala.

1.2.5.2 Temperature
Kisoro District has a relatively low temperature with a mean annual maximum temperature of 23 o-25oC in
the dry spell and mean annual minimum temperature of 10 o - 12.5 o C.

1.2.5.3 Humidity

Relative humidity in Kisoro District is between 80% and 90% and falls to about 40% during the dry
season.

1.2.5.4 Wind
Strong winds are experienced in the District during the dry season and at the onset of the rainy season.
The absence of effective windbreakers has aggravated soil erosion as a result of these strong winds.

1.2.6 Mineral resources

No known hydro-geological study has been carried out to establish the mineral potentials of the District.
However, available information indicate existence of limestone and clay deposits in Busanza, iron ore in
37
Iremera (Bukimbiri), gold in Kirundo, wolfram in Nyarubuye, Nyakabande and Murora, tin deposits in
Kanaba and Nyarubuye and lava ash which is a potential for low grade cement. There is a need for
detailed studies on existence and viability of mineral exploitation in the District.

1.2.6 Administrative structures

1.2.6.1 Administrative Set-up


Kisoro District is a one county District (Bufumbira County). The District Council’s proposal to sub-divide
the District into 3 counties of Mutanda, Bufumbira, and Kigezi has not been approved by Parliament. The
District has 13 Sub-Counties, one Municipal Council and 3 Town boards. There are 34 rural Parishes, 3
Municipal division and 389 villages. The Parishes in each of the sub-counties are shown in table 1.3
below.

Table: 2 Sub-counties/Town Council Wards and parishes in Kisoro District

Sub-county Parishes/Divisions
/Municipality

Bukimbiri Kagunga, Iremera

Nyundo Nyundo, Bubuye

Murora Chahafi, Chibumba

Kanaba Kagezi, Muhindura

Nyakabande Gasiza, Gisorora, Rwingwe

Busanza Buhozi, Gitovu, Buhumbu

Nyarubuye Busengo, Karambi

Nyabwishenya Nteko, Nyarutembe

Kirundo Rubuguri, Rutaka

Nyakinama Chihe, Mbuga, Rwaramba

Chahi Muganza, Nyakabingo, Rutare

Kisoro Municipal North ,South and Central divisions


Council

Muramba Bunagana, Muramba, Gisozi, Sooko

Nyarusiza Gitenderi, Mabungo, Gasovu, Rukongi

Source: Office of the Chief Administrative Office, Kisoro District

38
1.2.7 Political Structure

In line with Section 4 of Local Governments (Cap 243), the local governments in the District are District
Council, 13 Sub-County Councils, and 1 Municipal Council.

The District council has an Executive Committee of 5 members including the Chairperson. The role of
the District Executive Committee is to initiate and formulate policies for approval by the council and to
oversee implementation of Government and Council policies among other things. Members of the
executive committee are also Secretaries of various Standing Committees namely, Production and
Natural Resources, Finance, Planning and Administration, Health and Education, Community Based
Services and Works and Technical Services.

The standing committees are responsible for monitoring and reviewing the performance of their
respective sectors and report to Council, which is chaired by the Speaker assisted by the Deputy
Speaker. However, most of the councilors at all levels need orientation and training for better policy
formulation and planning so as to meet the challenges under decentralization.

1.2.8 Administrative Structure

The Chief Administrative Officer is the head of the District Civil Service. The staff are deployed in 11
departments namely: -

i. Administration
ii. Finance
iii. Planning
iv. Health
v. Community Based services
vi. Production
vii. Works and Technical Services
viii. Education and Sports
ix. Council, Boards and Commissions
x. Environment and Natural Resources
xi. Internal Audit

1.2.9 Administrative Infrastructure

1.2.9.1 Office and Residential Accommodation

Some of the District Administration Offices are housed in a-three wing Administration block, constructed
by the local community with assistance from the Austrian government.

39
The District Administration building has 37 offices with a Council hall. Office space is however still a big
problem as the, Technical Services department is still currently housed in the service bay structure.

All the 13 rural Sub-Counties have office buildings. However, some offices are in a state of disrepair.
None of the Parishes have offices.

The above scenario not only poses administrative problems of posting and supervision of staff, but also
difficulties in attraction, recruitment and retention of suitable staff. The District is however constructing
the 4th wing of the Administration blocks although lack of funds has delayed its completion.

1.2.9.2 Administration of land

The District Administration owns land where the headquarters is located. It also oversees lands where
the sub county and parish headquarters are located. Public lands e.g. grazing areas and district forests
are also under the District Administration. However, all these lands are not surveyed and have no land
titles. This has caused encroachment, which has led the District into legal wrangles with the public. In
some cases the District has lost the land. This will be a major undertaking for this plan period.

1.2.9.3 Town boards and Rural Growth Centres

There are 2 town boards (Rubuguri and Bunagana) and 20 Rural Growth Centres (RGCs) commonly
called trading centres. Only Rubuguri Town Board has a physical plan. The rural Growth centre of
Chanika though meeting most of the requirement for the town Board has not been elevated to Town
Board status. large These Rural Growth Centres are characterized by growing populations hence the
need for planned development. Rubuguri and Bunagana have applied for a Town Council status.

1.2.10 Demographic characteristics

1.2.10.1 Population

The total population according to the 2014 population and housing census is 287,179 people. Of
these,128,741 are male and 158,438 are female. The population has been growing steadily since 1969
(114,798) through 1980 (126,664), 1991 (186,681) to 2002 (220,312). The annual population growth rate
between 2002- 2014 is 2.21 percent (2014 census). Total fertility rate of 8.5 (2002 census) is very high.
The population density of the district is 353.9 persons per Km2. About 269,618 people live in rural areas
and 17,561people live in urban areas(2014 census). The hilly terrain, soil fertility and accessibility mainly
influence the settlement pattern. Consequently, the sub counties of Nyarusiza(30,263), Muramba
(36,355)and Nyakabande(26,489) are more densely populated than the rest of the sub counties. Over 60
percent of the population is between the ages of 0 and 19 years and 4 percent are above 65 years of
age. (2002 census) This indicates a high dependency burden often manifested in large numbers of
unemployed youth. Due to population pressure a number of people have migrated to other Districts in
search of land.

40
Population by Subcounty
40,000
35,000
30,000
25,000
20,000
15,000 Population by Subcounty
10,000
5,000
-
ri ah
i o a ya a za
bi h nd amb en am rusi
kim C
K
ri u ur ish
ak
in a
Bu M bw Ny Ny
a
Ny

41
MAP 3 KISORO DISTRICT SHOWING POPULATION DENSITY

Population Density
Perosns per Sq Km
117 - 140
141 - 308
NYABWISHENYA 309 - 455
456 - 554
KIRUNDO 555 - 1109

Water Bodies

BUSANZA BUKIMBIRI
NYUNDO

NYAKA
-BANDE
NYARUBUYE
KISORO KANABA
NYAKI
-NAMA TC

MURAMBA CHAHI
MURORA

NYARUSIZA

0 5 10 Kilometers

42
Population density and growth rate for 1969, 1980, 1991, 2002 and 2014 Kisoro District

Table 3

Year Population Persons/ Period Average annual growth


km2 rate %

Male Female Total Male Female Total

1969 51,424 63,724 114,7 185.2

98

1980 57,295 69,369 126,6 204.3 1969- 1.04 0.87 0.95

64 80

1991 86,406 100,275 186,6 301.1 1980- 3.73 3.35 3.53

81 91

2002 126,664 186,681 220,3 324 1991- 1.5

12 2002

2014 128,741 158,438 287,1 2002- 2.21

79 2014

Source: The 1991, 2002 and 2014 Population and housing census

1.2.11 Natural Resource Endowments


The district is endowed with a number of potential resources as shown below;

1.2.11.1 Central Forest Reserves: There is one central forest reserves called Echuya forest reserve
under the management of NFA. Other forest reserves are at local level and they include Buniga,
Kafuga , Kabahimbe, Kurichoka,Mugumira and Rwankima

Table4: Forest cover in Kisoro


Reserve County Type of Forest Total area (ha)

Echuya Bufumbira Bamboo 5

Buniga Bufumbira Natural forest (tropical rain 6


43
forest)

Kafuga Bufumbira Natural forest with pinus 300


patula plantatio

Kabahimbe Bufumbira Eucalyptus plantation

Mugumira Bufumbira Eucalyptus plantation 2

Kurichoka Bufumbira Eucalyptus plantation

Rwankima Bufumbira Eucalyptus plantation

1.2.11.2 Wetland

Table 5:

NAME OF THE STAT ONGOING INTERVENTION/ Level of Land ownership


WETLAND US ACTIVITY ACTION TO RESTORE complianc
e
Rugyegye 90% Tea plantation Communicated to them No Catholic church-
on the need to conduct complian don’t know
an EIS but no response ce whether has land
title
Gitundwe 100% Crop growing Sensitization on wetland No Has land lease
Sweet potatoes, law complian which expired
maize, beans, Establishment of buffer ce
yams. zone for L. Mutanda
shore
Sereri 98% Crop growing Sensitization and No Not clear
Irish potatoes, community meetings complian
maize, beans, about wetland ce
sweat potatoes management
Formation of wetland
committee

Chajenjye 40% Crop growing Community based No


Bee keeping wetland management complian
plan development with ce
PRIME WEST support
in 2004 but not
implemented
Gikangaga 40% Crop growing Sensitization No
complian
ce
Chibumba 100% Tea plantation Sensitization on No Has a land title
and crop restoration since complian
growing drainage channel was ce
causing flooding
downstream
Bizenga 40% Crop growing Community meetings on No Has a land title
Irish potatoes wetlands complian
44
Sugar cane ce
Nyabihonga 100% Tea plantation none No Not clear
and dairy farm complian
ce
Murindi/ 100% Diaryfarm,cropfa sensitization No Not clear
Ruhezamyenda rming,gold complian
mining ce
Rwabara- 100% Crop farming sensitization No Not clear
Nyumba complian
ce
Chotsa Bay Crop farming sensitization Has land title
(Kaboko)
Ndibahera- Crop farming
Kabaya

1.2.12 Social-economic infrastructure

1.2.12.1 Livelihood patterns

Livelihoods describe the whole complex of factors that allow families to sustain themselves materially,
emotionally, spiritually, and socially. Central to this is income, whether in the form of cash, or in the form
of natural products directly consumed for subsistence. The rural poor in Kisoro District derive a
significant fraction of their total income from ecosystem goods and services and spend mostly on bride
price, looking after extended families, polygamy and visiting witch doctors. The majority of Men do not
allow their wives to engage in gainful employment

The 2002 census revealed that 89 % of the population in the District depend entirely on subsistence
farming,5% on employment income, 2% on business enterprises,o.1% on cottage industries, 0.2% on
property income,3.4% on family support and 0.6% on other occupations. Generally the average
household income in the District s very low.

Table on major incomes and expenditure incomes of selected group of people in the District
Table 6

Category of Major Income sources Major Expenditure areas


Population

Rich Farming, Sell of animals, Domestic equipment, School fees, Transport,


Salary and Business hiring labour, investments and leisure.
H/Hs

Poor H/H (male Sell of Casual Labour, and Clothes, Drinking alcohol, Buying food,
headed) crops Treatment and school fees

Poor female headed have no surplus for sale buying necessities such as salt ,second hand
H/H but are forced to sell part clothes, tools/Equipment , health care, and
of the food and provide other domestic needs
casual labour

Child headed H/h Sell of casual Labor and help Household needs, health care, Food and
45
from well-wisher and relatives Clothes

Elderly -Sell property, begging, health care, Medical, Food, Clothes and
gifts and help from Maintenance of house
children

PWDS -Handouts health care, Food and H/hold items

-Sell of crafts, petty


business, entertainment

Minority (Batwa) Begging, Handouts, Alcohol and buying food


(Donations) entertainment,
sale of scrap materials

1.2.12.2 Human settlement: The population of is mainly settled on hillsides, valleys, along national and
district feeder roads. The steep slopes, deep valleys, plateaus, wetlands and natural forested areas are
mainly for cultivation, grazing and planting tress. About 6% of the population live in the urban areas and
94% in rural areas (2002 Census)

1.2.12.3 Small scale industries and businesses

A number of business people have set up small scale and businesses They include, Bakeries,
Grain/cereal milling , honey processing, metal casting and fabrication, handcrafts, beverages and food
processing, tailoring and garment making, woodworks, pottery , sand works, mining and quarrying,
knitting, printing and publishing, hair salons, building contracts, liquid soap, candles, petroleum jerry, art
paintings, , charcoal burning, brick making, technical services, transport, petrol station operations, motor
repair garages, recording studios, TV, Radio and other Electronic Repair workshops

CHAPTER TWO: SITUATION ANALYSIS

2.1.1 Management Support Services

46
The mandate of the department is to ensure improved Service delivery, accountability and optimal use of
Resources to achieve value for money. The Sector comprise of ; Administration, Human Resource,
Information and Public Relations, County Administration, Records Management and Internal Audit. In the
previous plan period the department has coordinated activities of all other departments and LLGs,
trained and mentored officers, recruited staff, played an advisory role to District council, offered
secretarial services to District Executive and security Committees, coordinated implementation on
Government and non- government programmes in the district.

The Department is however by; Inadequate training, inadequate office accommodation and transport and
delayed decision making due to poor communication facilities and long distance from Kampala.(510km).

The Administration Department’s main purpose is to” To coordinate, supervise, monitor and evaluate
implementation of Central Government and District Council policies, priorities and delivery “

Outcome

All levels of Local Government and Departments operating in a coordinated and accountable manner in
service delivery

Output

Efficient and effective service delivery.

Strategy 1. Strengthening human resource capacity

Interventions

 Filling vacant position in line with approved structure


 Review the district structure regally
 Facilitate sound human resources management and development
 Training and retaining of human resources
 Capacity building initiatives implemented
 Performance improvement initiatives undertaken
 Reward and sanction s schemes implemented

Strategy Strengthen, coordination of the implementation of Government polices and programmes.

Human Resources

The overall staffing in the district is 89 percent, only two departments have a staffing level below 63
percent, natural resources department at 53% and community Based services at 42

Kisoro District Staffing levels as at March 2015

No. Department Approve Filled % age % of total


d position filled filled
position posts for

47
Dept

1. Administration 106 90 84.9 4.0

2. Finance 41 26 68.42 1.1

3. Statutory Bodies 11 7 63.6 0.3

4. Production and Marketing 36 25 69.4 1.1

5. Health 723 566 78.3 24.9

6. Education Department 11 10 90.9 0.4

7. Primary education 1,479 1,457 98.5 64.0

8. Works & Technical Services 32 24 75.0 1.1

9. Natural Resources 19 10 52.6 0.4

10. Community Based Services 33 21 62.4% 1.6

11. Planning 6 4 66.7 0.2

12. Internal Audit 6 5 83.3 0.2

13. Rubuguri Town Board 4 4 100 0.2

14. Bunagana Town Board 4 4 100 0.2

Source: Human Resources Department, March 2015

2.1.2 Finance and Planning.

The department is mandated to facilitate the expansion of district revenue, improve financial management and
accountability, coordinate and facilitate the entire District planning process and Develop comprehensive and
integrated plans that address the felt needs of the population .At the District Headquarters, the Finance Department
is headed by an Ag. CFO, assisted by SFO, 1 Senior Accountant and 8 Accounts Assistants. Planning Unit is
headed by District Planner assisted by the Senior Planner, District Statistician and one copy typist. The Sector is
constrained by lack of transport ( depend on borrowing from other departments), poor tax administration especially
in LLGs, Lack of a data bank and management information system at the district and LLGs, inadequate capacity to
exploit district revenue potential and tax evasion.

Table7 Revenue for 2014


2013/2014 2014/2014

Revenue source. Actual Actual

48
Local revenue 543,393 1,142,003

Discretionary Gov’t 4,661,870 4,661870


Transfers

Conditional Government 17,746,843 17,746,843


Transfers

Local Development Transfers 402,549 402,549

Donor Funding 1,053,582 1,053,582

Total 24,875,157 25,473,766

Source: Final Accounts for the last 2 financial years above

2.1.3 Council and Statutory Bodies

The department is composed of Council, District Service Commission, Land board, Contracts
Committee, Public Accounts Committee and Standing committees It is headed by the a SAS/ Clerk to
Council assisted by Committee clerk, Procurement officer, secretary Land board, Secretary District
service commissioner, Records office and office Attendant.

The sector is mainly responsible for making district policies, monitoring implementation of
council/government programmes, ensuring accountability of resources, recruitment and
discipline of staff, procurement of Goods and services and managing District land
The council chamber however needs renovation and furnishing and the sector has inadequate
resources to finance routine monitoring, training members of the council and Committees and
facilitating the sitting of the Evaluation Committees

2.1.2 Works and Technical Services

49
The Works and Technical services department is comprised of the subsectors of Roads ,
Buildings, Mechanical , Water & sanitation and electrical sub sectors. The department is
responsible for maintenance of community and feeder roads, maintenance of government
buildings, Supply of safe water, sanitation and hygiene improvements in rural communities and
repair and maintenance of district equipment.

Kisoro district has a total road net work of 260.0 km of feeder roads which are in fair condition.
Safe water cover is 46.4%compared to the national standard of 65% while sanitation stands at
75% as compared to the National standard of 77%. The district has a number of buildings with
more than 80 % requiring renovation. The district has road equipment comprised of two motor
graders, chain loader, Vibro roller and two tipper trucks in poor condition.

Over the last five years, the department has experienced budget cuts mainly in roads and water
sectors which has grossly affected the implementation of activities.

The district has experienced encroachment on road reserves and declining interest on
community contribution on water related projects.

2.1.3 Production and Marketing services

The Sector is composed of Tourism, Agriculture, Commercial services, Fisheries and Livestock
services. The sector ensures that the population is food secure, gets employment and
household incomes. The District is endowed with fertile volcanic soils, two rain seasons, 4
lakes and rivers, two National Parks and boarders 2 international boarders. The District
produces Irish potatoes, beans, maize, sorghum, bananas cabbages onions, tomatoes and
passion fruits. Also available are domestic animals kept for income to the household which
include goats, cattle chicken and pigs. In Tourism sector the district received 6913 tourists in the
FY 2014/15.

Recent developments in the sector include the implementation of single spine extension
structure, operation wealth creation supplying agricultural inputs, enhanced regional
cooperation under COMESA and East African community, trans -boundary cooperation in
tourism, promotion of tea as a major cash crop and up coming agro processing industries like
Tea, Irish potatoes and milk.

In the last 5 years the sector has received increased budgetary and non budgetary support to
the sector.

As a Sector we have learnt that networking, coordination and cooperation with all stakeholders
is critical and leads to efficiency service delivery. Enterprise selection according to different zones is
critical for increased production and productivity.

2.1.4 Education, Science, Technology and Sports

50
The department is mandated to provide quality and relevant education which should be affordable by the
government and majority of the people. The department is manned by the District Education Officer,
Assistant DEO ( Principal Education Office), District Inspector of Schools, District Sports Officer , one
Inspector of schools and 2 support staff. It is categorized into Administration, inspectorate, Special
Needs Education, Games and sports. Recently the department has been renamed as Education Science
Technology and Sports. Currently the department is understaffed and has no sound vehicle to carry on
inspection and monitoring work. The department is generally underfunded.

The district has 139 primary schools, and a total enrollment of 75,602 pupils. When compared to the 6-
12 old children, the age group for primary school, the primary school enrollment in the district is 126
percent The Gross enrollment ratio (GER) is above 100 in all sub counties except Kanaba( at 86
percent) The high GER could be attributed to the cross-boarder influx of pupils from Congo ad Rwanda,
and the enrollment of children outside recommended age range for primary. Many children below 6years
are enrolled in primary schools largely because of limited schools providing pe-primary or nursery
education. In addition, many children above 12 year are still in primary school, because of late starting
and frequent drop out and restarting. The Dropout rate in the District is 25 percent majority of whom are
girls. The major reasons for the high dropout rate and absenteeism included but not limited to attending
to domestic issues, petty trade, limited parental and community support to education. It has also been
noted that Teachers absenteeism is caused by attendance to personal issues, lack access to some
services in their localities and general laxity.

Table 8 Primary school enrollment

Sub county No. of primary Total Enrolled % GER Enrolled


schools girls per school
Bufumbira East 44 25,966 52.2% 128.9 600
Bukimbiri 11 4,800 52.3 140.9 422
Kanaba 6 3,460 52.0 85.6 569
Nyundo 8 4,758 59.5 171.1 788
Murora 11 5,807 47.9 144.6 525
Nyakabande 8 6,935 50.9 116.0 804
Bufumbira North 47 20,000 49.1 135.3 495
Busanza 14 4,900 48.4 156.9 535
Kirundo 14 6,290 50.7 140.6 437
Nyabwishenya 11 3,910 47.9 125.5 400
Nyarubuye 8 4,900 49.1 116.7 665
Bufumbira South 49 29,636 50.6 116.5 637
Chahi 10 6,453 49.5 118.2 630
Kisoro 4 2,827 53.7 96.8 707
Muramba 17 9,100 49.4 121.4 589

51
Nyakinama 8 5,006 51.9 128.7 626
Nyarusiza 10 6,250 51.4 119.1 687
Total 139 75,602

2.1.4.1 Enrolment
Enrolment of females is always high at lower levels of education but the situation changes in secondary
and other post primary education.

2.1.4.2 Performance in National Examinations


Table8: Primary Leaving Examination (PLE) 2010 - 2014 Results:
DIVISION YEAR

2010 2011 2012 2013 2014

I 281 307 425 327 412

II 1820 1823 2005 1802 1808

III 1071 991 1026 1196 1334

IV 402 644 475 607 539

U 356 444 415 452 522

X 113 107 127 102 93

Total 4043 4316 4473 4486 4708

Source: Education Office Jan, 2015.

 Pupil/Teacher ratio = 61
 Pupil/Class ratio= 71:1
 Staff/house ratio = 1.102
 Dropout rate = 80 %
 VIP stance/pupil ratio = 1:76%
 Primary Teachers:

Males - 960

Females 502

Desk/Pupil ratio = 1.6

 Pupil/text book ratio = 1:4


 Daily pupil attendance 75% for males
 Daily pupil attendance 81% for females
 Average daily teacher attendance 80%
 Dropout rate 80%

The three biggest challenges faced by the department in improving Local Government services
are
 Low morale of teachers towards educational provision to the pupils

52
 Lack of accommodation for teachers
 Lack of adequate sanitation facilities in our schools

2.1.5 Natural resources

The department is mandated to enforce the implementation of national policies, regulations and
Council ordinances on sustainable utilization of natural resources, provision of extension
services, appraising technical proposals in regard to environment Impact assessment (EIA),
preparing and submitting work plans and Budgets to Council and to manage issues of land
tenure. The Sector is headed by the District Natural Resources Officer assisted by senior
environment officer Environment officer, senior lands officer, physical planner, staff surveyer, ,
catographer, forestry officer, records assistant, secretary, office attendant ,3 forest rangers and
3 forest gaurds.
The department has had some achievements which include restoration of Chotsa bay wetland,
planted 40 trees in Kisoro Municipality, have had some project certified, have surveyed . public
land and developed management plans for L.Mulehe.
Natural resources department has not performed to the expectation because of the following
reasons;
1. Limited funds to carryout the activities in the department. This leaves most activities not
implemented.
2. Lack of office equipments which include computers, printers and photocopying machine,
cameras, GPS.
3. The department also lacks internet connection and website which are very important in
this modern world.
4. Lack of vehicle for field activities.

2.1.6 Community Based Services

The department of Community Based Services is comprised of 5 sections; Administration, Probation,


Youth and Social Welfare, Gender and Culture, Labour Relations, Elderly and Disability. It is managed
by the District Community Development Officer, supported by Senior Probation Officer, Senior
Community Development Officer in charge Youth, Disability and Elderly, 13 CDOs , 3 ACDOs and 2
support staff.
53
Vision:

A better standard of living, equity and social cohension of communities

Mission:

Creation of an enabling environment for social protection and social transformation of communities

Functions:

 Build capacity of community development workers at district and sub county levels to perform
community development functions
 To provide opportunities fro communities to access information and participation in self
development, economic advancement and improved livelihood
 Support communities to organize into productive active groups including SACCOs and self help
groups
 Promote and protect the rights of vulnerable groups including OVC, Batwa, Youths, women,
PWD and PLHAs.

The Department works in collaboration with other actors including the line Ministry of Gender Labour and
Social Development, CBOs like ADRA, BMCT, Raising the village, Compassion International, Lift Up
Jesus Ministries – Kabale, Koinonia, Potters village, God’s Mercy, IGCP, HOVC, Peace Hope
Foundation, the communities and the political support among others

The Department is however constrained by inadequate funding especially under locally raised revenues
to sectors like gender, probation, Batwa, labour, culture among others. Lack of means of means both at
the district and sub county level, inhibitive cultures which deny vulnerable groups their rights Increasing
youth unemployment, Lack of remand home and lack of access to land by the minority Batwa, poverty
which accelerates child labour. The department lacks a computer and an adequate office space.

Achievements

Despite the above constraints the sector has provided Functional adult literacy skills to approximately
4345 females and 903 male learners, 36 parishes were mobilized to participate in government
progammes, approximately 25 Community Based organizations were registered and 3 Batwa
stakeholders were conducted, 966 orphans and vulnerable homes were visited, 2,898 orphans and
vulnerable children assessed, 60 para-social workers were trained by MGLSD on children protection
services in Chahi and Nyarusiza sub counties, Community out reach child rescue services offered in 28
parishes, 20 Batwa youth groups have been mobilized, trained and supported by ADRA under Batwa
Youth Empowerment project. 69 youth groups were supported under YLP, 5 PWD groups have been
supported with IGAs, 25 community groups have been supported with CDD funds, community
awareness on the causes, dangers and prevention of killer diseases like malaria, diarrhea and HIV/AIDS
has increased as well as the effects of malnutrition and the positive feeding practices

2.1.7 Public Health

2.1.7.1 Health infrastructure

54
The District has a total of 39 health facilities. Two hospitals, three health centre IVs, fifteen health centre IIs.
and 19 health centre IIs One hospital is PNFP , two health centre III are NGO based and one NGO health
centre II. Currently the staffing level stands 73.8% including support staff.

Achievements

 DTP3 coverage 86.2%


 Deliveries in the health facilities 60.4%
 OPD utilization is 150%
 Latrine coverage is at 75%
 ANC 4th visit is at 33.3%
 TB success rate is at 79.1%

Constraints

 Lack of sources of local revenue

 High dependency on central Government and donors.

 Poor attitude towards community work.

 Environmental degradation

 Bad terrain making it difficult to access health services by rural communities

TABLE 9 KISORO DISTRICT HEALTH FACILITY INVENTORY AS OF MARCH 2016.

Name of Ownershi
HSD health facility Level p Subcounty Parish Village

II Gov't Busanza Buhozi  Buhozi


1. Buhozi
Bufumbir IV " Buhumbu  Kabaya
2. Busanza
a North III PNFP Gitovu  Kinanira
3. Kinanira
 
II Gov’t Gitovu Bugara
4. Gitovu
 
IV Gov't Kirundo Rubuguri Kashija
5. Rubuguri
 
II " Rutaka  Kalehe
6. Kalehe
 
III PNFP Rutaka  Gacaca
  7. Rutaka
III Gov't Nyabwishen Nteko Kikomo
  8. Nteko ya
Nyarutemb
  III " e  Gasovu
9. Gasovu
  II " Nyarubuye Busengo Kabaya
10. Busengo
  III " Busengo Kirwa
11. Nyarubuye
  II " Kalambi Gapfurizo
12. Gapfurizo
Bufumbir III Gov't Muramba Muramba Murinzi
a South 1. Muramba
2. Gisozi II " Gisozi  Gishondori

55
II " Bunagana  Kibaya
3. Bunagana
III " Nyarusiza Mabungo Kigarama
4. Nyarusiza
II " Gasovu  Bushoka
5. Gasovu
III " Nyakinama Rwaramba Nyakabaya
6. Nyakinama
II " Chihe  Gifunzo
7. Chihe
8. Nyabihunik III " Rutare Rubagabaga
o
9. Claire II PNFP Chahi Rutare Kabira
Nsenga
II Gov't Muganza Busaro
10. Muganza
North
II " KTC Ward  Zindiro
11. Zindiro
Hospit South  Gatovu/
al " " Ward Hosital
12. Kisoro
II Gov't Bukimbiri Kagunga  Nyakarembe
Bufumbir 1. Kagunga
a East II " Kagunga  Ikamiro
2. Ikamiro
  III " Kagunga  Gateriteri
3. Gateriteri
  III " Iremera  Kashenyi
4. Iremera
  5. Nyamatsin II " Iremera  Nyamatsinda
da
  III " Kanaba Kagezi  Ruburi
6. Kagezi
  III " Muhindura  Rukoro
7. Kagano
  II " Nyundo Bubuye Mulehe
8. Mulehe
  III " Nyundo  Musezero
9. Bukimbiri
  IV " Murora Chahafi Gisha
10. Chahafi
  II " Chahafi Maregamo
11. Maregamo
  II " Chibumba Mpundu
12. Chibumba
  Hospit
  al PNFP Nyakabande Gasiza Mutolere
13. Mutolere
  14. Nyakaband II Gov't Gisorora  Nyakabande
e
  15. Mburabutu II " Rwingwe  Mburabuturo
ro

Table 10 Summary of Kisoro District Health infrastructure


HEALTH UNIT Ownership TOTAL

56
GOVT PNFP

Hospital 1 1 2

HC IV 3 0 3

HC III 12 3 15

HC II 18 1 19

TOTAL 34 5 39

Table 11: Performance for 2012/2013, 2013/2014 and 2014/15

ACTIVITY FY 2012/2013 FY 2013/2014 FY 2014/2015

Target Achieve % Target Achiev % Target Achiev %


d ed ed

Immunization: 10,935 10,290 94 11,274 11,049 98 11,274 10,124 86.5


DPT3 coverage

Immunization: 10,935 9,714 89 11,274 9,633 85.4 11,274 8,633 73.5


Measles coverage

OPD new 254,30 483,127 190 262,18 446,45 170.3 287,17 430,76 150
attendances 0 3 5 9 8

Intermittent 12,715 5019 39.5 13,109 6115 46.7 13,109 6015 41.4
Presumptive
Treatment (IPT2)

Antenatal care 4th 12,715 5061 39.8 13,109 4172 31.2 13,109 4,272 33.2
visit

Deliveries in 12,334 7,334 59.5 12,715 8,275 65.1 12,715 8,175 60.4
Government &
PNFP facilities

Post Natal 12,334 3,577 29 12,715 1373 10.8 12,715 1383 11.2
attendances

Number of In- 483,12 2,841 0.59 262,18 1,941 0.74 262,18 2,041 0.75
Patients that 7 3 3
visited
Government &

57
PNFP Facilities

HIV testing in 202 170 84.2 255 174 68.2 255 136 53.3
children born to
HIV positive
women

Vitamin A 10,935 2,593 23.7 10,935 2,590 23.6 10,935 2,600 24.2
supplementation

Deworming 116,98 86,456 73.9 120,60 84,456 70.0 120,60 88,456 73.3
7 4 4

Tt2-Tt5 pregnant 13,109 12,464 93.2 13,109 12,484 95.2 13,109 12,284 91.6
women

Reported TB 172 77 45 346 146289 42 232 151 65


cases (Case
Detection)

TB Treatment 150 113 75 265 176 66 297 265 89


Success Rate

Safe Male 3200 2830 88.4 3000 2972 99 2800 240 9.0
Circumcision

Family Planning 52,961 8,388 14.4 52,961 8,688 16.4 52,961 24,688 46.6
Uptake

Latrine coverage 2,958 1,662 54 3,048 1,896 63 3,148 2,345 75


in households

Approved posts 748 414 55.4 748 456 61 748 549 73.5
that are filled with
qualified health
workers (Public
facilities)

Medicine orders 6 6 100 6 6 100 6 6 100


submitted timely

HMIS reporting 12 12 100 12 12 100 12 12 100


completeness &
timeliness

 % monthly 12 12 100 12 12 100 12 12 100


reports sent
on time

58
 % 12 12 100 12 12 100 12 12 100
completeness
monthly
reports
 % 38 38 100 39 39 100 39 38 97
completeness
facility
reporting
 Completeness 1 1 100 1 1 100 1 1 100
of the annual
report
Source: District Health Office May, 2015

Strategies to improve immunization coverage up to 2020 shall include:

 Sensitization and health education


 Increase the number of outreaches

Table 12 HIV/AID PERFORMANCE/ACHIEVEMENTS IN THE FY 2012/2013-2014/2015


ACTIVITY FY 2012/2013 FY 2013/2014 FY 2014/2015

Target Achiev % Target Achiev % Targe Achiev %

59
ed ed t ed

a) HCT

Number of clients receiving


HTC
20,000 22,962 115 2500 27584 110 28000 28681 102

Number of clients tested

20,000 22,962 115 2500 2758 110 3000 30421 101

Number of clients that


tested positive and linked to
care 610 581 95 550 531 97 500 467 93

Number started on
Cotrimoxazole
610 581 95 550 531 97 500 467
93

Number started on ART

500 488 98 500 478 96 470 465 93

b)eMTCT

Number of pregnant
mothers receiving HTC in
ANC 12,015 12,492 104 12500 12625 101 12500 13251 106

Number of pregnant
mothers tested
12,015 12,492 104 12500 12609 101 12500 13246 106

Number of pregnant
mothers that received
results 12,015 12,492 104 12500 12606 101 12500 13244 106
4

Number of HIV positive


mothers
450 202 45 200 227 230 223 106
113

Number of HIV positive


mothers that received
ARVs for option B+ 215 202 94 200 191 96 230 220 97

Number of HIV exposed


infants started on
Nevirapine syrup 130 116 150 145 97 140 156 111
151

Number of exposed infants


that had 1st DNA PCR test
done 200 170 85 180 174 97 180 177 93

Number of HIV exposed


infants that tested positive
on 1st DNA PCR test 8 2 25 5 1 20 6 00 00

Number of HIV exposed


infants that were enrolled
on ART for life 8 7 88 10 09 90 06 75
08

Number of exposed infants


that received 2nd DNA PCR
test 15 10 67 15 10 67 15 13 87

60
Number of exposed infants
that received a final rapid
test at 18 months 48 42 88 85 94 111 100 113
113

Number of HIV exposed


infants that turned positive
at 18 months(rapid test) 07 02 05 00 00 08 01 12.5
29

c)Safe Male
Circumcision

Number of males
circumcised
3000 3151 105 3500 4255 122 7000 15892 23

d)Condom Distribution

Number of condoms
distributed
10,000 9250 93 12100 12578 104 13000 14500 112

e)Mentorships

Number of mentorships
conducted
04 04 100 04 03 75 04 02 50

f)HIV/AIDS coordination

Number of DAC meetings


conducted
04 04 100 04 04 100 04 02 50

Number of SAC meetings


conducted
14 10 71 14 12 86 14 08 57

g)Support for
functionality of Quality
improvement Teams\

Number Health
facilities with
20 12 60 20 16 80 20 20
functional QI teams

h)Sensitization and
awareness raising

Number of radio talk


shows conducted
04 02 50 04 03 75 04 04

Number of MARPs
dialogue meetings
06 04 67 06 05 83 06 06
conducted

61
In line with the Health Sector Strategic and Investment Plan (HSSIP), the District recognizes that
effective delivery of the Uganda National Minimum Health Care Package (UNMHCP) will be achieved
through Partnerships. Consequently, Kisoro District shall partner with other Government Sectors, Private
Sector, PNFPs, PHPs, CSOs and Health Development Partners (HDPs) for the successful
implementation of the HSSIP. The Public Private Partnership in Health (PPPH) Policy that was approved
during the Joint Review Mission (JRM) of 2012 further strengthens the Partnership principle.

2.1.7.2 Human Resources for Health (HRH)


The District plans to increase HRH productivity by strengthening and rolling out performance
management, use of Workload Indicator Staffing Needs (WISN) to address work pressures; and
improving leadership and management. The District will also increase HRH accountability through
developing institutional capacity in leadership and stewardship and accountability at all levels of the
health system. All effort will be made to enhance mechanisms for compliance to ethics, standards, good
professional practices and their rights and protection for the health professionals; enhancing
patients’/clients’ rights and grievance handling at health facilities. Staff absenteeism is a big problem.
The District will reduce health workers’ absenteeism through enhanced monitoring and supervision at all
levels of health care.

Strategies to improve immunization coverage up to 2020 shall include:

 Dissemination of the Immunization Policy;


 Achieve at least 99% coverage for all routine childhood antigens;
 Introduce new vaccines into the routine immunization services: these shall include Rotavirus,
Human Papilloma Virus (HPV), Inactivated Polio Vaccine and Meningitis A Vaccines;
 Strengthen community participation in immunization services like the existing Community
Structures to Reach Every Community (REC);
 Achieve and sustain polio eradication, sustain maternal neonatal tetanus elimination and achieve
zero measles morbidity;

2.1.7.3 Reproductive, Maternal, Neonatal and Child Health Services:


In order to ensure universal access to these services, Kisoro District has steadily ensured equitable
distribution of service points in all villages and sub-counties. Currently, these services are offered up to
HC IIs, at Parish level. However, the utilization is still unacceptably low. For instance, though facility
deliveries increased from 42% (2012/13) to 49% (2013/14), many mothers still deliver at home
unsupervised by trained health workers. Some deliver under Traditional Birth Attendants’ (TBA) care.
The percentage of pregnant women attending 4 ANC sessions actually decreased from 46% in
2012/2013 to 39% in 2013/204 while post-natal attendances slightly increased from 23% to 25% over the
same period.

2.1.7.4 OPD utilization

62
New outpatient attendance (OPD), as a measure of utilization in Government and PNFP facilities
decreased from 9/2010 to 106.5% (1.1) compared to the National target of 0.9 attendances per capita in
the FY 2010/2011. 347,103 out of the expected 325,998 attended Gov’t and PNFP facilities as new
cases. The decrease in OPD utilization is attributed to stock outs of key essential medicines in health
facilities.

Table 13 Burden of Diseases in the District (Top Ten Diseases)


DISEASE CASES PERCENTAGE

ARI not pneumonia 137008 39.4

Malaria 12497 3.6

Intestinal worms 35899 10

Acute Gastro intestinal 14297 4


disorders

Diarrhea diseases 75286 22

Urinary tact infection 3959 1.1

Eye conditions 4003 1.2

Pneumonia 7176 2

Skin infections 9563 2.7

Ear conditions 2858 0.8

Injuries(accidents) 13669 4

TOTAL 316215 90.8

Source: District Health Office, 2015

2.2. Analysis of the State of cross cutting issues

2.2.1 Nutrition

Nutrition is a process of providing or obtaining the food necessary for health and growth Good nutrition
refers to a state when the food we eat is able to provide the recommended amounts of nutrients for the
body to perform all its physiological activities. Good nutrition makes an individual healthy, more
productive and improves the quality of life. Nutrition plays an important role in the social economic
development of any society. Malnutrition (stunting) therefore, which stand at 51% in the district is a major
development concern. The major goal of the District in this area is to reduce the level of multination from
51% to 25% by the year 2020 so that people can live healthy and productive lives.

Good nutrition means:

 Eating the right food


 At the right time
 The right amounts (Quality and Quality) to ensure a balance diet and should be prepared in the
correct way and right place.

63
The country, under the Uganda Nutrition Action Plan, intends to reduce the level of stunting among
children under 5 years from 38 to 32 %, underweight in children under 5 from 16 to 10%, under weight
among non-pregnant women (15-49 years ) from 12 to 18 %, Iron deficiency anemia among children
under( 5years) from 73 to 50%, Iron deficiency among women ( 15-49 years)from 49 to 30, Vitamin A
deficiency among children(under 5years) from 19 to 13%, Vitamin A deficiency among women (15-49
years)from 20 to 12% and low birth weight among new born(weight less than 2.5kgs) from 13 to 9%.
The plan also seeks to increase excusive breastfeeding for infants under six month from 60 t0 75%,
dietary diversification index (foods other than cereals and starchy roots) from 57 to 75%and calorie
consumption per capita from 2,220 to 2,500kcal.

The nutrition of the district in 2012 indicated 3.6% wasting compared to 3.8% during 2014, underweight it
was 9.2% in 2012 while in 2014 it was 7.9%, stunting showed 42% in 2012 and 33.5% in 2014. This
shows that there was a minimal improvement in the nutrition status of population in the district.

Recently the district has been getting support from USAID funded SPRING, FANTA, Africa 2000
network, CHC and Doctors for global health in this area which greatly appreciate.

2.2.2 Opportunities, challenges and constraints.

Departmen Potential Opportunities Challenges Constraints


t
Health Establishment of Nutritionist at district Low women
demonstration hospital attending ANC Lack of funds to
gardens at health facilitate the VHTs
facilities 20 Outpatient therapeutic Unstable RUTF
care clinics present in all supply to the 20 OTC Land shortage for
Establishment of a hospitals, HCIV,HCIII clinics growing diverse
Nutrition Unit foods
Existing VHT structure in
Potential to grow place Low male
diverse nutritious Only one nutritionist involvement in
foods DNCC and SNCC are in place
at district level family feeding
to coordinate nutrition
Favorable climate for activities Therapeutic foods Hard to reach
agriculture not being procured areas
Availability of many IPs
by government & not
Receptive community willing to build capacity in
distributed through
towards nutrition nutrition
NMS
education
Health facilities in place at
different levels

Most health workers trained


in nutrition assessment,
counseling & support

64
Departmen Potential Opportunities Challenges Constraints
t
Education Suitable climate DNCC and SNCC in place to Inadequate funds
coordinate nutrition
activities Means of transport Weather changes
Poor terrain Natural
Land availability disasters High absenteeism
and dropout rate
Trained and qualified of pupils/students
teachers in schools

Existence of schools, SMC, Domestic violence


BOG
Alcoholism
Better education policies amongst parents
Ignorance among
Government support to the people
schools(UPE &USE)

Easy access to seeds and


vegetables to plant

Political will

Community An established CDOS are deployed in all the Limited with Poor terrains/
community based 14 sub counties. transport means. hard to reach sub
services department. counties.
CDOS are planners at the Inadequate funding.
Potential to plan and sub county level. Lack of local
integrate nutrition Local councils poorly revenue sources.
services. Existing sub county local facilitated.
council. Majority
Potential to draft Inadequate copies of councilors are
bylaws on Alcoholism. GBV uninformed.

Potentials in Available Gender Based Access to GBV and a


mobilizing and Violence policy translated version for
sensitize communities local councils
on Gender Based
Violence.

Water Presence of Presence of trained and High population Poor road


Unprotected/undevel experienced staff growth infrastructure
oped
Availability of government There are few water
Water sources policy on safe water for all sources in most parts
of the District

Poor terrain

Presence of local Availability of local materials Mindset problems Un cooperative


community groups to use in constructing local leaders
such as ambulance or latrines and other facilities Rocky/ collapsing
soils which makes
65
Departmen Potential Opportunities Challenges Constraints
t
‘batakatwezike’ latrine life short
groups
Presence of Health Poor terrain makes
inspectors/Assistants and household sanitation
Community development assessment hard
officers to mobilize for
improved hygiene and Limited land
sanitation compared to
population

Production There are pieces of The abundant rains available Floods, soil erosion, Poor terrain has
land around homes in the district provide a good mud slides have hindered proper
which have not been opportunity for sustained hindered proper utilization
utilized which could crop production production of crops
be used for kitchen Poor roads have
gardens and rearing of The high altitude provides Crop and animal hindered access
domestic animals weather conditions (cool) diseases, pests and for nutritious
for growth of templates parasites The foods
Crop residues, human fruits desired for good unpredictable
refuse and animal nutrition. weather patterns
refuse have not been have hindered
utilized for production proper farm planning
of manure yet this can Limited land area
change a lot on for production
nutrition status of soil The district is connected to due to high
at home two countries that provide population density
market for produce which
The potential of
can generate household
human resource to do
income which can be
home kitchen Traditional land
converted into nutritious
gardening has not Expensive agro ownership system
foods
been tapped inputs have hindered
The road to Kampala is tar proper control of
marked which provides pests and diseases
foods not readily available in
the district e.g. fish and also
provides access to markets Poverty
for produce which leads to
increased income that can Alcoholism
be used for improved
66
Departmen Potential Opportunities Challenges Constraints
t
nutrition.

Good rural road network


although roads are poor

Planning Planning and Planning guidelines in place Inadequate funding Lack of transport
and administrative to conduct
administra structures in place Administration staff trained participatory baseline In adequate skills
tion in planning skills surveys and studies in monitoring and
Planning and evaluation
administrative staff in Limited support from
place national planning
authority to do
comprehensive
planning

Most essential data is


presented at regional
level and inadequate
district specific data

Health Establishment of Nutritionist at district Low women


demonstration hospital attending ANC Lack of funds to
gardens at health facilitate the VHTs
facilities 20 Outpatient therapeutic Unstable RUTF
care clinics present in all supply to the 20 Land shortage for
Establishment of a hospitals, HCIV,HCIII OTC clinics growing diverse
Nutrition Unit foods
Existing VHT structure in
Potential to grow place Low male
diverse nutritious Only one nutritionist involvement in
foods DNCC and SNCC are in place
at district level family feeding
to coordinate nutrition
Favorable climate for activities Therapeutic foods Hard to reach areas
agriculture not being procured
Availability of many IPs
by government &
Receptive community willing to build capacity in
not distributed
towards nutrition nutrition
through NMS
education
Health facilities in place at
different levels

Most health workers trained


in nutrition assessment,
counseling & support

67
Departmen Potential Opportunities Challenges Constraints
t
Education Suitable climate DNCC and SNCC in place to Inadequate funds
coordinate nutrition
activities Means of transport Weather changes
Poor terrain Natural
Land availability disasters High absenteeism
and dropout rate of
Trained and qualified pupils/students in
teachers schools

Existence of schools, SMC, Domestic violence


BOG
Alcoholism
Better education policies amongst parents
Ignorance among
Government support to the people
schools(UPE &USE)

Easy access to seeds and


vegetables to plant

Political will

Water Presence of Presence of trained and High population Poor road


Unprotected/undevel experienced staff growth infrastructure
oped
Availability of government There are few water
Water sources policy on safe water for all sources in most
parts of the District

Poor terrain

Presence of local Availability of local materials Mindset problems Un cooperative


community groups to use in constructing local leaders
such as ambulance or latrines and other facilities Rocky/ collapsing
‘batakatwezike’ soils which makes
groups latrine life short

Presence of Health Poor terrain makes


inspectors/Assistants and household
Community development sanitation
officers to mobilize for assessment hard
improved hygiene and
sanitation Limited land
compared to
population

68
Departmen Potential Opportunities Challenges Constraints
t

Production There are pieces of The abundant rains available Floods, soil erosion, Poor terrain has
land around homes in the district provide a good mud slides have hindered proper
which have not been opportunity for sustained hindered proper utilization
utilized which could crop production production of crops
be used for kitchen Poor roads have
gardens and rearing of The high altitude provides Crop and animal hindered access for
domestic animals weather conditions (cool) diseases, pests and nutritious foods
for growth of templates parasites The
Crop residues, human fruits desired for good unpredictable
refuse and animal nutrition. weather patterns
refuse have not been have hindered
utilized for production proper farm Limited land area
of manure yet this can planning for production due
change a lot on to high population
nutrition status of soil The district is connected to density
at home two countries that provide
market for produce which
The potential of
can generate household
human resource to do Traditional land
income which can be
home kitchen ownership system
converted into nutritious
gardening has not
foods
been tapped Expensive agro
The road to Kampala is tar inputs have
marked which provides hindered proper
foods not readily available in control of pests and
the district e.g. fish and also diseases
provides access to markets
for produce which leads to
increased income that can Poverty
be used for improved
nutrition. Alcoholism

Good rural road network


although roads are poor

Planning Planning and Planning guidelines in place Inadequate funding Lack of transport
and administrative to conduct
administra structures in place Administration staff trained participatory In adequate skills in
tion in planning skills baseline surveys and monitoring and
Planning and studies evaluation
administrative staff in
place Limited support
from national
69
Departmen Potential Opportunities Challenges Constraints
t
planning authority
to do
comprehensive
planning

Most essential data


is presented at
regional level and
inadequate district
specific data

Lessons learnt

 Established DNCCs and SNCCs should lead interventions


 Previous efforts had concentrated on only three sub counties but there is an overwhelming
demand to role out interventions to the remaining 11 LLGs.
 Minority and vulnerable groups should be given priority

2.2.2 HIV/AIDS

HIV/AIDS is the biggest global development challenge of the time. In Kisoro District, AIDS has evolved
from a health burden to a serious development crisis with visible social and economic effects on the
entire society. Various factors have contributed to the rapid spread of HIV/AIDS. These include poverty,
income and gender inequalities, alcoholism, sexual gender based violence, cultural practices and cross-
border trading activities. Untreated sexually transmitted diseases and others.

HIV/AIDS mostly affects the productive ages of 19 – 45. This prevents an increasing share of the
population from participating in economic growth, which results into increased poverty. This situation
therefore results into vicious cycle of poverty when the reduction in economic growth increases poverty
as poverty accelerates the spread of HIV/AIDS.

In Kisoro district, HIV/AIDS is recognised as a development and security issue. The experience and
lesson show that it undermines the whole fabric of development and drastically affects the economic
progress. The mult-sectoral policy has created an enabling environment for the district response.
Openness about the disease and the gravity of its impact has been practised in the district. This attitude
has contributed to high levels of awareness and knowledge. Co-ordination mechanism that is facilitator,

70
participatory and all-inclusive and involvement of various stakeholders from various sectors, NGOs,
religious institutions has also contributed to the impact so far felt in the district. The district has tried to
integrate HIV/AIDS activities into other district priority programs hopping to achieve a big push in the
direction of poverty eradication.

Improving the quality of people living with HIV/AIDS has been the major drive behind care and support
services in the district. Whereas treatment for opportunistic infections have been made available by
government throughout the district at most government health facilities and NGOs, the major outstanding
challenge is increasing access to antiretroviral treatment to the majority of the population that need it.

Stakeholders in the HIV/AIDS struggle in the district have tremendously contributed to the success of
district efforts against the epidemic. Majority of CBOs and NGOs dealing in HIV/AIDS in the district have
contributed on initiatives targeting prevention on the spread and mitigation of the impact of the epidemic
at individual, family and community levels through various interventions aimed at improving the physical
and psycho-social well-being of both infected and directly affected. It is therefore important that
reducing poverty in the district will lead to enhanced efforts to reduce HIV/AIDS scourge which has
posed a great challenge to majority of the district population that is highly dependants on agricultural
production.

2.3.4.1 Social economic and cultural factors that enhance the spread of HIV/AIDS.
There exist some social economic and cultural factors in the district that have enhanced the spread of
HIV/AIDS and impacted on the prevention and mitigation measures put in place. These include;

 People of childbearing age must have children. This is promoted by the importance of the heir, men
and women who die without children are accorded different burial ceremonies, pride of having
children and society expectations of adolescents to marry at an early age.
 Congestion and lack of privacy where parents share the same room with adolescents or children of
the different sexes sharing the same room may lead to early engagement into sex activities.
 Widow inheritance, incest, defilement, rape, polygamy, some traditional herbalists having sex with
their clients, poverty, traditional festivals, burial ceremonies, sex workers in urban areas, drug and
substance abuse, influence of alcohol, absentee husbands (migrant workers), long distance drivers,
misconception that young girls do not have the disease, spouse sharing, redundancy, idleness and
peer pressure.
 Interview with police personnel revealed that defilement is still on the Increase. It was reported that in
2004, 18 rape cases were recorded, 4 cases were taken to court, and 14 cases are still under
investigations, 4 cases of indecent assault were reported and are still under investigation, in the
same year, 135 defilement cases were reported of which 89 cases are still under investigation while

71
15 disposed off due to lack of evidence. 1 case of adultery and 1 case of elopement were recorded.
In 2005 from Jan-October 97 cases of defilement were recorded while 17 rape cases were reported.

2.3.4.2 Effects of HIV /Aids on Production/Economic Growth


The development largely depends on subsistence agriculture. HIV/AIDS has a great impact on the
productive segments of Kisoro population. In the District HIV/AIDS has evolved from a Health burden to
a serious development crisis with visible social economic effects on the entire community. HIV/AIDS
mostly affects the productive ages of 19 -45 and this increasingly affects the population from
participating in economic growth activities, which results into increased poverty. This situation therefore
results into a vicious cycle of poverty where the reduction in economic growth increases poverty, which
in turn accelerates the spread of HIV/AIDS.

How HIV/AIDS aggravates poverty at house hold levels.

- It removes wage earners from employment.


- It reduces the capacity and ability to engage in agricultural and economic productive work which
threatens food security.
- It deflects resources to health care and Medicine for the Infected.
- Draws down on household’s savings, and capital which leads to poor nutrition, school dropout,
Inability to access health services and reduced purchasing power.
- Death of Income earner results in orphans becoming dependents with the burden of provision of
basic needs leading to increased number of street children, Child headed families, Exploitation and
crime.

Effects of HIV/AIDS on community/district

- Increased loss of skilled human resources in Agriculture, business and civil service.
- Increase use of resources for consumption/care rather than investment.
HIV/AIDS is eroding gains for Investment in Education

Recently the district has been getting support from USAID funded SPRING, STAR SW PROJECT, SDS,
ASSIST and AIC and CSF- funded MUHABURA CSF HIV PROJECT which have ended. Currently the
major IPS in operation are USAID RHITES and ADRA Uganda.
2.2.2 Opportunities, challenges and constraints.

Departme Potentials Opportunities Challenges Constraints


nt
Health Trained and committed -Implementing -Few IPs Limited number of
HIV/AIDs workforce partners such as -Inadequate health workers trained
USAID RHITES funding in comprehensive HIV
Responsive communities and ADRA -Delays in care and
HIV networks Uganda accessing funds management.
ART accredited sites -Good Health for the sector -Stigma and
infrastructure -Complacent discrimination
Team of district mentors -Good staffing community - Occasional stock
HIV/AIDs strategic Plan level -Difficult terrain outs of HIV related
-Community that limits access logistics
HIV workplace policy sensitization -Donor dependent
channels e.g 2 support
72
Radio stations
-Adequate HIV
reference
materials
-HIV/AIDS
coordination
structures such as
DAC,SACs and
PACs
Educatio Science Teachers -PIACY programs -Myths and -Stigma and
n oriented in HIV/AIDS still active misconceptions discrimination
concepts -HIV/AIDS on the - Limited funds -Heavy duties for
-HIV/AIDS policy school curriculum allocated for teachers living with
guidelines HIV/AIDS activities HIV/AIDS
Communi DCDO member of
ty DACand CDOs HIV focal
persons
Plan for OVCs activities -Social -Limited allocation -Some CDOs not
-Registered HIV networks mobilization and of funds for HIV trained in HIV/AIDS
awareness activities concept
programs -Inadequate data
-Support to IGAs on OVCs
for people living
with HIV networks
Water Health inspector trained in Non-allocation of -HIV/AIDS activities
HIV/AIDS funds for not yet prioritized
HIV/AIDS
Productio Non-allocation of -HIV/AIDS activities
n funds for not yet prioritized
HIV/AIDS
Planning -Budget for capacity -Team of district -Inadequate -Some members in
and building under Human based HIV/AIDS allocation of funds administration not
administr resources trainers for HIV trained in HIV concept
ation -Established HIV/AIDS activities(capacity
coordination office building)

Lessons learnt

-HIV/AIDS activities are better management as a cross-cutting issue under a mult-sectoral approach

-HIV/AIDS coordination structures are very vital for the successful implementation of HIV programs

2.2.4 Gender

Gender refers to the relationship between women and men based on socially or culturally constructed
and defined identities, status, roles and responsibilities that are assigned to one or the other sex.

Strategic development planning demands a central focus on gender to warrant equal consideration for
the involvement of both men and women in the development process. During the planning process at
community level, participants analyzed gender in respect of access, control and ownership of resources
among men, women, boys and girls. This analysis gives a picture of what is taking place at household
73
and community and this affects the performance of individuals in resource Mobilization and participation
in the development process / activities. Factors that contribute to the spread of HIV/AIDS in a gender
dimension include; sexual and gender violence, breakdown in social and community structures, lack of
physical and legal protection, inadequate of health infrastructures, limited education and skills training,
poverty and forced sex

The District is implementing some programmes in partnerships with, ADRA, BMCT,UOBDU, Dioceses of
Muhabura, Kononion Ministries, Support for OVC, Water school, Compassion International, their
continuous support is highly appreciated.

2.2.2 Opportunities, challenges and constraints.

Department Potentials Opportunities Challenges Constraints


Health Availability of trained NGO’s that deal in Disease and Inadequate
staff health related issues pandemic like as funding
like maternal and HIV/Aid Rig cultures as
reproductive health regard treating of
illness
Availability of An enabling laws Infiltration of quack Increased infant
physical regarding health doctors mortality &
infrastructure like practices morbidity
health facilities Domestic violence
Low birth weight
babies

Congenital
malformations

High prevalence of
maternal serious
complications like
HT/Eclampsia, DM,
&
Depression
Domestic violence.

Child abuse

Child neglect

Education Availability of female Law and policy Inadequate schools Poor cultures that
teachers pertaining to education discriminate girl
of both sex child

Donor Good will


DSC I place to Gender imbalance in
recruitment applicants

Females inability to
change location
Gender roles at family
level.
Child labour Child dropout rate

Early marriage
Limited parental
support

74
Inadequate Sanitation
facilities at school
Hard to reach areas in Early marriages
the district makes hard to
deploy female teachers Child labour

Inadequate support
towards female
education

Water Availability of Water National water and Degradation of water


sources sewage cooperation in catchment areas like
the district wetland.
Technical staff in
water management. Water management Tea growing in the
committees in some wetland.
area.
Insufficient water
supply due to
population pressure

Production Technical staff


to Presence NGOs that Climate change and Limited skills in
give guidance in support its effects that agriculture
farming environmentally include heavy rains management for
friendly methods of causing floods, land high production.
farming slides and soil
erosion.
Natural resources like
wetlands, water bodies Droughts as a result
and forests that of climate change.
regulate climate
Land fragmentation
Existence of a due to increased
directorate in MAAIF population
on Sustainable Land
Management
Planning and Government policy Development plan Few PWDs people Limited number of
administratio involved in planning female in key
n administrative
position

SCORE (0-5) OF GENDER ANALYSIS IN TERMS OF RESOURCES, CONTROL & OWNERSHIP.

Socio-economic empowerment is attained when women and men have equal access to and control of
resources, when their welfare has improved relatively to men i.e. income, access to social services,
education and training opportunities, employment etc. political empowerment is attained when women
are able to participate in decision making at all levels of governance from household to District level. The
analysis is shown below for the district.

Table 39: Gender analysis and resource ownership


RESOURCES ACCESS OWNERSHIP OWNERSHIP COMMENT OR

75
Men Women Boys Girls Men Women
Boys Girls Men Women Boy
s
Girls
OBSERVATION

Land 4 2 4 4 5 5 4 4 5 5 4 4 Women are cheated on


land ownership and control

Agricultural 4 5 4 3 5 6 4 4 4 4 3 4 Women and girls mainly


Tools use Agric. Tools

Livestock 4 3 2 2 5 4 4 2 5 3 4 3 Traditional for men and


boys

Utensils 3 5 1 2 3 5 2 3 3 4 4 5 This is the responsibility of


women in houses.

Furniture 4 4 1 1 5 5 4 3 4 4 4 4 Men and women share the


roles.

Money 4 2 1 1 5 4 5 4 5 4 4 2 Is accessed by men and


ownership also.

Radio 5 4 2 1 5 4 3 3 4 3 4 2 Men have the upper hand


with boys

Bicycle 4 4 4 0 5 3 3 2 5 3 3 1 Men have the upper hand


with boys

Business 5 4 2 1 4 5 3 3 5 3 3 2 Men have the upper hand

Agricultural 4 5 2 3 3 4 3 3 3 4 3 4 Women have the upper


Produce hand

Implication of the above analysis

There is lack of effective to access and control over important resources by a significant majority of
women is also a major challenge to their ability to participate in the decentralized structures. Access and
control of prosperity, credit and cash play a key role in political participation.

It is clear that unequal, non-cooperative gender relations are a fundamental cause of poverty. The
imbalanced divisions of roles and responsibilities results in women’s overburden, reducing their
productivity and the success of their business ventures and thereby undermining family food security and
welfare. Women’s lack of control over assets such as land, livestock and other resources means that
they lack influence on how cash income generated from these assets is used. Men decide how to spend
family income and in many cases, they spend it for their own benefit rather than for the benefit the whole
household. Children are also in this same category as they do not own or control any economic resource
independently.

There is a male predominant culture in favor of men at the expense of women leading to
women’s marginalization hence increasing their vulnerability. Women’s vulnerability arises from
unequal power relations which accord them less access to control over assets and resources
than men.
76
The sector will there advocate for increased equality and equity between men and women
through improved gender relations and gender responsive planning and budgeting

The persistent increase of domestic violence, family breakdowns, child neglect and
abandonment indicate that the stability of the family institution is at stake. Family stability values
have been eroded due to poverty, excessive alcoholism, moral decay and polygamous
practices at large.

The sector will there continue to advocate for restoration of good family values for the benefit of
all families and communities at large.

Therefore priority need be given while passing by-laws to provide a firm legal basis for these efforts and
strengthen women’s land rights. Functional Adult Literacy training and sensitization on domestic issues
can reduce gender inequalities and improve gender relations with benefits for both women and men.
however, women issues have been included in this development plan such as girl child education,
operationalization of UPE policy, promotion of reproductive health(reducing infant mortality and maternal
mortality, among others), project implementation process, commercialization of agriculture and other
advisory needs etc.

Factors that increase vulnerability of specific groups.


Vulnerable group Key mediating factors for vulnerability

Women  Lack of rights/control over major productive assets.


 Traditional roles attributed by society
Widows  Lack/property grabbed by relatives and in-laws
 Burden of orphans
 Many sons sharing and fragmenting land
Youth  Limited access to productive assets.
 Inadequate education or vocational skills.
 Early marriages
 Ignorance and lack of information
 Traditional roles ascribed by society(female youth)
Elderly  Lack of productive assets
 Inability to exploit available resources
 Lack a social support network-families are adopting an individualistic
attitude.
Neglected children  Being part of large families
 Lack of social support and social protection mechanism.
 Being physically disabled.
Orphans  Lack of basic needs i.e. food, housing and clothing.
 Staying in large families with limited parental care.
 Living with HIV/AIDS.
 No support for health and education.
 Lack of productive assets.
Persons with  Discriminating in households and community
disabilities  Lack of ownership of key assets like land
 Taxation
 Inability to engage in income generation activities.

Expected Outcomes for gender issues identified above;

77
Enabling environment for gender mainstreaming in macroeconomic policies, with specific focus on
poverty reduction strategy processes, and sectoral budgets and development programmes in the district.
Increased and sustained capacity to carry out and advocate for gender budgets analysis at district and
lower levels of governance.
Knowledge on practices and processes toward gender budget analysis share, use and acknowledge as
effective means of tracking gender mainstreaming and supporting gender equality

Success Indicators

 Increased participation of project stakeholders in the district and lower local government budget
processes
 Improved analytical skills of gender budgets by all the stakeholders and development partners in
the development process.
Influencing the poverty reduction strategy review processes at regional and district levels.
Better sharing and coordination of gender budget experiences

Strategies to achieve the above include the following;

 Organize district dialogues on gender budgeting using examples from other districts and
participating development partners in the district.
 Organize gender capacity building activities for the district budget office and the Finance,
Planning, Administration and Investment committee on the budget.
 Participate in the poverty eradication arrangement reviews with a focus on equitable redistribution
of resources among women and men.
 The district is an active member of the national gender group that participates in gender
mainstreaming and implementation of the MDGs.
 Gender budget awareness creation and capacity building of the council and the budgeting
process including stakeholders through public dialogues, television and radio discussions, TOT
and research
 Re-activate gender forum activities to ensure equal participation in decision making processes.
 Organize and participate in district budget related activities such as sectoral committees, budget
conferences and training of women in contract management
 Collaboration with the Ministry of Finance and Planning as well as Ministry of Gender, Labour
and Social Development and ULGA for advocacy.

The district recognizes gender budgeting as a useful policy that has great potential for influencing
equitable resource allocation to poor women and men as well as other disadvantaged groups. There is
need to ensure that budget and the policies and programs that underlie them address the needs and
interests of individuals that belong to different social groups. It is therefore based at biases that can arise
because a person is male or female, but at the same time considers disadvantage suffered as a result of
ethnicity, caste, class or poverty status, location and age. This policy is not about separate budgets for
women or men nor about budgets divided equally. It is about determining where the needs of men and
women are the same, and where they differ. Where the needs are different, allocations should be
different.

The broad strategies for women empowerment in the general context should include;

1. Promote a holistic and integrated approach to development by ensuring that gender issues common
to different sectors are adequately identified, analyzed and addressed.
78
2. Mobilize, sensitize and train the population on gender issues.
3. Promote and carry out gender oriented research as well as compiling, analyzing and disseminating
gender disaggregated data by the Planning Office.
4. Provide infrastructure particularly in the rural areas to facilitate equal market access by women
farmers.
5. Formulate organs and programs that facilitate women farmers to access financial, technical
extension and marketing services.
6. Promote intensive training programs so that women acquire employable skills.
7. Develop and make available appropriate and affordable technologies for rural women as alternative
source of energy which effectively reduce women’s workload and save time while protecting the
environment.

In conclusion therefore, a lot has been gained in community empowerment particularly regarding the
inclusion of marginalized groups' opinions and views under decentralization. The increased level of
gender sensitivity among lower Local Government leaders has helped enhance the role of women in
democracy as most setbacks to development were affecting the women more adversely. The
representation of women in governance has increased, though this needs to be followed up by increased
participation in development debates. Rather than targeting mostly women, confidence building
programmes should target men as key stakeholders in the emancipation of women.

2.2.9 Disability

Strategic development planning demands a central focus on PWD to warrant equal consideration for the
involvement of disabled persons into development process. During the planning process at community
level, participants analyzed disability issues in respect of access, control and ownership of resources
among the PWDs. This analysis gives a picture of what is taking place at household and community and
this affects the performance of individuals in resource Mobilization and participation in the development
process / activities.

The District is implementing PWD special Grant programme that support projects that improves on the
job creation and income among the group members as well as access to credit and saving services
supported by the programmed.

The community sector is also responsible Promote and protect the rights of

PWDs,

Promoting awareness to the communities to provide equal treatment to PWDs in regard to


education. And provision of facilities that favor physically affected.

Initiate IGAs such as shoe making and small scale commercial agriculture.

Offer credit services as one form of their empowerment.

Sensitize them against bequeathing their property when they still alive
To fully integrate people with Disabilities (PWDS) within the communities

To assess and build the capacity of PWDs for sustainable development

79
2.2.2 Opportunities, challenges and constraints.

Department Potentials Opportunitie Challenges Constraints


s
Health Government Health units Health workers Inadequate
policy are not trained funds to train
in handling workers in
PWDs eg handling PWDs
communication

Lack of special
facilities to
handle PWDs

Education Special Schools in Limited support Inadequate


needs place from parents Funds
teachers in
Place
Community GovernmentSpecial grant Lack of Lack of capacity
policy programme cooperation to sustain
among the theses projects
members
Water Available Government High tariffs for No access
water policy services and
sources utilities
Production Access to Wealthy Discriminated Limited
Land creation on basis of resources
programme capacity top
handle project
Planning and Government Development Few PWDs Self
administration policy plan people involved discrimination
in planning

Lessons learnt

 PWDs should be given a leading priority in development activities


 Health Workers should trained in handling PWDs issues and special facilities be procured for
easy access and utilization

2.2.5 Environment

Environment is defined as man’s surrounding taking into account both abiotic and biotic components that
interact together in addition to the built up. Environment and natural resources are very important in
development and they should be managed sustainably. These include land, water, wetlands, mountains,
and hills, minerals, forests and wildlife. In Kisoro district most households especially the rural population
derive their livelihoods from the natural resources. These components are sources of food, revenue and
raw materials for development. The environment also has indirect benefits which affect people’s
80
wellbeing, development and the economy of the district. The livelihoods of the poor heavily depend on
the environment. In addressing poverty it is equally important to integrate sustainable environment
management. The natural resources like forests and trees, wetlands and water bodies act as carbon
sinks to reduce green house gases which cause global warming and leads to climate change with its
effects like heavy rains, landslides, floods, droughts. Environment is a cross cutting issue that affects
every level of planning and has been integrated in the different sectors and plans in the district.

The environment is being threatened by human activities and increasing population who over depend on
environment resources for survival. The decline in soil fertility, vegetation cover and fisheries are
impacting heavily on the communities by constraining their ability to increase their income thus getting
more vulnerable.

The legal frame work about environment helps to sustainably conserve the environment and natural
resources. There are Policies, laws, regulations, standard and guidelines that provide a basis for
sustainable management of natural resources. These include National Environment Management Policy,
National Environment Act, Cap.153, Land Act and National Forestry, the National Physical Planning Act,
2010 and Tree Planting Act, 2003. In addition to these the Regulations and standards to ensure
sustainable environment management include the National Environment (Environment Impact
Assessment Management )Regulations, 1999, The National Physical Planning guidelines and
Standards, 2012, The National Environment (Riverbanks, Lake shores and wetlands Management)
Regulations, 2000 and The National Environment (Hilly and Mountainous Areas
Management)Regulations, 2000.

To ensure implementation of the above laws, Central government set up a fund called PAF-Environment
and Natural Resources management. In addition, to this under locally raised revenue and Local
Government Management Services Delivery Program the environment management activities have been
implemented. There has also been funding from different organizations to facilitate environment
conservation activities and these include IGCP, WWF, and IFDC. Plans to conserve, sustainably use
and manage environmental resources will remain a priority since environment is a vital component at all
levels of development.

Causes of Environmental Degradation in the District

Man is the primary degrader of the Environment which is seen to escalate with increasing population
where currently the population density is about 400persons/km2.

In Kisoro district the most affected segments of natural resources are;-

 Land through land fragmentation, poor methods of farming, poor solid waste management and
over cultivation
 Wetlands that have been reclaimed for tea growing and growth of other agricultural crops
 lakeshores and river banks whose cultivation has resulted into deteriorated fish productivity and
increased siltation

 Forests both natural and planted have been indiscriminately cleared for mainly timber and fuel
wood. In addition the forests have been encroached on for cultivation and settlement.
 Aqua faunal species especially fish stocks have declined through over fishing and using poor
fishing methods

However, the trend of environmental degradation can be curbed through mitigations such as the
following;-

Land degradation: Land is the most highly valued resource for production but has been degraded
through land fragmentation, cultivation and inappropriate application and use of inorganic fertilizers and
agrochemicals

Mitigation measures

-Sensitization of communities on soil and water conservation


81
-Phased vegetation clearing that is fallowing.

-Use of registered and recommended agroinputs

-Practice good agronomic practices

-promote use of organic agro-inputs

Poor farming methods

Kisoro district is an agrarian district with about 89% of the population depending on agriculture as a
source of livelihood. Many farmers depend on the natural environment. Therefore with increasing
population there is increasing demand for land causing degradation of existing terraces and not following
proper agronomic practices.

In Kisoro district introduction of tea as a cash crop has impacted on the environment through invasion of
the fragile ecosystems such as wetlands, lakeshores, riverbanks and forests. This tea program does not
favor microhabitats and biodiversity being a monoculture crop that requires high application of
agrochemicals.

Mitigation measures

Develop a district land use plan through which zonning the district for suitability for different agricultural
enterprises could be prioritized.

Formulate bye-laws and ordinances on management of fragile ecosystems

Dermacation and gazetting all the fragile ecosystems

All introduced programs and plans to undergo a strategic environmental Assessment

Poor solid waste management

The district has a number of growth centres, 2 townboards and 1 municipality. However, the increased
populations in the centres and lifestyles have resulted into generation of massive solid waste particularly
plastics. The plastics are used for packing manufactured goods and others in addition to spirits.
However, the district lacks a facility for safe disposal of the wastes living them flying in the environment.

Mitigation measures

The Municipality to procure an appropriate site for a dumpsite/landfill

Bye-laws and ordinances on solid waste management should be enacted

Introduce technologies for recycling and reusing wastes

Degradation of wetlands, Lakeshores and riverbanks

These ecosystems are found in the East and North Constituency of Bufumbira Kisoro district where the
terrain is hilly characterized of v-shaped valleys most of which have wetland characteristics. Most of
them have been encroached on for cultivation of seasonal crops but with the introduction of tea growing
some wetlands already under tea. Most degraded critical and vital wetland ecosystems include Chahafi,
Gitundwe, Rugyegye, Ruhezamyenda and River Kaku which are lacustrine and riverine. Other reasons
for which wetlands have been degraded is dairy farming and establishment of recreational facilities.

Mitigation measures

Enact bye-laws and ordinances on fragile ecosystems utilization

Creation of awareness

Enforce existing laws and regulation on fragile ecosystems management


82
Deforestation

Kisoro district originally had a tropical montane vegetation of tropical deciduous forests but with
increased population these have dwindled with the remaining ones being in protected areas particularly
National parks and Forest Reserves of Bwindi Impenetrable and Mgahinga Gorilla and Echuya
respectively. However, a few natural local forest reserves exist namely Kafuga and Nombe and on
private land in the North of the district. Efforts have been made to revegetate the landscape where
exotics particularly Eucalyptus sp., Cuppressus sp and Pinus species are dominant. Despite these
efforts the rate of deforestation remains high due to increasing demand for wood products mainly timber,
staking and fuel wood.

Mitigation measures

Promote Forest Law enforcement, governance and trade on timber

Conduct sensitizations on effective and efficient use of wood products for example energy saving stoves
and non-use of power saws for pitsawying

Establish nursery beds and provide seedlings to farmers at subsidized prices

Reduced fish productivity and fisheries

Kisoro district has 4 volcanic fresh water lakes with a size of 28.2km 2 namely L.Mutanda, L.Mulehe,
L.Kayumbu and Chahafi. However, the water bodies are not productive following past poor fishing
methods that included overfishing, use of undersized nets and degradation of the lakeshores.

Mitigation measures

Law enforcement to curb poor fishing methods

Strengthening the Beach Management Units

Effects of environmental degradation in Kisoro district

 Food shortage

 Increased poverty amongst households due to depletion of natural resources

 Waterborne related diseases such as dysentery and diarhorrea

 Landslides/mudslides and floods during rainy seasons

2.2.2 Opportunities, challenges and constraints.

Departmen Potentials Opportunities Challenges Constraints


t
Health Staff equipped with  NGOs that Disease outbreaks Cultural beliefs
sanitation and support because of
hygiene skills. sanitation degradation of
and hygiene natural resources.
Solid waste  Trees
management planted
structures in most of around
the health facilities hospitals

83
Education Environment clubs in  NGOs Lack of funding to Poor Solid waste
schools in the district supporting conduct regular management
the environmental practices in most
Environment environmen Education programs schools
education in schools t clubs and in schools
education Deminishing land due
Existence of natural centres Clearing vegetation
resources such as around for construction of
National Parks and national schools.
Forests that give parks
pupils and students
exposure

Availability of land in
school to
demonstrate good
environment
practices such as
tree planting

Community  Willingness of  NGOs  Illiterate  Climate


community to supporting communities change
take part in communitie who lack
environmenta s in other knowledge
l IGA to about
management reduce conservation
 Supportive dependency  Over
community on dependency
leaders in agriculture on natural
conservation resources
 Population
pressure
 Land
conflicts
Water  Availability of  National  Climate  Degradation
Water water and change of water
sources sewage  Limited catchment
 Technical cooperation funding in areas like
staff in water in the the water wetland and
management. district sector. forests.
 Water  Tea growing
manageme in the wetland.
nt  Insufficient
committees water supply
in some due to
area. population
pressure

Production Technical staff to  Presence  Climate Limited skills in


give guidance in NGOs that change and agriculture
farming and support its effects management for high
environmental environmen that include production.
management. tally friendly heavy rains
methods of causing

84
Funding to support farming floods, land
agroforestry and  Natural slides and
water and soil resources soil erosion.
conservation like  Droughts as
wetlands, a result of
waterbodies climate
and forests change.
that  Land
regulate fragmentatio
climate n due to
 Existence of increased
a population
directorate 
in MAAIF
on
Sustainable
Land
Manageme
nt
Lessons learnt

With inadequate funding for environment management activities the rate of degradation will continue
unabated despite the impacts to the population.

Environment degradation effect has led to food insecurity and retarded development.

Tea growing program in the district should is not compliant with the existing laws and policies in the
country.

Mainstreaming environment should be prioritized by all sectors.

2.2.6 Climate change

The average weather conditions of a particular region of the world over a long period of time,
usually thirty years or more with regard to WMO

•Weather/climatic elements include; rainfall, temperature, winds, humidity, air pressure,


Sunshine (Solar radiation) and Cloudiness

Climate can therefore be described using one of these elements such as the Long-term
changes in long term statistics e.g. the average temperature, wind patterns and
precipitation/Rainfall or change in distribution over at least 30years change in average weather
over time and over a region

A change in state of climate that can be identified by changes in the mean and/ or variability of
its properties and that persists for extended periods (decades or longer).

Therefore, climate change refers to the long term change of one or more climatic elements from
a previously accepted value; while climate variability is the disruption of normal climate patterns
that result into either excessive rainfall totals or prolonged drought conditions.
Drivers (forgings) of climate change which are the substances and processes that alter the
earth’s energy budget.
The Natural drivers are the following;

85
•Changes in earths orbit around the sun and tilt: affect the amount of sunlight reaching the
earths surface
•Variation in Solar cycle (Changes in solar activity/intensity), which drives the climate system
•Volcanic eruptions: Volcanoes emit aerosols and carbon dioxide into the atmosphere .
•Aerosol emissions tend to block sunlight and contribute to short term cooling. Carbon
dioxide emission increases warming
Anthropogenic drivers (human induced changes) are the human activities that emit green house
gases into the earth’s atmosphere, which changes the composition of the atmosphere of which
carbon dioxide is the most important. One key outcome of accumulation of GHGs is the a rise in
the earth’s temperature.
Climate change is currently on of the critical global challenges and Uganda is not exceptional
since despite being a sink for GHGs, these gases do not respect national boundaries. In Kisoro,
climate change hazards are evident as shown floods, land slides, droughts and pests and
disease outbreaks. With about 90% of the district population dependant on agriculture with the
above hazards impacts are food insecurity, poverty and ill health among others.

This has hindered agriculture in the district and has led to food insecurity. Climate change has
affected availability and supply of water and high rate of disease outbreaks.

Uganda is a signatory to United Nations Framework convention on Climate Change and the
Kyoto protocol. It is upon this the country has developed a number of legislation such as
policies, laws and plans. In this context NDP1 and NDP11 and the country vision 2040 identifies
climate change as both threat but also an opportunity and devotes all sectors of the economy to
address climate change at all levels if Uganda is to attain the vision statement of a transformed
Ugandan society from a peasant into to a modern and prosperous country within 24 years. In
addition national climate change policy 2013 provide a comprehensive framework for the
harmonization and coordination of the various sectoral efforts for mainstreaming climate change
concerns in the relevant sectoral, national and local policies, plans and budgets.
.

2.2.2 Opportunities, challenges and constraints.

Departmen Potentials Opportunities Challenges Constraints


t
Health and Enough Staff to  NGOs that support Increased disease Inadequate
sanitation respond to disease sanitation and burdens. training of staff.
outbreaks. hygiene
 Government Inadequate funds Lack of
Existence of health regular supplies of transport
facilities in all drugs and funds to Lack of all around facilities.
subcounties in the facilitate the communication
district. response to the facilities. Cultural belifs.
outbreak

Education Availability of other Decline in High school


schools to which  NGOs and performance levels dropout rates.
climate change Government
affected schools are support to Poor learning Increased
relocated. emerging hazards. environment due to diseases
 congestion
Availability of Parents
lightening arrestors Inadequate facilities conservative on
86
in some schools. for the emergencies the basis of
religious
Sensitization on affiliation
climate change
adaptation
measures such as
wearing rubber
shoes and not
seeking shelter
under trees.

Community   NGOs supporting  Illiterate  Climate


communities in communities change
other IGA to who lack
reduce knowledge
dependency on about
agriculture conservation
 Over
dependency
on natural
resources
 Population
pressure
 Land
conflicts
Water  Availability of Existence of  Degradation
Water enabling laws and of water Limited funding
sources guidelines on catchment in the water
 Technical water catchment areas like sector.
staff in water management. wetland.
management  District budget The rugged
. under central  Insufficient terrain.
 Water government water supply
management transfers to due to
committees increase safe unbalanced
in some water coverage natural water
area.  NGOs support to source
 Availability of increasing safe across the
NWSC and water coverage. district.
water sector
to ensure
equitable
provision of
safe water.
 Availability of
different
water supply
technologies
.

Production Technical capacity  Early warning  Land Limited skills in


of staff to system to farmers fragmentatio climate change
mainstream climate through seasonal n mainstreaming
change and decadal  Limited land ment for high

87
- Existing weather forecasts holdings at production.
agroforestry dissemination household
activities  Presence of level Emerging new
- programs and  Population pests and
NGOs that support pressure diseases
Sustainable land
management
practices
- Agriculture plans
and programs
such as
Agricultural Sector
Strategic Plan and
Single spine
extension system
that address
climate change

Lessons learnt

Climate Change should be mainstreamed in all departments

Develop a District climate change strategy

Identify funding for climate change activities

Important to designate a Climate Change Focal Point Person to coordinate climate change activities in
the district.

Human Rights

Human rights are universal legal guarantees protecting individuals and groups against actions and
omissions that interfere with fundamental freedoms, entitlements and human dignity. Human rights are
inherent in all human beings and are found on respect for the dignity and worth of each person.

88
Human rights characteristics

Universal: Human rights are universal, regardless of political, economic or cultural systems

Inalienable: Human rights are inherent in all persons and cannot be alienated from an individual or group
with due process and in specific situations

Interrelated: Improvement in the realization of any one human right is a function of the realization of the
other human rights

Interdependent: Human rights are interdependent, as the level of enjoyment of any one right is
dependent on the level of realization of the other rights

Indivisible

All civil, cultural, economic political and social rights are equally important. Improving the enjoyment of
any right cannot be at rhe expense of the realization of any other rights

Non

The international human rights normative framework, including the international human rights and the
general comments and their implementation embodies crosscutting human rights norms or principles ,
such as non discrimination and equality, participation access to remedy, access to information,
accountability, the rule of law and good governance

2.2.2 Opportunities, challenges and constraints.

Departmen Potentials Opportunities Challenges Constraints


t
Health Availability of health Existence of Delayed supplies Inadequate staff
facilities in the entire government policies Inadequate funds
district. on health care up to Terrain
parish level Violence at work
Cultural briefs
Free health services Existence of NMS

Education Human rights clubs  Human rights Discrimination


in schools in the education in
district schools
 NGOs
Access to Free supporting the
89
education Human rights
and education
Community Non discrimination Government policies
and equality m in place

Rule of law in place


Water Non discrimination
and equality

Rule of law in place

Production Non discrimination


and equality
Lessons learnt

2.2.4 Disaster

Disasters are serious disruption of the community functioning or society causing widespread loss.
Disasters in Kisoro mainly include hailstorms, lightening, landslides/mudslides and drought. The
disasters are usually classified as Natural and human induced and in between hybrid. The classification
is usually based on speed for example floods and lightening categorized under rapid disasters.

In the country, the Office of the Prime Minister is the lead agency in disaster management and in charge
of ensuring there is adequate legal framework addressing these policies, legislation and guidelines and
have been developed mainly at National level. In addition, institutional framework has been established
to coordinate, supervise and monitor all endeavors in disaster management. Among is the National
Emergency Coordination and Cooperation Centre. In Kisoro district only the District Disaster
Management Committee composed of technical staff is in place while those at sub county and village
levels have not been constituted yet.

In respect of disaster management the District has ensure the following;-

- Ensure communities report hazards

- Work with sub Counties and communities to develop hazard profiles

- Ensure bye-laws, disaster and management are put in place

- Create awareness

- And train volunteers in disaster response

With the existence of the National Policy on Disaster Prepared Mangement, 2010 and other framework
such as Hyogo Framework for Action 2005-2015 management of disasters has been streamlined. In
addition, The National Policy for Disaster Preparedness and Management (Section 4.1.1)
requires the Office of the Prime Minister to “Carry out vulnerability assessment, hazard and risk
mapping of the whole country and update the data annually”. UNDP’s DRM project 2015

90
Annual Work Plan; Activity 4.1 is “Conduct national hazard, risk and vulnerability (HRV)
assessment including sex and age disaggregated data and preparation of district profiles.”
Recently a district multi-hazard, risk and vulnerability profile for Kisoro district, was developed by
the OPM with funding from UNDP.

Opportunities, challenges and constraints.

Department Potentials Opportunities Challenges Constraints


Health Availability of NGO’s that Unpredicted
trained staff to respond to health occurrences of Rigid cultures as
respond to related like disasters regard treating
health related malaria during of illnesses
disasters disasters Inadequate funding
Integrating Terrain of the
disaster district hinders
management at quick evacuation
Local levels
through the
existing
structures

Establishment of Health facilities in Low staffing levels Inadequate medical


supplies and other
a health centre all Sub counties
logistical support
III in all sub An enabling laws Infiltration of quack
Counties regarding health doctors
practices

Education Government Existences NGOs Low coverage of Lack of a


schools by the NGOs coordination
support to such as UNICEF
framework on
schools for and RedCross Delayed responses due disasters for
disaster to bureaucratic systems both NGOs and
management Willingness of the of different other
Organizations institutions
school founding
bodies to mobilize Lack of
for resources to communication
address disasters and reporting
mechanism on
for example disasters
Compassion
International

Establishment of Willingness of Lack of resources Inadequate


Scouts/patriotism students to join to kick start and funds at district
clubs in all the clubs drill the recruits into level
schools the clubs
Existence of the
clubs in some Lack of information Lack of a clear
schools on activities of coordinating
existing clubs body for the
Existence of a Patriotism and
91
National Strategy clubs
on the clubs

Introducing Existence of Inadequate trained Lack of teacher


disaster supportive policies teachers on refresher
management in disaster coursers
the school management
curriculum

Community Availability of Clustered and Inadequate Lack of funds to


communication close households information on use existing
and information disasters by media to provide
gadgets in all Wide coverage of communities information on
communities telecommunication disasters
services

Existence of local
radio stations in
the district
Water Existence of Government Poor operation and Lack of bye laws for
natural water support on maintenance of the water sources
sources providing safe water sources Lack of a disaster
water to the budget under water
Harnessing population Collapse of sector
existing protected water
appropriate Existence of sources during
technologies NGOs on disasters
providing safe
water
Production Increased youth Willingness of
labour force government to
support disaster
related matters

Existence of relief
programs

Budget for Trained staff on Inadequate Low budgetary


disaster disaster logistical support allocations
assessments assessment for disaster
assessments

Delayed responses Lack of


communication
to disasters strategy on disasters

Organized Willingness to Lack of training on


farmer groups work with managing disasters
government
agencies Delayed responses Lack of
to disasters communication
Existence of strategy on disasters
programs that
address disasters

92
Planning and District and Regular trainings Lack of resources Lack of clear
administratio Lower local for DDMC to fully handle funding
n governments disaster issues mechanism for
Disaster Existence of disaster
committees in Policy on Disaster managment
place management

Availability of a
district disaster
Risk and
vulnerability
assessment report
2015

Lessons learnt

 Establish DDMC and SDMCs as provided by the Disaster Policy


 The District Disaster and Risk Vulnerability Assessment report 2015 should be disseminated to
all stakeholders and departments
 There is need to mainstream Disaster in sectors/departments that get affected
 Immediate need for provision of required software to DDMC for quick assessment of disaster
 An annual and work plan should be put in place for disaster management.
 The district should designate a Disaster focal point person

93
2.3.2 Analysis of District Potentials, Opportunities, Constraints and Challenges
Thematic Potentials Opportunities Constraints Challenges

District - Policy on local revenue Productive hinterland Limited funds. Transforming policies into
macroeconomic administration and Political & administrative Political involvement. practice for implementation
management management structures. Limited transport facilities
- Political and technical Supportive community. Contracting and contract
leadership Abroad market potential. management
Development - Policies, guidelines, standards - Supportive NPA, UBOS, - O&M for suitability. - Transport means to reach
planning and and regulations. MoFPED & MoLG. - Planning fatigue communities
management - Low mown involvement in - Generalized planning manual for
planning & decision making. both district and LLGs.
Management of - Guidelines and manual. - Supportive MoFPED. - Limited skills in computer - Negative attitude about the OBT
Output Budgeting - Adequate staff to handle the tool. application. tool.
Tool - Laptop and desktop computers - Regular update of the Tool - Lack of team work in
exist without hands-on trainings departments.
- Constant power supply.
Sound computerized - Computers - Political support - Unreliable power supply
Financial - Competent staff in IFMS - Favorable and conducive policies causing IFMS network - Some staff lack IFMS training
management system management - Supportive role of MoFPED and breakdown. skills.
and reporting - Constant power supply MoLG. - Some responsibilities of IFMS - Delays in submission financial
- Operational manual and - Support from financial institutions. are controlled by the central reports.
regulations. government.
- Upgrade of IFMS controlled by
central government.

Health - Human resources - Development partners. - Understaffing - Frequent policy change.


- IEC materials - Political will - Limited transport - Influx of refugees
- Office equipment and - Policies and Good facilities - Frequent revision and
space governance - Limited funds. modification of data
- VHT systems at - Supportive Ministries collection tools
community level
- Data bank HMIS
Local revenue - Potential revenue sources exist. - LGFC & ULGA support. - Attitude towards tax payment
collection, - Emerging new revenue collection - Expanding business/investment by community. - Collusion between local revenue
mobilization & centres due to rural opportunities. - Depositing funds on general contractors and technical staff.
administration. electrification. - Political will in attracting fund account without indicating - LLGs not given targets to
- Tourism development. investors. the source. perform in quarter.
- Competent and trained staff. - Uncontrollable revenue - Limited information sharing
sources like business license between district and LLGs.
collection. - Lack of revenue reserve prices
- Banana bacterial wilt causing and where it exists not followed.
down fall in BBPs.
Budget performance - Extended and joint, meeting with - Policies and regulation that - Limited support O&M plan for - Releases not adequately posted
reviews. LLGs and DEC empower Political leaders to completed investments. on public notice boards.
- Weekly Top Management inform the public about the state - Commissioning of completed
Meetings. of affairs. investments is lacking to inform
- Competent and skilled staff. - MoLG, OPM and MoFPED. the public.
- OBT and IFMS tools with reliable - Budget conference at all levels - Some departments don’t share
financial and output information. budget performance with
development partners.
Education - Policies, guidelines and - UPE, USE, SFG & other - Limited logistical resources to - Hard to reach & stay schools
management and standards. recurrent grants. inspect all schools. - Influx of refugees.
performance - Skilled and trained staff. - Support from development - Low morale of teachers - High pupil/student dropout rate.
standards. - Office space. partners. - Teacher and learners - Low UPE, USE & SFG grants
- Existence of schools and - Education Standards agency absenteeism - Politicizing education & low
institutions. - Increased teacher training tertiary - Limited structures at school stake of parents.
institutions level. - Low involvement communities.
Appointing, confirm - Fully constituted District - Public Service - Understaffing - Late release of funds
and discipline staff in Service Commission. Guidelines/policies and - Limited office space. resulting into delayed
the District - Qualified and skilled other existing laws. implementation of
applicants. - Regular support from planed activities
Public Service
Commission and other
Commissions.
- Supportive political
leadership & Technical
staff.

District legislative - Fully constituted Enabling Laws, regulations, - Limited 20% emoluments to - Inadequate monitoring of council
and executive council. policies and standard s rules of councilors. projects and activities.
functions. - Experienced and procedure in place. -
competent councilors.
- Functional standing
committees.
Contract - Competent and experienced - Regular support from PPDA - Under staffing - Late submission of procurement
management and staff. - Good supplier relations. - Limited office space requirements from users.
disposal. - Good political & Administrative - Existing laws, policies and - Inadequate funding
Environment. regulations. - High costs of advertising
- Fully constituted Contracts tenders.
committee - Lack of enough office equipment
- Conflicting laws and regulations
Public financial - Fully constituted PAC in place. - Enabling Laws, regulations, - Inadequate funding. - Limited of support from
management - Competent members of the policies and standard s rules of MoFPED
committee. procedure in place. - Limited support from
parliamentary PAC
Land use and - Fully constituted Land Board in - Enabling Laws, regulations, - Inadequate funding. - Understaffing
management place. policies and standard s rules of - Area Land committees not - Lack of means of transport.
- Competent members of the procedure in place. sensitized on their roles - Increase in land disputes.
95
committee. &responsibilities
- Increased forgeries and Land
fraud cases.
Capacity building in Manuals and policies concerning - Supporting agencies such as - Understaffing Transforming policies into practice
Public Sector Good governance, accountability IGG. - Limited transport facilities for implementation.
Management and transparency exist. - Political will - Limited funds.
- Staff available - Political involvement.
- Communities compliant with - Poverty
the law - High levels of illiteracy
Most of the staff are trainable Accessibility of institutions of High staff turnover - Inadequate training and
higher learning orientation courses to Parish
Chiefs, Sub County Chiefs
and other Technical staff.
Management of staff Decentralization of the payroll - Supportive MoPS and MoFPED. Unreliable power supply - Limited skills in computer
payroll and gratuity Access to IPPS Guidelines and Unreliable network - MoPS have not fully
manuals decentralized all the payroll
Staff trained on IPPS operations management rights.
Natural resources - Policies, guidelines and - Donors support e.g. Nile Basin - Low adoption rate of water and - Low financial support
management standards Initiative soil conservation technologies. - Nature of landscape
- Skilled and trained personnel - Support from LGMSD - Limited land for demonstration. - Landslides & erosion
- Office space. - Community participation - Low funding of the sector
- Land Board exists to deal with - Land and survey equipment - Expensive Land management - Little information in lands
land issues - Physical planning of rural growth best practices. sector to the public
centers. - Inadequate transport for the - Land titling being centralized.
sub-sector. - Water sector not under
- Conflicts in land matters. Natural resources

Water resource - Policies, guidelines and - Supporting NGOs - Understaffing - Low financial support
management and standards - Water sources exist in every - Low skills for private service - Costly technology for highland
coverage in hilly - Skilled personnel valley providers. areas
areas - Office space and equipment - Resources exist i.e. wind and - Low morale of community to - Low O&M
electricity to pump water from participate in the sector - Landslides & erosion
valleys - Politicizing of the sector
Feeder road - Road equipment - Political support - Road machinery not enough - Terrain of the area
maintenance - Skilled personnel - Community access road grant and breakdown of existing - Landslides and erosion
- Policies, guidelines and - Technical & financial support ones. - Road reserve encroachers
standards from Uganda Road Fund - Costly to maintain the roads
- Office space and packing yard - Mechanical maintenance - Low budget support
workshop
Dairy Development Improved breeds  Artificial Insemination  Lack of trained AI technicians.  Poor timing of the heat periods
programmes in the country.  Only five (5) veterinary of the cows.
Mobilized farmers  Gov’t program to support extension workers in LLG.  Lack of transport means
restocking  Diseases burden  High cost of animal drugs and
 Enabling political environment. other in-puts

96
Milk collecting centres  Policies and regulations in place  Low prices offered for animal
products like milk

Animal Health  Existing animal breeds  Supportive MAAIF.  Low funding to procure drugs  Poor reporting systems from
 Skilled staff.  Existing policies and regulations. and vaccines. farmers to district level up to
 Existence of disease surveillance  Existence of Zonal Agricultural  under staffing national level.
team. research centre  Scattered farmers

Fisheries  Availability of Water resources  Government policy and  High Investment costs.  Lack of fish feed dealers.
management regulations.  Few field extension workers  Competition with Gov’t on
 Supportive MAAIF. wetlands.
 Conducive environment.  Silting of ponds
.  Fish predators
Crop rotection  Good weather  Availability of the National  Few of extension workers.  Outbreak of diseases
 Hard working farmers Agricultural Policy  Poor Agricultural practice  Climate change.
 Skilled staff  Presence of development  High costs of Agro-inputs
 Resistant Crop varieties partners  Low Adoption of new
 Supportive MAAIF in case of technologies.
disease outbreaks.  Declining soil fertility
 Existence of agro-input dealers

Crop management  Skilled extension staff.  Supportive MAAIF.  No transport means to reach  Non adherence of farmer’s new
 Political support. every farmer. technologies.
 Existence of Agro-input dealers.  Low prioritization of post-harvest
handling
 Scattered farmers.

Soil conservation  Skilled staff.  Existence of development  Understaffing.  Low adoption rate by farmers.
management  Availability of soil testing Kits. partners.  No transport means to reach  Changing weather patterns.
 Supportive policy framework. every farmer.
 No demonstration sites.
 Low funding for reagents.
Commercial services  Good working environment  Existence of development  Small land holdings.  Poor marketing systems.
management  partners.  Understaffing.  Dynamism of market
 SACCOs and groups demand for  Low funding. information.
services.  No means of transport to reach 
 Political support. communities.

97
Community - Skilled and trained staff - NGOS and CSOs - Low budget support - Translating policies into practice
development - Political will to support - Community will to participate in for implementation.
community initiatives development initiatives - Participating briefcase - Enforcement of policies by
- Policies, guidelines and NGOs/CBOs relevant authorities not
standards - lack of means of transport forthcoming
- High staff turn over
Probation and  Manuals and policies concerning  Development partners e.g. SDS.  Understaffing - No means of transport in the
welfare OVC  Supporting agencies such as  Limited transport facilities department
 Trained resource person Police, Courts of Laws.  Limited local revue funds
 Skilled personnel Child  Political will - Dependency on outside
protection systems i.e. Police, funding and donors
Court, LCs, Community - Inadequate staffing
Resource persons
Adult Learning - Policies, standards and - Availability of learners - High dropout rates - Heavy workloads
regulations - Trained Instructors - Poor motivation of Instructors - High expectations from learners
- Trained instructors - Presence training space - Inadequate Instruction
materials
Gender and Culture - Policies, guidelines and - Some NGOs and support from - Lack of awareness of the - Inaccessible communities.
mainstreaming and standards the centre existing policies and laws - Lack of transport facilities
Women Councils - Skilled and trained teachers - Political will - Limited skills in gender - Lack of interpreted policies and
- Office space - Responsive community mainstreaming by staff and laws in local language
- Outside funding supporting OVC political leaders
activities
- Existing implementing partners
Youth services - Policies, guidelines and - Supporting NGOs - Low skills for private service - Low financial support
standards - Outside funding providers. - Costly technology for highland
- Skilled personnel - Political will areas
- Office space and equipment - Committed Youth - Landslides & erosion
- Politicizing of the sector
Disability and Elderly - Policies, guidelines and - Supporting grants - Limited assistive devices for - Disaggregation against disabled
standards - Community participation disabled and elderly persons persons
- Skilled personnel - Existence of Disability & Elderly - Inaccessibility for majority - PWDs not mainstreamed in
- Office space and equipment groups disabled persons Lower Local Governments
- Political will - Low budget support - Lack of sufficient data on
disability
- Lack of development partners in
the area of disability
- High need of Assistive devices
Labour disputes - Policies, guidelines and - NGOs/CBOs Private Sector - Low skilled labour - Lack of minimum wages
and inspection standards and Government providing - Lack of safety measures for for casual workers.
- Employment opportunities employment workers - Lack of transport to reach
- Lack of protective gears for out to work places for
workers
inspection.
98
- Unhygienic working
environment

99
2.4 Review of sector plan performance
Sector Key indicator Previo Achiev Un Emerging needs
us plan ement finished
Target activitie
s
Works and Routine maintenance of feeder roads 252 252 0 Emergency funds for
Technical removal of land
services slides
Mechanized maintenance of feeder 67 45 12
Roads roads
Removal of bottle necks from 13 13 0
community access roads
Buildings Construction of 4th wing 1 1 0
administration block
Mechanical No of vehicles repaired 8 3 5 Need to board off the
old ones
No. of motorcycles repaired 30 20 10 Need to purchase
more motorcycles
No of mechanical plants repaired 4 3 1
Electrical No of electrical installations inspected 10 6 4
No of electrical gadgets replaced
Water No of gravity flow constructed 3 3 0 Land compensation
issues
No of gravity schemes rehabilitated 1 1 0
No of communal tanks constructed 5 5 0 Accessibility to the
sites
No of institutional tanks constructed 2 2 0
No of springs protected 20 20 0
No of communal tanks rehabilitated 2 2 0
No of water user committees formed 40 40 0 Absence of women to
join committees
No of water user committees trained 30 30 0
% of Communities with access to safe 50 46.4 Need to scale up rain
water water harvesting
since the district
lacks natural sources

Need to mobilize
other partners in the
sector to offer rain
water harvesting
tanks

Need to explore
other technological
options
% of house holds with access to 85 75 Need for transport to
sanitation and hygiene facilities enable staff access
household for
routine inspection
No of VIP latrine constructed 25 14 11 Need more
Education No of classroom constructed 10 4 6 Need more
Science , No. of teachers recruited 130 100 30
Technolog No of teachers houses constructed 6 3 3
y and No of school inspected 140 125 15 Transport and need
Sports to improve on road
network to access
schools
No of school management committee 140 130 10
meeting
No of Board of Governors Committees 15 15
No of report submitted to council 4 4

Previous plan Target Achiev Un Emergi


ement finishe ng
d needs
activiti
es
Production
and
Marketing
No. on farm demonstrations 1080 540 0 Scaling up successful
demo areas to other
demo sites
No. of functional sub county farmer 14 14 0 Reviving
forums functionality for
existing farmer forum
No .of farmers accessing advisory 304000 10,000 0 Need for facilitating
services extension officers
No. farmers receiving Agricultural 1,400 900 0 Scaling the number
inputs
No. of plant marketing facilities 14 0 0
constructed
No .of livestock vaccinated 2,000 0 0
No. of livestock by type undertaken in 10,000 6,000 0
the slaughter slabs
No .of fish ponds constructed and 200 0 0 Need to establish
maintained demonstration ponds
for the farmers learn
from
No of fish ponds stocked 20 15 0 Scaling up the
number

Quantity for fish harvested 2tons 200kg 0 Need to restock lacks


as stocks have gone
too low
Previo Achiev Un Emerging needs
us plan ement finished
Target activitie
s
Public % One year children immunized 100% 95% 5% Need to do mass
Health against measles measles campaign
% pregnant women who have 60% 41.4% 19 Sensitization of
completed IPT 2 mothers on

101
importance of IPT
% of Children exposed to HIV from 100% 33% 67% Counseling HIV
their mothers accessing HIV testing pregnant mothers on
within 12 months e-MTCT
% of households with a pit latrine 80% 75% 25% Need for more
enforcement on
sanitation and
hygiene
Contraceptive prevalence Rate 60% 41% 19% Sensitization of
mothers on
importance of
Family planning
% of new smear+ cases notified 100% 65.1% 34.9% Need to sensitize
compared to expected (case detection community on TB
rate) screening
Per capita OPD utilization rate (m/f) 100 153% We serve people
from neighboring
counties
% of villages with trained VHT, 100% 24% 76% Need to train the
VHT in other sub
counties
% of health facilities without any 100% 100% 0 Regular supply of
stock –outs of six tracer medicines essential medicines
% HCs IV with a functioning 100% 0% 100 Need to
theatre(providing EMOC) operationalising
theatres at HC IVs
Annual reduction is absenteeism rate 100% 50% 50% Regular support and
of Health workers monitoring
% of approved post filled by trained 100% 90% 10 Need to recruit more
health workers health workers
HIV/AIDS
District HIV strategic Plan conducted
No of DAC meetings conducted 100% 75%
Sector Key indicator Previo Achiev Un Emerging needs
us plan ement finished
Target activitie
s
Communit
y Based
Services
Staff coordination meetings 8 6 2 More funding needed
Social welfare cases managed 120 135 0
DOVCC meetings held 4 3 1 More funding needed
Support supervision visits to OVC 56 56 0
service providers
OVC sub county committee meetings 56 56 0
Parish communities mobilized to 36 36 0
participate in government
programmes
FAL MIS data updated and submitted 4 4 0
to MGLSD
FAL instructors incentives paid 4 3 1 More funding needed
102
Monitoring and mapping youth 69 69 0
livelihood supported groups
Disability council meetings held 4 4 0
Youth council meetings held 8 8 0
District women council meetings 8 8 0
Planned official celebrations held 6 5 1 Labour day
celebration s are
coordinated by CAOs
office
OVC households visited 3,864 3,864 0
Assessing child status for OVC mapped 11,592 11,592 0
IGPs managed by WC III monitored 14 14 0
CDD beneficiary groups assessed and 56 36 20 More funding needed
supported
Quarterly coordination meetings with 4 4 0
development partners held
PWD SG groups supported 5 5 0
Natural
Resources
Area of reclaimed wetland restored 10km2 3km2 7 Stop reclaiming
wetland for tea
growing.
No. of environmental sensitizations 60 20 40
made
No. of wetland monitoring done for 20 10 10
compliance
% lakeshore restored 100 20 80
No. of trees planted 10000 1000 9000
Number of timber stores inspections 40 30 10
carried out
No of physical plans developed 5 1 4
% of public land surveyed 100 0 100
Manageme No. of capacity building sessions 5 3 2
nt Support undertaken
services
%age of LG establishment posts filled 75% 100%
No of administrative building 1
constructed

Council,
Boards and
Commissio
ns
No of land applications s (registration, 100 25
renewal, lease extension cleared )
No. of land Board meetings 8 4
No. Auditor Generals queries reviewed 1 4
No of PAC reports discussed by 4 1
Council
Finance Need for more funds
and
Planning
Prepare, coordinate, analyze and 100 100
appraise all sub-county and district
103
planned activities (development
plans and budget)
To facilitate the expansion of the 100%
district revenue base
To improve financial management & 100%
Accountability

2.5 Analysis of urban development issue

Performance Threats to Potential for Action taken to Action in the plan


indicators improvement improvement date
No. of building Lack of budget for Availability of Preparation of Preparation of physical
plans for physical planning qualified physical Rubuguri –Nteko development plans of
approval planner in Local physical Bunagana town board m
subsector development chanika town board
plans(Detailed ) kibugu trading centre,
Nyanamo trading centres
and other mushrooming
towns.
No of ….. notices Political intrusion Existence of Appointment of Holding sensitization
issued interference district physical District physical meeting on physical
planning planning planning issues in the
committee committee district
members members
No of physical Lack of enough Existence of Compliance Holding district physical
planning physical planning physical planning monitoring of planning
committee data laws ike physical development committee(DPPC) to
meetings held planning act projects approve building plans
2010, National and sustainable
physical planning development
standard and
guidelines 2011.
Local revenue Lack of awareness Technical
generated from among land support and
the building users/Stakeholders guidance to town
plans yet physical council and
planning takes trading centres in
place on land the field of land
use regulation
and evaluation
No of field work Lack of physical
inspected report planning
compiled equipment or tools

104
2.6 Key standard Development indicators

The Local Government departments and stakeholders in the development process identified indicators to measure
local government performance in the following four key local government areas:

 Financial management;
 Asset management;
 Social accountability and governance
 Land use planning; and
 Community satisfaction.

The above indicators are associated with benchmarks against which council performance can be assessed and
measured.  The district council has overseen the development of the indicators with the view that measuring
council performance against indicators;

1. Improve performance management at the local council level;


2. Develop a culture of continuous improvement in the local government departments,
3. Provide a tool to build sustainable local government departments.

In conclusion therefore, the set indicators are geared towards measuring the performance of council operations as
follows

(a) Service provision performance: To provide relevant information about the effectiveness and efficiency of
local government services.
(b) Financial performance: To provide relevant information about the effectiveness of financial management
in local government.
(c) Sustainability: To provide relevant information about whether local governments have the capacity to
deliver services, absorb changes and shocks and make decisions in the best interests of the community over
the long term.

105
3.0 Chapter Three: LDDP Strategic Direction and Plan
3.1 Adaptation of Broad National Strategic Direction and Priorities

The central government has prioritized infrastructure, Tourism, Minerals, Oil and gas, public
health ,Environment and Natural Resources ,Education Agriculture, Human capital development,
industrialization and ICT as core sectors in the NDP II .It is line with these central Government
priorities that the district has also prioritized Rehabilitation and maintenance of roads, safe water
provision , Access to improved health services, Education, Tourism and Agriculture.

3.2 Adaptation Sector Specific Strategic Directions and Priorities


At the sector level, the country has increasing and diversifying the sock of tourism products beyond
wildlife, Aggressive marketing targeting new markets ,and improving coordination, regulation and
management of Tourism sector

In Agriculture the sector, National level priorities are increasing production and productivity through
agriculture extension reform, agro processing , commercialization and increasing access to critical
farm inputs.

In the environment and natural resource sector the county has prioritized protection and restoration
of the integrity and functionality of degraded fragile ecosystems, enforcement of compliance with
environmental laws, strengthening wetlands management and restoration.

Country sectoral priority inventions in the area of infrastructure development include increasing
connectivity to major tourism, oil and gas facilities, expanding road network in hard to reach areas,
increasing power generation capacity, expanding the electricity transmission grid network, increasing
water for production facilities.

In the Health sector, priority has been accorded to strengthening preventative health care,
investment in health infrastructure development, implementation of National health insurance policy,
increasing private investment in the health sector, strengthening functionality of referral system,
scaling up interventions to prevent maternal, neonatal and child motility and increasing numbers of
skilled health workers and increasing access to HIV/Aids antiretroviral therapy.

Education and sports sector at national level has prioritized increasing access to relevant and quality
education and training, insuring delivery of relevant and quality reading materials, enhancing
efficiency and effectiveness of Education and Sports service delivery at all levels .

106
In Water and Sanitation the country has prioritized increased access , safe water supply , increase
access to appropriate skills training at all levels, increased access to improved sanitation and
improving capacity for water resources management.

It is line with aforementioned National sector priorities the district sectors have prioritized mainly
routine, rehabilitation and maintenance of roads, Construction of agro-processing shelters,
construction of communal and institution tanks, protection of springs, construction and rehabilitation
of gravity flow schemes, Construction of VIP latrines, rehabilitation of primary schools, installation of
lightening arrestors in schools, construction of classrooms, establishment of John Kale memorial
Institute of Science and Technology, supply of improved , crop/livestock breeds and varieties,
gazzeting Tourism products , fish restocking of lakes and ponds, Renovation and rehabilitation of
health units, routine immunization, management of HIV/Aids , treatment of TB, Family planning,
antenatal care and recruitment of Health workers.

3.3 Adaptation of Relevant national Crosscutting policies/ programs


National cross cutting issues have been identified as Gender, Environment ,Humana rights, disability,
Nutrition, Governance, population and development, science and innovation, child health, social
protection, climate change, HIV /Aids, culture and mind set and disaster.

The cross cutting issues however, which have been found to be most relevant to the District have been
identified as Gender, HIV/AIDS, Nutrition, Child health, Disaster, Population and development and Social
protection.

3.4 Broad Local Government Development plan Goals and outcomes


The Local Government goals are to :-
To contribute to the attainment of a good standard of health of people living in Kisoro district in order
to promote a healthy and productive life. This will lead to expanded economic growth, increased
social development and eventually poverty reduction.
To reduce malnutrition levels among women of reproductive age, infants, and young children
To achieve good road network, quality infrastructure of palatable water throughout the whole District

107
3.5 Sector –Specific development objectives, Outputs, Strategies, and
Interventions:
Sector Objective Outputs Strategies interventions

Administration Human resource development and Joint planning, Capacity building of Training needs
enhancement of good governance and implementation staff and other assessment
accountability practices at all levels of government programs. stakeholders questioners,
governance
performance appraisal
forms, observation
To ensure compliance with Human capacity Auditing and Reports and review
financial and accounting development through inspection, support Meetings
regulations and the Local training and mentoring. supervision and
Retention and
Government Act. mentoring.
continuous staff
development

To supervise the implementation No of field support Support supervision Reports


of Government programmes and supervision, monitoring and
policies. monitoring and evaluation.
evaluation visits
conducted
To ensure staff motivation. All staff on payroll, payment of salaries, Timely payment of
paid salaries promotion of staff, salaries, promotion of
promptly and pay annual increments, staff, annual increments
slips issued Issuance of monthly and Issuance of
pay slips. monthly pay slips
To gather and disseminate Gathered and gathering and Regular gathering and
information disseminated dissemination of dissemination of
information information information
To ensure proper coverage of No. District events Video and tape Video and tape
district events covered recording and photo recording and photo
shooting shooting of every event
Council and
statutory
bodies
Attract and select high cribber Number of declared Attract appoint and Recruitment of qualified
staff. vacancies filled. retain high crabber and competent staff
staff.

To manage all procurement and  Procurement Plan Integration of the Use of open national
disposal activities and implement  List of Pre- procurement plans advertising & use of pre
contracts committee decisions. qualified firms and of all user qualified firms to get
 Price list department into one service providers
 Contract Register aggregated district
 No. Contracts procurement plan
awards
Carry out legislative and executive Law full council Hold all council Conduct council &
functions in accordance with the resolutions session as required standing committee
law implemented. by the law meetings.
Receive and approve land No. of land Have two land board  Receive and approve
applications and settle disputes applications meetings per quarter. Land application
approved. forms
-No. of land title
acquired by
individuals/
institutions.
-Disputes settled.
-Review internal Audit & Auditor -No. of PAC reports -No. of PAC reports -Review auditor general
generals’ reports and make produced. produced. report and internal audit
appropriate recommendations. -No. of PAC minutes -No. of PAC minutes reports

Production To have well coordinated No. of farmers -Pest and disease Pest and disease
and activities in the production receiving Agriculture management surveillance and
inputs management
Marketing sector
Database for quality
To have increased crop, fish agro-input dealers and
108
and livestock production No of functional sub seed stockists
food and income county farmer Access to high quality
forums inputs Linking farmers to
To have fish apiary and
-Promote technology certified agro-input
livestock health improved development to dealers and seed
through control of pests and No. of farmer address farmer needs stockists
diseases. advisory
demonstration Quality assurance
To have increased household workshop monitoring visits
incomes through control of
pests and diseases No. of farmer Demonstration of
advisors appropriate
demonstration technologies using
To have value added workshops Promote Multi- quality inputs
products for increased stakeholder
incomes No. of farmers innovation platforms Promote establishment
accessing advisory (MSIP) of Farmer Field Schools
services

No of plant
marketing facilities
constructed Construction of Value
No. of livestock by addition facilities and
type undertaken in roadside markets
the slaughter slabs Provide farmers with
quality advisory
No. of livestock service and
vaccinated information

No. livestock by
types using dips
constructed
Quantity of fish
harvested
No of fish ponds
stocked
No. of fish ponds
constructed and
maintained
To have increased household No. of business
incomes through income issued with trade
license
generating activities
No of business
inspected for
compliance to the
law
No. of trade
sensitization
meetings organized

No of awareness
radio shows
participated

No of enterprises
linked to UNEBS for
product quality and
standards

No of producers or
producers groups
linked to market
internationally
through UEPB

109
No of cooperatives
groups mobilized for
registration

No. of cooperatives
groups supervised
Promote Tourism, Trade, No. and name of Transform the district
Cooperatives and Industrial hospitality facilities into highly
developments No. and name of competitive tourism
new tourism sites destination area
identified

No. of tourism
promotion activities
mainstreamed in
district development
plans
No of producers
groups identified for
collective value

No. of Tourism
Action plans and
regulations
developed
Health Strengthening of District NO. of children Public private Provision of the Uganda
health system including immunized with partnership National Minimum
pentavelent vaccine arrangements in Health Care Package
governance and regulatory
providing health care (UNMHCP)
framework services
No. of health centres
rehabilitated

No of staff houses
rehabilitated
To sensitize the community on % of children (12-23) Improve Nutrition status
improved nutrition of children receive a minimum of children
aged 12-23 month of acceptable diet
Improvement of Disease No. of trained health Developing, Construction of OPD,
prevention, mitigation and equipping and VIP latrines, placenta
workers in health
maintain health pits, health units, staff
control
centres infrastructure kitchen and staff
Improvement of Health houses. Provision of
education and promotion assorted equipment to
putting emphasis on lifestyle, % of approved posts lower health units
Hygiene and nutrition filled with qualified
health workers
No of outpatients
that visited the Gov
Public private partnership Provision of the Improve accessibility to
arrangements in providing health Uganda National services
care services Minimum Health Care
Package (UNMHCP)
Provision of Curative services No. and Construction of OPD, Promote preventive
Provision of rehabilitation VIP latrines, placenta measures on malaria
proportion of pits, health units, staff
services deliveries kitchen and staff
Provision of palliative services
conducted in the houses. Provision of
Gov’t health assorted equipment
to lower health units
facilities
sector objective Outputs strategies interventions

Education Provide equitable and accessible Construction of To make Promote pupils’


quality education
classroom and assessment to welfare

110
purchase of know school
furniture which are in need
Improve quality and relevancy of Construction of To have School inspection and
primary education monitoring
classroom and Government
-Refresher courses for
purchase of programmes teachers
furniture published like -strengthen public-
UPE private partnership
Improve efficiency and Qualified To increase Construction of
effectiveness in schools
teachers teachers salaries teachers house in
recruited and and allowances hard to reach areas
deployed
Roads and To have district feeder roads Improved Appointment of Maintenance of
management skills
Engineerin properly maintained contract managers 252.0 km of feeder
g for supervision roads
and employment
of road gangs
To have office space for Kisoro Appointment of Roofing of
technical and political Administration contract managers administration
leaders block offices for supervision block completed
constructed and procurement
of contractor
To have vehicles and plants Vehicles and Appointment of District vehicles and
in good working condition plants contract managers plants were
maintained for supervision repaired
and procurement
of service
providers in
addition to
intervention of
Mbarara regional
Workshop
To have government Government Appointment of Painting of roof area
building in good condition buildings contract managers and external and
repaired/renovat for supervision internal walls of
ed and procurement Administration
of service Block offices
providers
Water Ensure improved quality of life of Increased access to Construction of new Construction of Monyi,
the people through provision of safe water and water sources and Mumateke, Katera and
sustainable safe water supplies sanitation maintenance of the Communal Rain Water
and sanitation facilities existing facilities Harvesting tanks and
Spring protection
Natural Promote sustainable harvesting Compliance Enforcement of Inspection of timber
Resources and exploitation of natural monitoring, environmental stores in the district.
resources inspection and laws and Compliance
ownerships supervision of regulations monitoring for
the use of natural Sereri, Kibumba
resources wetland and
L.Murehe.
Surveying public Surveying of all
Ensure security of land tenure land. public land in the
ownerships distric

Promote orderly physical Developing Collecting and Development of


physical plans for analyzing physical plans for
111
development of infrastructure emerging information Bunagana ,Rubuguri
in the district. growing trading town boards,
centres Chanika, Nyanamo
and Kibugu trading
centres.
Increase tree/vegetation cover Tree planting on Establishment of Tree planting at
in the district on cleared local district central Mugumira,
forest reserve tree nurseries Rwankima and
Kurickoka.
Community To increase adult literacy No of FAL learner All illiterate
rate from the current 6000 Trained persons above 18
to 7000 by 2016. years participate in
FAL classes
To improve learners skills in
income generating activities
at household level and No of active
improved sanitation and community
hygiene. Development
worker
Support learners in other
government programmes ie,
Community Driven
Development (CDD),
Encourage Child education,
nutrition, UWEP among
others

To advocate for children’s No. of children Promote the Strengthen


inclusion of the management of mis
rights like education, safe settled
poor, vulnerable with regard to ovc
shelter, medical care, among and excluded
others groups,
Enhance economic
To identify and access the well-being of ovc
situation of OVC in the households
District Enhance measures
To tress the families and for ensuring
protection of ovc
relatives of the identified
rights
OVC
To guide and counsel the
OVC and their
families/relatives
To resettle and follow up
OVCs

112
To create awareness onMainstream
gender and
Gender issues at all levels
promote positive
cultural values
To fully integrate people No of assisted Promotion of
with Disabilities (PWDS) aids supplied and occupational safety
within the communities elderly and health
community Promotion of
industrial peace,
prevention of
strikes, lock outs
and arbitrary
dismissals
Link potential
employers with job
seekers
Strengthening
capacity for
conflict resolution
between employers
and employees
To monitor women council No of women
project, train women council council
groups in entrepreneurship supported
skill

To support the active No. of Batwa


community groups to supported
improve their household
incomes
To promote the affirmative
action among the Batwa
under CDD
To assess and build the No of assisted
capacity of PWDs for aids supplied to
sustainable development PWDs

113
4.0 CHAPTER FOUR: PLAN IMPLEMENTATION, COORDINATION AND
PARTNERSHIP FRAMEWORK
1.0 Introduction
The roles of stakeholders vary depending on their mandates and functions. The implementation strategy,
however, envisages changes in the institutions, structures, systems, procedures and regulations to
improve efficiency and effectiveness in the implementation of the DDP.

4.1 Local Government Development Plan Implementation and Coordination


Strategy
The District Development Plan 2015/16-2019/20 will be coordinated and implemented by a number of
key Stake holders who will include the District Council, the District Executive Committee, the District
Council Sector Committees, The District Technical Planning Committee, District Departments, Civil
Society and private sectors organizations.

4.2 Local Government Development Plan Institutional Arrangements

 The District Council will be the Planning authority of the District


 Sectoral committees will be responsible for Reviewing work plans and progress reports and make
recommendations for consideration by council.
 District Executive Committee will initiate policies, monitor implementation and evaluation of council
activities and programmes as per plans.
 Technical planning committee will implement lawful council decisions; carry out technical supervision
and make reports and accountability to relevant institutions.
 District Service Commission will be responsible for recruitment, confirmation and disciplining of staff.
 District Land Board will handle land matters in the district.
 District Public accounts committee will ensure proper use of District funds and enforcement of
accountability.
 District Contracts committee will Handle procurement of goods and services and disposal of public
assets.

114
4.3 Local Government Development Plan Integration and Partnership
Arrangements
Development partners and other donors participate in planning, budgeting and implementation of the
Development Plan. They will be required to participate in sectroral review meetings to assess the
progress, challenges, opportunities and strategies for further improvement and coordination of planned
interventions. These development partners are indicated in the table below with their corresponding
interventions;

Implementing Major interventions Area of operation


Partner

Strengthening Support to education, health and Orphan and Vulnerable children. District wide
Decentralization Support to Water and sanitation facilities at primary schools and health units
for Sustainability Generation of social statistics for improved planning like LQAS and annual
(SDS) surveys.

USAID RHITES HIV/Aids care. District wide


TB Care
MCH
Malaria control
Immunization

GVT Community development and conservation Around Mugahinga


protected areas

Pace Support positive living(PLWHIV)/Aids District wide

Africa 2000 Natural resource management, promotion of zero grazing system and promote .
Network the growing of nutritious crop varieties in backyard gardens and natural resource
management issues.
ADRA-Uganda HIV response among Batwa
Nutrition
Sexual and Reproductive Health rights
UNICEF HIV prevention and control in the Refuge camp
And nearby communities

Reproductive Advocacy
Health Uganda Reproductive health issues including HIV

Community Improving Nutrition status of households District wide


Connector

Makerere Sch. Of Research on HIV and cross border


public Helath

ACORD Child care and protection District wide

Potters village Child care and protection(OVC) District wide

International Construction of Rain water tanks for the community District wide
Gorilla
Conservation
Program(IGCP

United Social protection District wide


Organization for
Batwa(UOBDU)

WHO Active search (surveillance) District wide

IGCP  Strengthening the protection of mountain gorillas and their habitat through Nyarusiza,Nyabwishenya
transboundary collaboration.

115
 Establish a strong information base to understand the dynamics between Kanaba and Muramba
human populations and wild life
 Working with local communities to create livelihood opportunities that are
complementary and contribute to conservation
 Advocating and strengthening supportive policy and legislation for
conservation
 Support to communities in enterprise development
 Support to problem animal control-the Hugo and elephant control.
 Support to implementation of gorilla levy funds
Physical planning of Ruhija Tourism area
Funding the deployment of physical plans of Rubuguri town council
Red cross Offering emergency first aid District wide

Care-EEGL Support to Civil society District wide

Nutrition Improving Nutrition status of households District wide

Peace Hope Support vulnerable children with education scholastic materials Nyarusiza, KTC,
Foundation Nyakinama

Raising the village Agriculture and nutrition Busanza, Kirundo,


Access to safe water provision Nyarubuye, Bukimbiri
Access to health and Nyarusiza
Community capacity and livelihood
Lift Up Jesus Transforming lives of Batwa and neighboring communities through education Kirundo, Kanaba and
Ministries – support, construction of shelter, spiritual transformation and batwa resettlement. Bukimbiri
Kabale

Diocese of Construction of tanks, gravity flow schemes and sanitation and hygiene advocacy
Muhabura water
and sanitation
programme

Compassion  Child Development through Sponsorship: It caters for children between ages District wide
international of 3-9 years and works with them until they are somewhere between the age
13-22 years.

Africa 2000 Natural resource management, promotion and promote the growing of nutritious District wide
Network crop varieties in backyard gardens and natural resource management issues.eg
yellow sweet potatoes.
Uganda Micro Provision of grants to SACCOs District wide
Finance Support
centre

WWF Capacity building on legal timber procurement

The DDP incorporates areas of operation that the development partners are carrying out the activities. The
Development Partners interventions will be integrated into the district annual work plans. Participating
Development Partner’s Budgets and plans will be reflected under off- budget support initiative. Every
Development Partner will be required to register and enter into an MOU with the district authorities
before starting to operate to allow the district monitor and makes a follow up on their activities.

116
4.4 Pre-Requisites for Successful Local Government Development Plan
Implementation

If the district is to successfully attain the overall goal, there is need to attend the following critical issues;

1. Negative environmental aspects of development.


2. Resource mobilization and more efficient use of resources for development.
3. Participatory planning, budgeting, monitoring and evaluation of programmes.
4. Operation and maintenance of completed facilities for sustainability of services delivered.
5. Integration Local Economic Development (LED) into district priorities and programmes.
6. Integration of physical planning and economic planning in processes of budgeting, planning,
implementation and M&E.
7. Clients satisfaction surveys

117
CHAPTER FIVE: LOCAL GOVERNMENT DEVELOPMENT PLAN FINANCING
FRAMEWORKS AND STRATEGY

5.0 Introduction
The fiscal functions of central and local governments are traditionally analyzed in terms of their
respective roles and responsibilities for income redistribution, expenditure provision, tax assignments
and tax transfers. Questions about the extent of centralization and decentralization are critical when
addressing the issue of national and local priorities. Which level of government will be responsible for
providing specific services to the population? How will those services be financed? This chapter gives
the revenue items that are released to Local Governments; those catered by donors and locally raised
revenue.

5.1 Strategies to raise the required resources for funding the development plan
will include:-
 Sensitization and education of existing and potential tax payers
 Identification of new tax sources and exploiting fully existing tax sources e.g. Local Service tax
and local hotel tax
 Encouragement of best practices for local revenue mobilization
 Involvement of all stakeholders in revenue mobilization
 Organize resource mobilization conferences
 Strengthen revenue supervision, Monitoring and Evaluation
.
 Most of the Local revenue sources have been tendered out to minimise on collusion and
embezzlement.
 Improvement of assessment methods
 Publicize the shame lists of tax defaulters on radio and notice boards.
 Strengthen internal controls spearheaded by Audit department.
 Service delivery should be linked as much as possible to tax payment

118
5.2. Main sources of revenue for financing the plan

District Financing Framework


BUDGET BUDGET
ESTIMATES ACTUAL AS AT ESTIMATES Approved budget PROJECTED PROJECTED PROJECTED
2014/2015 DETAILS June 2015 2015/2016 ('000) 2016/2017 2017/2018 2018/2019 2019/200

TOTAL LOCAL
  REVENUE 302,763,016   0 0 0 0
  Tertiary Salaries 319,580,919 534193 560902.65 588947.7825 618395.1716 649314.9302
  Primary Teachers Salaries 8,175,429,128 157,501 165376.05 173644.8525 182327.0951 191443.4499
  Secondary Salaries 1,883,679,375 1,485,989 1560288.45 1638302.873 1720218.016 1806228.917
  Secondary Education   746,611 783941.55 823138.6275 864295.5589 907510.3368
  Transfer to PHC Salaries 3,878,228,777 4,056,273 4259086.65 4472040.983 4695643.032 4930425.183
  DSC operational Cost   47,197 49556.85 52034.6925 54636.42713 57368.24848
  DSC Chairman's Salary 23,400,000 23,400 24570 25798.5 27088.425 28442.84625
  Transfer to Primary Educ. 516,009,757 515,530 541306.5 568371.825 596790.4163 626629.9371
  Roads Maintenance 614,959,015   0 0 0 0
  Community Access Roads 3,532,000   0 0 0 0
  CAIIP III 3,728,313 35,700 37485 39359.25 41327.2125 43393.57313
  PHC N/Wage 99,923,880 157,938 165834.9 174126.645 182832.9773 191974.6261
  Agric. (Ext.) Wage 24,838,390 53,366 56034.3 58836.015 61777.81575 64866.70654
  Transfer to NGO Hospital 353,304,000 353,304 370969.2 389517.66 408993.543 429443.2202
  FAL 13,948,000 13,947 14644.35 15376.5675 16145.39588 16952.66567
  LGMSD 411,056,005 402,549 422676.45 443810.2725 466000.7861 489300.8254
  PAF Monitoring 56,548,000 56,547 59374.35 62343.0675 65460.22088 68733.23192
  Rural Water 772,428,000 772,428 811049.4 851601.87 894181.9635 938891.0617
  NAADS 136,118,000 867,263 910626.15 956157.4575 1003965.33 1054163.597
  NAADS (Districts)-Wage 271635 285216.75 299477.5875 314451.4669 330174.0402
  Primary Teachers Colleges   157,501 165376.05 173644.8525 182327.0951 191443.4499
  District Hospitals   142,331 149447.55 156919.9275 164765.9239 173004.2201
  PHC Development 99,923,880 99,933 104929.65 110176.1325 115684.9391 121469.1861
  School Construction (SFG) 210,648,755 210,652 221184.6 232243.83 243856.0215 256048.8226

Contracts
  Committee/DSC/PAC/Land   28,120 29526 31002.3 32552.415 34180.03575
  Youth Livelihood 427,878   0 0 0 0
  Natural Resources   5,753 6040.65 6342.6825 6659.816625 6992.807456
Women, Youth & Disability
  Councils 12,720,000 12,722 13358.1 14026.005 14727.30525 15463.67051
District Salaries and
  Gratuity 130,323,464 145,080 152334 159950.7 167948.235 176345.6468
  LLG Ex Gratia 76,772,000 87,120 91476 96049.8 100852.29 105894.9045
  Special Grant to PWDs 26,560,000 26,612 27942.6 29339.73 30806.7165 32347.05233
  School Inspection 49,174,700 29,612 31092.6 32647.23 34279.5915 35993.57108
  Sanitation and Hygiene 22,000,000 22,000 23100 24255 25467.75 26741.1375
  IFMS Recurrent costs   30,000 31500 33075 34728.75 36465.1875
  Payroll printing     0 0 0 0
  Production and Marketing   8093 8497.65 8922.5325 9368.659125 9837.092081
  Roads maintenance URF   431,219 452779.95 475418.9475 499189.8949 524149.3896
        0 0 0 0
        0 0 0 0
        0 0 0 0
        0 0 0 0
  UNICEF   182,847 191989.35 201588.8175 211668.2584 222251.6713
  MOH(GAVI)     0 0 0 0
  GLOBAL FUND   75,000 78750 82687.5 86821.875 91162.96875
7344.75 7711.9875 8097.586875 8502.466219
  PACE   6,995 0 0 0 0
  SDS   682,486 716610.3 752440.815 790062.8558 829565.9985
  Sanitation WASH Plus     0 0 0 0
        0 0 0 0

120
District Unconditional
  Grant (wage) 1,463,109,039 1,447,577 1519955.85 1595953.643 1675751.325 1759538.891

District Unconditional
  Grant ( N/wage) 176,178,741 510,359 535876.95 562670.7975 590804.3374 620344.5542

Urban Unconditional Grant


  (Wage)   137,299 144163.95 151372.1475 158940.7549 166887.7926

Urban Unconditional Grant


  (N/Wage)   72,602 76232.1 80043.705 84045.89025 88248.18476
        0 0 0 0

  GRAND TOTAL   15,103,284 15,858,448 16,651,371 17,483,939 18,358,136

121
5.3. Roles and responsibilities and conditions of LGDP financing

The plan will be financed through both budget and non budget support to the district. The budget support
resources will come through the district budget while the non budget support will be implemented by
individual partners. The budget support resources will be managed by the District Accounting Officer and his
heads of department and sections Activities of partners are in line with the District Five Development Plan
and will be implemented according to memoranda of understanding between the District and Individual
partners

5.4 Strategies for ensuring efficiency and economy in LGDP financing

A Joint integrated planning, budgeting, monitoring and evaluation approach will be adopted.
Non core activities eg workshops will be discouraged
Internal controls will be enhanced
Duplication of activities will be discouraged
Partners and government agencies will encouraged to declare their resources
CHAPTER SIX: MONITORING & EVALUATION FRAMEWORK

6.0 Introduction

Monitoring is the regular observation and recording of activities taking place in a project or programme.
It is a process of routinely gathering information on all aspects of the project. To monitor is to check on
how project activities are progressing. Monitoring also involves giving feedback about the progress of the
project to the donors, implementers and beneficiaries of the project. Reporting enables the gathered
information to be used in making decisions for improving project performance. The purpose of the
monitoring and evaluation strategy is to ensure that planned activities have been undertaken as planned,
that the resources made available for plan implementation does not deviate from what was planned, that
the resources were delivered on time and schedule as planned, implementation of activities result into
planned outputs, outputs resulted into envisaged outcomes and that the plan met its goal.

6.1 Local Government Development Plan Monitoring and Evaluation Matrix


To facilitate alignment with the NDP monitoring and evaluation framework, the district adopted the same
monitoring and evaluation matrix as that of the NDP. The departments and LLGs implementing district
activities completed a monitoring and evaluation matrix for the activities under their jurisdiction to be
implemented for financial years 2015/2016 – 2019/2020. The matrix below will be the primary guide for
implementing the district M&E strategy.

123
Management Support Services
Specific Objective Strategy Intervention Output Indicators Baseline Data Gathering Frequency Resources Reporting and Responsibility
Information Methods Feedback Centre

To build capacity Capacity Human capacity No of Trained Improved 200staffand Training needs Quarterly Funds, Training HRM
for staff and other building of staff development staff and no of capacity of other assessment reports
stakeholders. and other through training other District staff to stakeholders questioners, Human
stakeholders and mentoring stakeholders deliver performance resource
trained. services. appraisal
forms,
observation

To ensure Auditing and Regular internal No. of LLGs Reduced Audit 13 Sub- Reports and Monthly Funds, Minutes and Internal Audit
compliance with inspection, audits, support /Departments that Queries counties review Assessment Office
financial and support supervision and are compliant to Human Reports
accounting supervision and mentoring. Financial and Meetings resource
regulations and mentoring. Accounting
the Local Regulations and
Government Act. the; Local
Government Act.

To supervise the Support Support No of field Field support All Gov’t Reports Monthly Funds, Reports and CAO
implementation of supervision supervision, support supervisions, Programs Joint
Government monitoring and monitoring and supervision, monitoring and Human Meetings HoDs/Sections
programmes and evaluation. evaluation monitoring and evaluation resource
policies. evaluation visits visits
conducted conducted.

To ensure staff payment of Timely payment All staff on All staff on All staff Monthly payroll Monthly Funds, Monthly HRM/
motivation. salaries, of salaries, payroll, paid payroll, paid registers and payroll
promotion of promotion of salaries promptly salaries reports Human registers and CFO
staff, annual staff, annual and pay slips promptly and resource reports
increments, increments and issued given pay slips
Issuance of
Issuance of monthly pay slips
monthly pay
slips.

To gather and gathering and Regular Gathered and Public notices 13sub- Note taking and 4 Funds and Public CAO
disseminate dissemination gathering and disseminated and electronic counties s recording other notices and
information of information dissemination of information messages logistics electronic RDC DIO
information saved messages
saved

To ensure proper Video and tape Video and tape No. District events Recorded 13 sub- Note taking and All events Funds and Recorded CAO
coverage of district recording and recording and covered CD’s, News counties recording other CD’s, News RDC
events photo shooting photo shooting of items and logistics items and
every event Reports Reports DIO

Finance and planning


Specific Objective Strategy Intervention Output Information Needs & Baseline Data Gathering Methods Frequency Resources Reporting and Responsibility
Indicators Information Feedback Centre

To facilitate  Human Human resource No of staff covered in Level of Administrative Quarterly  Human Monthly, Finance,
and improve skills trainings 13LLGs and District transformation data, Spot Checks resource Quarterly and Planning and
financial developme Capacity building and departments’ of skills and rapid head Annually  Funds annual reports human
management, nt technical development count resource
Local revenue programmes.
local revenue backstopping
mobilized and Level of
expansion and increasing
accountability. enhancement
Revenue best of capacity
practices training
implemented centers

Level of Tax base


widened
New potential taxes
identified.
 Mobilize Identify and Develop Tax register Level of  Administrative Quarterly  Human Reports Finance
assess and tax payers register. compliancy data, resource
Revenue amongst tax
collect local Create public  Surveys Bi  Funds
enhancement plan payers.
revenues awareness on annual
taxes. Decline in the
levels of tax
Evasion.
To prepare,  Harmonized  Conduct  Plans and Budgets  OBT  Survey Quarterly  Human  Ministries Planning
coordinate, and consultative that address database  Stakeholder resource  Councils Unit
analyze and Integrated meetings with population issues and Meetings and  Funds  Departments
appraise the developme LLGs, NGOs, at all levels department Workshops  Development
lower local nt planning Budget desk & formulated and al targets.  Administrative Partners
councils and and HoDs on approved  Quarterly Records
district budgeting budgeting and generated under performanc
125
development process. planning issues. OBT. e targets.
activities.  Harmonized  Conduct meetings  Quarterly and
& integrated to complete annual reports
budgeting quarterly and completed
reporting. annual reports.

Human Skills  Capacity needs  No of LLGs, staff  reports on Needs Annual  Humana  Planning
development assessment. and departments performanc assessment tool  Funds Unit
in ICT, data  Training of staff in covered. e gap  Office  Human
collection, data collection,  Number of staff  equipme Resource
storage and storage & storage. trained. nts Dept
utilization.  Hand on training in

Council and Statutory Bodies


Specific Objective Strategy Intervention Output Information Baseline Data Gathering Frequency Resources Reporting Responsibility
Needs and Information Methods and Centre
Indicators Feedback
Attract and select Attract appoint Recruitment Number of Application Screening of the - Quarterly DSC and
high cribber staff. and retain high of qualified declared Forms Received applications Annually Allowances, CAO
crabber staff. and vacancies filled. and Minute received and -Stationery
competent Extract submitted Interviewing. -Fuel
staff to the CAO for
implementation
To manage all Integration of Use of open  Procurement  Work plans  Market Surveys Quarterly Quarterly CAO,CC,
procurement and the national Plan  Requisitions  Stakeholder
disposal activities procurement advertising &  List of Pre-  Bid Adverts Meetings and  Allowances PDU,PPDA
and implement plans and of all use of pre qualified firms  CC minutes Workshops  Stationery
contracts committee user qualified firms  Price list  Evaluation  Screening of
decisions. department to get service  Contract reports Work plans
into one providers Register  Procurement  Procurement
aggregated  No. Plan plan
district Contracts  Budget
procurement awards
plan

Carry out legislative Hold all council Conduct Law full council Law full council Standing Quarterly Allowances Quarterly Council
and executive session as council & resolutions resolutions committees Stationery
functions in required by the standing implemented. implemented. recommendations
accordance with the law committee and Private
law meetings. Members Bills.
Receive and Have two land  Receive No. of land  No of Land Reviewing of land Quarterl Quarterly  Land
approve land board meetings and applications application applications y Board
126
applications and per quarter. approve approved. Received.  Allowance  Ministry of
settle disputes Land -No. of land title  Stationery lands
application acquired by 
forms individuals/
institutions.
-Disputes
settled.
-Review internal -No. of PAC -Review -No. of PAC -No. of PAC -Reviewing Audit Quarterly -Allowance Quarterly PAC
Audit & Auditor reports auditor reports reports produced. Reports. -Stationery
generals’ reports produced. general report produced. -No. of PAC
and make -No. of PAC and internal -No. of PAC minutes
appropriate minutes audit reports minutes
recommendations.

Production and Marketing


Specific Objective Strategy Intervention Output Information Baseline Data Gathering Frequency Resources Reporting Responsibility
Needs and Information Methods and Feedback Centre
Indicators

127
-Increase incomes -Pest and -Pest and -Crop and -Reports from Stakeholder Quarterly Human Quarterly Production &
of farming disease disease livestock Pests communities on meetings/workshops resource Marketing
households and management surveillance and and diseases pests and & Annually Department
ensure food and management contained diseases Administrative data Funds
nutrition security -Access to high outbreaks
quality inputs -Database for -Database for Observations
quality agro-input quality agro- -Reports on Bi-annual
-Promote dealers and seed input dealers Pests and
technology stockists and stockists Disease
development to developed and surveillance
address farmer -Linking farmers maintained visits Monthly
needs to certified agro-
input dealers and -Quality agro- Situational
-Promote Multi- seed stockists inputs and reports on pests
stakeholder planting and diseases
innovation -Quality materials management
platforms assurance accessed by
(MSIP) monitoring visits farmers -Subject Matter
specialists
-Demonstration -Improved reports
of appropriate adoption rates
technologies appropriate - Verification
using quality technologies Reports on
inputs status of agro-
input dealers
-Promote and seed
establishment of stockists
Farmer Field
Schools

-Promote value Construction of Construct value -Value addition Proportion of Stakeholder Quarterly Human Quarterly Production &
addition to Value addition addition facilities facility and the population meetings/workshops resource Marketing
agricultural facilities and roadside market using the value & Annually Department
products and roadside Strengthen constructed addition facility Administrative data Funds
create on- farm markets farmers’ capacity and roadside
and off-farm in value addition -Quality market Observations
employment Provide technologies advisory Monthly
opportunities. farmers with services and Number of Interviews
quality information farmers
advisory provided to provided with Business statistics
service and farmers advisory Quarterly
information services and
-Value added information Bi-annual
products on the

128
market Annual

Promote Tourism, Transform the Assess district Tourism Tourism Surveys Annual Human Performance District
Trade, district into tourism potential resources and information Monthly Funds report Commercial
Cooperatives and highly attractions offices Document reviews office
Industrial competitive identified Quarterly Survey
developments tourism Story telling report
destination Update the Updated
area district tourism tourism plan Business data Site visiting Films and
plan photograph
Tourism Tourism Interviews
Profiling and information publications Trade
mapping tourist guide Filming and fairs/shows
sites developed Reports photography
Festivals
Tourism From Workshops seminars
products workshops and and meetings
mapped seminars

Tour and
hospitality
operators

Revitalize and Mobiles Number of Proportion of Stakeholder Quarterly Human Performance District
strengthen the members and cooperatives registered meetings resource reports Commercial
capacity of groups to form formed, cooperatives Annually office
cooperative cooperatives mobilized and Administrative data Funds Talk shows
societies supervised.
Assist in
registration of
newly formed
and supervise
operations of
cooperatives

Enhance the Business skill Business skill Number of Stakeholder Monthly Human Performance District
capacity of development development SMEs operators meetings Quarterly resource reports Commercial
SMEs to enhanced trained office
compete Fostering Administrative data Annually Funds Talk shows
favorably on compliance Level of
the market. compliance
Enhanced
compliance

129
Public Health Monitoring and Evaluation Plan
Specific Strategy Intervention Output Information Baseline Data Frequency Resources Reporting Responsibility
Objective Needs and Information Gathering and Centre
Indicators Methods Feedback

Improved Public private Provision of the Uganda Improved health HMIS Reports Surveys Every two Funds HMIS DHT
health partnership National Minimum Health services in the Field Reports Field Visits years Human Reports
services arrangements in Care Package community HMIS Tools Monthly Field HSD-in charge
delivery providing health (UNMHCP) Reports
care services Radio talk
shows
Developing, Construction of OPD, VIP OPD, health units Procurement Inventory Monthly Funds Reports DHT
equipping and latrines, placenta pits, and staff houses plan review Human Field
maintain health health units, staff kitchen constructed. Requisitions Reports HSD-in charge
infrastructure and staff houses. assorted equipment Inventory Field visit Radio talk District
Provision of assorted to lower health units shows engineer
equipment to lower health provided Budget Health facility
units in charges

Education and Sports


Specific Strategy Intervention Output Information Baseline Data Frequency Resources Reporting Responsibility
Objective Needs and Information Gathering and Centre
Indicators Methods Feedback

Provide Involvement of Recruitment of More girls and Level of Administrative Monthly, Capitation Quarterly Education
equitable and stakeholders teachers boys enrolled increase in data and Quarterly grant, SFG and annual department and
accessible including those primary school surveys and grant and reports Administration
quality for special enrolment Human

130
education Needs -number of annually resource
Education. teachers
recruited
Provision of
bursaries

Improve quality Ensure use of -School Increased pupils Increased Administrative Quarterly, Human Quarterly Education
and relevancy instructional inspection and competences in pupils data, spot and annual resource, and annual department and
of primary materials monitoring literacy and competences checks reports Administration
education numeracy
-Refresher
courses for
teachers

-strengthen
public-private
partnership

Improve Ensure school Improve schools Improved Level of Administrative Quarterly, Human Quarterly Education
efficiency and management through capacity management participation data, spot and annual resource, and annual department and
effectiveness in committees building skills checks reports Administration
schools control schools

Combat Strengthen Emphasize Level of Administrative Quarterly, Human Quarterly Education


HIV/AIDS in Health clubs policy guidelines implementation data, spot and annual resource, and annual department and
schools and School checks reports Administration
Families

Works & Technical Services


Specific Strategy Intervention Output Information Baseline Data Gathering Frequency Resources Reporting and Responsibility
Objective Needs and
131
Indicators Information Methods Feedback Centre

To ensure Periodic and Upgrade 600 Number of Administrative Monthly Funds Quarterly and Works and
District Road routine Kms of District Kms of and Survey data Annually Technical
are motor able roads to by 2020 Motor able Human Service
and in good road roads Stakeholders Department
conditions maintenance Maintained equipment meetings
throughout the
year No road Barazas
gangs
recruited

To ensure that Periodic Approval of No of building Status of Survey Monthly Funds Quarterly and Works and
buildings are in inspection and building plans. plans approved buildings Annually Technical
habitable state maintenance Human Service
throughout the Inspection Stakeholders Department
year
No of inspection Equipment meetings
reports
produced Barazas

To ensure the Inspection repair Inspection repair No of vehicles, Vehicle log Equipment Monthly Funds Performance Works and
functionality of and servicing and servicing motorcycles books inventory reports Technical
vehicles, Human Service
motorcycles and and road Service Department
road equipment. equipment cards Equipment
inspected
repaired and
serviced

Increased Construct, Water supply and Number of Water and Field survey, Monthly, Funds, Monthly, Works and
accessibility to Maintain and sanitation functional Water sanitation Population Quarterly Human Quarterly Technical
safe water and operate water systems supply and database Census, and and resource and and Annually Service
improved supply and constructed sanitation systems. Administrative Annually water source Department
sanitation by the sanitation rehabilitated and Water and data Points
population systems in Rural maintenance. sanitation
areas Atlas

132
Natural resources
Specific Objective Strategy Intervention Output Information Baseline Data Frequency Resources Reporting Responsibility
Needs and Information Gathering and Centre
Indicators Methods Feedback

Enforce the Stakeholder Guiding Regulations Regulation Survey monthly Funds Meetings Natural
implementation of meetings stakeholders on enforced and compliancy Resources
national policies, sustainable inspections levels human Performance Office
regulations and Council
133
ordinances on sustainable Mobilization resource use carried out reports
utilization of natural
resources

provision of extension Mobilization of Field extension Level of EIA Project briefs EIA Reviews Quarterly Funds Performance Env. Office
services, appraising stakeholders’ services and compliance reports
technical proposals in inspection Survey human
regard to environment Sector Number of
Impact assessment (EIA) meetings sector meetings
on EIA
conducted

Sustainable land Meetings of Surveying Land Number of Field visits Monthly Funds Record files Land office
management, planned land board, management applications
urban and rural field visits Title deeds services Stakeholder Human
development for decent implemented Policies meetings
housing Cartographic Master
prints maps

134
6.2 Local Government Development Plan Monitoring and Evaluation
Arrangements
The M&E plan will be developed with a full list of indicators per department, data collection methods,
timelines and responsibilities. The M&E plan will also contain an evaluation plan detailing specific policy
and programme reviews to be conducted during the life of this DDP. The schedule of national surveys by
UBOS as key sources of information conducted in the five years will be included. Overall, M&E Strategy
is in place but not performing to the expected standards because of inadequate funding. All institutions
will be coordinated, conduct periodic performance reviews, share information with all stakeholders
involved in the implementation process will be intensified during the period of implementation.

6.1.1 Local Government Development Plan Progress Reporting

This will be done periodically during District Joint Budget Performance Reviews on quarterly basis
involving political leaders at all levels of governance, district and sub-county technical staff as well as
Participating development partners at sectoral level. This allows making management decisions on
course of action towards interventions under implementation. It should be noted that reporting
requirements will largely include progress reports- quarterly and annual reports, emergency reports and
donor specific reports where necessary. There are mainly of two processes namely; physical progress
reporting and budget performance reporting

6.1.2 Joint Annual Review of Local Government Development Plan

This will be done during annual District Joint Budget Performance Reviews and district budget
conference involving political leaders at all levels of governance, district and sub-county technical staff
as well as Participating development partners. This allows to make planning and budgeting decisions
regarding resource allocation where there mostly needed to avoid duplication of scarce resources. It’s
anticipated that this will involve desk review of planned activities and thereafter get evidence from the
field. Annual joint review for all local level HDDP stakeholders will be organized in May/ June to review
progress across all district activities. The review will be based on the cumulative quarterly performance
reports produced by District Planning Unit as well as on the first-hand experiences shared by plan
implementing agencies.

135
6.1.3 Local Government Development Plan mid -term Evaluation
The Midterm review of the district development plan will be conducted after a period of two and half
years through a highly participatory approach involving all stakeholders in the entire process. The
following steps will be followed during the process;

 Organize and facilitate a technical working group to review guidelines and tools that will be used
during the midterm review.
 Disseminate the midterm review guidelines and timeframe to technical planning committees both
at LLG and district.
 Departments will gather information required to compile their departmental achievements against
the targets in response to the district overall goal. This will be done in consultation with LLGs and
participating development partners.
 Organize a technical planning committee that will review departmental reports. Development
partners will be visited and consulted on development plan priority implementation for the period
since 2015/2016.
 The District Executive committee will convene and review the report for submission to council for
approval.
 The report will be presented to council for approval by Hon. Secretary for Finance, Planning,
Administration and Investment.
District Midterm review reports will be presented to the district leadership and administrative machinery
including the DTPC, DEC, and council. In addition the report will also be discussed by the joint annual
district review meetings. In conclusion, this review informed the formulation of the 2015/2016 -2019/2020
development as it pointed out issues for attention.

6.1.4 Local Government Development Plan End of Term Evaluation


The end term evaluation review of the district development plan for the entire 5 years will be conducted
through a highly participatory approach involving all stakeholders in the entire process. The steps to
follow will be the same as above but here the period under review will be for 5 years and directly will
inform the next development plan 2020/2021-2014/2025.

6.1.3 Local Government Development Plan Communication and Feedback


Strategy/ Arrangements
Communication plays a vital role in providing knowledge, changing people’s attitudes and norms. It can play an
important role in initiating or accelerating the changes that are already underway as well as in reinforcing and
supporting change that has occurred. Effective communication can also result in supportive policies, positive
136
legislature and increased resource allocation. To be effective, strategy must take three factors into account
simultaneously and these include; your goals and objectives, Operational constraints and imperatives i.e. things
you must do and things you cannot do and Pertinent conditions in the environment. The district will employ five
Management Decisions to ensure that each stakeholder is reached and these include;
Audience: Who needs to be reached?
Behavior: What change in behavior is required?
Messages: What messages will be appropriate?
Channels: Which channels of communication will be most effective in reaching your audiences?
Evaluation: How will the success/failure of the communication strategy are measured?
An effective Communication strategy is an essential element of the DDP implementation and monitoring and
evaluation frameworks. With regard to DDP implementation framework, it is crucial that all stakeholders in the
DDP process are adequately informed and mobilized to understand and comply with the district vision, objectives,
the targeted long-term outcomes and the strategic directions pursued in the DDP. But an effective Communication
strategy will also serve to actualize the required bottom-up influences presumed in the DDP conceptual framework
where local government priorities are expected to inform the selection of national sector development priorities.
With regard to the monitoring and evaluation framework an effective communication strategy will facilitate the
transmission of monitoring and evaluation findings and recommendations to the respective centres where actions
can be taken to address the issues that will be raised. Consequently, DDP formulation at both the district and
Municipality and LLG levels will include a description of the communication strategies that should:
 Outline the objective/goals of the communication,
 identify stakeholders,
 define key messages,
 Pinpoint potential communication methods and vehicles for communicating information for a specific
purpose, and specify the mechanisms that will be used to obtain feedback on the strategy.
6.3.1 The Importance of an effective Communication and feedback strategy in the DDP framework
There are a number of merits that a communication strategy in the DDP framework will serve. The major ones
include:
 Disseminating district programmes, projects and progress reports to inform/create awareness, including LLGs
 Creating awareness on the expected roles of the stakeholders in the implementation of the district
programmes, including LLGs, CSO, and community members
 Promoting dialogue and generate feedback on the performance of LGs
 Effective management of people’s expectations with regard to public services of the district.
 Effective communication framework will help of the people involved in the plan implementation process to
understand fully the plan and its implementation strategy thus preventing misunderstandings
 Strengthen relationships with the people involved in the plan implementation process and these leads to
achieving the set targets of the plan.
 Strengthens ownership of the plans

137
7.0 PROJECT PROFILES

HEALTH DEPARTMENT PROJECT PROFILES.

Sector: Health.

Sub sector: Public Health.

Project title: Rehabilitation of Buhozi HC III Old Building and Construction


of Placenta Pit

Implementing agency: KDLG / District Health Office.

Location: Buhumbu Parish, Busanza Sub-county.

Target: The communities in Buhumbu Parish.

Total planned expenditure: UGX:55,000,000=.

Operation and maintenance cost: 2,650,000=

Funds secured: Nil

Funding gap: 55,000,000=

Starting Date June 2015

Completion date: July 2016.

Objectives:

Renovate the staff houses to have accommodation for the staffs.

Background:

Staffing of rural / remote health facilities has been a challenge as a result of having no houses nearby for
renting. This has made it difficult to post and retain health workers at the unit. It has not been possible
to provide quality services to the population given health workers do not reside close to the station of
work.

Technical description:

To be provided by the department of technical services. This includes renovation of community building
using cement, bricks and iron sheets for roofing; provision of sanitary facilities like bathrooms plus a
kitchen outside.

Supervision arrangement:

Works and health department will supervise the implementation and construction/ renovation of
the said facilities.
Monitoring arrangements:

TPC, STPC, HUMC and the District Executive Committee.

Evaluation of the project:

138
The DHT and HMUC will evaluate the project by conducting a meeting and submit report to the council
at the end of the works.

Operation and maintenance:


This will be catered for under recurrent budget to the HC IIs.

Sector: Health.

Sub sector: Public Health.

Project title: Construction of Two units of staff houses and a 2

Stance VIP toilets.

Implementing agency: KDLG / District Health Office.

Location: Gasovu Parish, Nyaurusiza Sub-county.

Bubuye Parish, Nyundo Sub-county

Target: The communities in Gasovu Parish.

The communities in Bubuye Parish

Total planned expenditure: UGX:68,000,000=.

Operation and maintenance cost: 5,000,000=

Funds secured: Nil

Funding gap: 68,000,000=

Starting Date June 2016

Completion date: July 2019.

Objectives:

Construct the staff houses to have accommodation for the staffs.

Background:

Staffing of rural / remote health facilities has been a challenge as a result of having no houses nearby for
renting. This has made it difficult to post and retain health workers at the unit. It has not been possible
to provide quality services to the population given health workers do not reside close to the station of
work.

139
Technical description:

To be provided by the department of technical services. This includes construction of 2 units staff
houses and two a 2 stance VIP toilet using cement, bricks and iron sheets for roofing; provision of
sanitary facilities like bathrooms plus a kitchen outside.

Supervision arrangement:

Works and health department will supervise the implementation and construction of the said
facilities.

Monitoring arrangements:

TPC, STPC, HUMC and the District Executive Committee.

Evaluation of the project:

The DHT and HMUC will evaluate the project by conducting a meeting and submit report to the council
at the end of the works.

Operation and maintenance:

This will be catered for under recurrent budget to the HC IIs.

140
Sector: Health.

Sub sector: Public Health.

Project title: Completion and renovation of Busanza community building

Implementing agency: KDLG / District Health Office.

Location: Busanza H C IV

Target: The communities in Buhumbu Parish.

Total planned expenditure: UGX:75,000,000=.

Operation and maintenance cost: 2,650,000=

Funds secured: Nil

Funding gap: 75,000,000=

Starting Date July 2015

Completion date: June 2016.

Objectives:

Renovate the staff houses to have accommodation for the staffs.

Background:

Staffing of rural / remote health facilities has been a challenge as a result of having no houses nearby for
renting. This has made it difficult to post and retain health workers at the unit. It has not been possible
to provide quality services to the population given health workers do not reside close to the station of
work.

Technical description:

To be provided by the department of technical services. This includes renovation of community building
using cement, bricks and iron sheets for roofing; provision of sanitary facilities like bathrooms plus a
kitchen outside.

Supervision arrangement:

Works and health department will supervise the implementation and construction/ renovation of
the said facilities.

Monitoring arrangements:

TPC, STPC, HUMC and the District Executive Committee.

141
Evaluation of the project:

The DHT and HMUC will evaluate the project by conducting a meeting and submit report to the council
at the end of the works.

Operation and maintenance:

This will be catered for under recurrent budget to the HC IIs.

142
Sub sector: Public Health.

Project title: Construction of 3 units of staff houses and a 2

Stance VIP toilets.

Implementing agency: KDLG / District Health Office.

Location: Nyarutembe Parish, Nyabwishenya Sub-county,Buhumbu parish


Busanza Sub-county, Chahafi Parish in Murora Sub-county

Target: The communities in Nyarutembe Parish, Chahafi and Buhumbu


parishes

Total planned expenditure: UGX: 500,000,000=.

Operation and maintenance cost: 5,000,000=

Funds secured: Nil

Funding gap: 500,000,000=

Starting Date July 2016

Completion date: May 2019.

Objectives:

Construct the staff houses to have accommodation for the staffs.

Background:

Staffing of rural / remote health facilities has been a challenge as a result of having no houses nearby for
renting. This has made it difficult to post and retain health workers at the unit. It has not been possible
to provide quality services to the population given health workers do not reside close to the station of
work.

Technical description:

To be provided by the department of technical services. This includes construction of 3 units staff
houses and two a 2 stance VIP toilet using cement, bricks and iron sheets for roofing; provision of
sanitary facilities like bathrooms plus a kitchen outside.

Supervision arrangement:

143
Works and health department will supervise the implementation and construction of the said
facilities.

Monitoring arrangements:

TPC, STPC, HUMC and the District Executive Committee.

Evaluation of the project:

The DHT and HMUC will evaluate the project by conducting a meeting and submit report to the council
at the end of the works.

Operation and maintenance:

This will be catered for under recurrent budget to the HC IIs.

Environmental management:

No environmental degradation is expected to result from these projects. Provision is to be made for rain
water harvesting from the roofs of the constructed houses. The units already have water tanks
constructed. The pit latrines will be of VIP standard to ensure non contamination of the environment.
There will be need to have water tanks constructed at the DHO’s office to avoid running water.

144
Sector: Health.

Sub sector: Public Health.

Project title: Rehabilitation of Kalehe Buildings

Implementing agency: KDLG / District Health Office.

Location: Rutaka Parish, kirundo Sub-county

Target: The communities in Rutaka parish, Kisrundo S/county.

Total planned expenditure: UGX: 42,000,000=.

Operation and maintenance cost: 1,750,000=

Funds secured: Nil

Funding gap: 42,000,000=

Starting Date July 2015

Completion date: June 2016.

Objectives:

Rehabilitate Kalehe HC II to improve working conditions so that equipment and other assets are secured
safely.

Background:

The facility buildings were not completed and some of the structures were not done, other items like
windows need to be replaced.

Technical description:

To be provided by the department of technical services. This includes renovation of health unit building,
fixing in curtain boxes, replacing seats and painting the building.

Supervision arrangement:

Works and health department will supervise the implementation and renovation of the said
facilities.

Monitoring arrangements:

TPC, STPC, HUMC and the District Executive Committee.

145
Evaluation of the project:

The DHT and HMUC will evaluate the project by conducting a meeting and submit report to the council
at the end of the works.

Operation and maintenance:

This will be catered for under recurrent budget to the HC IIs.

146
Department: Health

Title project: Integration of nutrition assessment, counseling, and support in health


service delivery and out reaches

Project code:

Implementing Agency: Kisoro District Local Government

Location:

Total planned expenditure: 19.5 m

Funds secured

Funding Gap:

State Date: July 2015

Completion Date June 2016

PROJECT OBJECTIVE

1. To reduce stunting by women accessing and utilizing ANC, WCC, and proper feeding practices

Targeted beneficiaries

Children and pregnant mothers

TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION AND JUSTIFICATION

Although Kisoro District produces a lot of food which could be utilized to meet the dietary needs of its
population, much of it is sold off out side the district and returns are not utilized for dietary purposes. This
scenario has led to stunting which currently stands at 51% according to NILA Report of 2012. In addition
in some parts of the district, many women have limited access to health services due to poor road
network and inadequate knowledge on nutrition. This project therefore seeks to address the problem of
malnutrition among women, babies and children . The project interventions will include;

1 Conducting health education talks in clinics and outreaches targeting children and pregnant
mothers on importance of Nutrition Assessment ,Counseling and Support

2. Training health workers and VHTs on Nutrition Assessment ,Counseling and growth monitoring
3. Sensitization of communities on the importance of Nutrition Assessment and growth monitoring
4. Equipping of health facilities with anthropometric equipment
5. Setting up and training health workers in OTC management of malnutrition
6. Training mothers and care givers on how to prepare energy dense foods for their families
7. Equipping health facilities with nutrition demonstration utensils and equipment

PROJECT WORKPLAN/BUDGET

Activity Quarter1 Quarter Quarter 3 Quarter Operation


2 4 al
recurrent
costs
Conducting health education talks in 1,000,000 108,000
147
clinics and outreaches targeting children
and pregnant mothers on importance of
Nutrition Assessment ,Counseling and
Support
Training health workers and VHTs on 7,000,000 108,000
Nutrition Assessment and growth
monitoring
Sensitization of communities on the 2,500,00 108,000
importance of Nutrition Assessment and 0
growth monitoring

Equipping of health facilities with 2,000,00 108,000


anthropometric equipment 0

Setting up and training health workers 2,000,000 108,000


in OTC management of malnutrition

Training mothers and care givers on 3,000,000 108,000


how to prepare energy dense foods for
their families

Equipping health facilities with nutrition 2,000,00 108,000


demonstration utensils and equipment 0

MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY

The current M and E system for nutrition and food security indicators is weak, with minimal

and fragmented systems among sectors and development partners. To effectively track

Progress of the DNAP’s implementation and performance of the target outcome and output

Indicators, a comprehensive and integrated mult-sectoral monitoring system for nutrition as

developed by OPM will be adopted. All implementing agencies will submit annual reports in

the status of implementation and performance of target indicators to the DNCC. The DNCC

will then compile the reports to produce an annual report. An annual review meeting for the

implementing agencies and other nutrition stakeholders will be held. All implementing

agencies will submit quarterly reports in their thematic areas to the DNCC, which will

compile them and produce a quarterly report. Quarterly meetings will be held to discuss the

reports and come up with appropriate measures if implementation is slow or off track. To

evaluate the effectiveness and impact of the various programmes, interventions, and the

DNAP overall, evaluations and reviews will be conducted annually.

Department: Health

Sector: Nutrition
148
Title project: Sensitization on ANC services

Project code:

Implementing Agency: Kisoro District Local Government

Location:

Total planned expenditure: 23,000,000

Funds secured

Funding Gap:

State Date: July 2015

Completion Date June 2016

PROJECT OBJECTIVE

1. To reduce stunting by women accessing and utilizing ANC, WCC, and proper feeding practices

Targeted beneficiaries

Stakeholders, health workers and VHTs

TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION AND JUSTIFICATION

Although Kisoro District produces a lot of food which could be utilized to meet the dietary needS of its
population, much of it is sold off out side the district and returns are not utilized for dietary purposes. This
scenario has led to slanting which currently stands on 51% according to NILA of 2018. This project
therefore seeks to address the problem of malnutrition among children and pregnant mother who are
mostly affected by this problem. The project interventions will include;

1 Training stakeholders, health workers and VHTS on importance of ANC


2 Conducting radio talk shows on nutrition services and practices
3 Developing and disseminating IEC materials
4 Conducting couple group dialogues on importance of ANC and YCC
5 Conducting radio talk shows on importance of the first 1000 days window of opportunity
6 Sensitizing men on family health, food security ,importance of reducing women workload and use
of labour saving technologies
7 Supporting drama groups to come up with health and nutrition messages

PROJECT WORKPLAN/BUDGET

Activity Quarter1 Quarter Quarter 3 Quarter Operation


2 4 al
recurrent
costs
Training stakeholders, health workers 6,000,000 150,000
and VHTS on importance of ANC

Conducting radio talk shows on nutrition 5,000,000 150,000


services and practices

149
Developing and disseminating IEC 6,000,00 150,000
materials 0

Conducting couple group dialogues on 150,000


importance of ANC and YCC

Conducting radio talk shows on 5,000,00 150,000


importance of the first 1000 days 0
window of opportunity

Sensitizing men on family health, food 1,000,000 150,000


security ,importance of reducing women
workload and use of labour saving
technologies

MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY

The current M and E system for nutrition and food security indicators is weak, with minimal

and fragmented systems among sectors and development partners. To effectively track

Progress of the DNAP’s implementation and performance of the target outcome and output

Indicators, a comprehensive and integrated mult-sectoral monitoring system for nutrition

as developed by OPM will be adopted. All implementing agencies will submit annual reports

in the status of implementation and performance of target indicators to the DNCC. The

DNCC will then compile the reports to produce an annual report. An annual review meeting

for the implementing agencies and other nutrition stakeholders will be held. All

implementing agencies will submit quarterly reports in their thematic areas to the DNCC,

which will compile them and produce a quarterly report. Quarterly meetings will be held to

discuss the reports and come up with appropriate measures if implementation is slow or

off track. To evaluate the effectiveness and impact of the various programmes,

interventions, and the DNAP overall, evaluations and reviews will be conducted annually.

DEPARTMENT: WORKS AND TECHNICAL SERVICES LTD

SECTOR Roads
150
TITLE OF PROJECT District Feeder Road Maintenance

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY District

LOCATION District wide

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE 470,123,504

FUNDS SECURED: 470,123,504

FUNDING GAP

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE 470,123,504

START DATE 2015

COMPLETION DATE 2016

PROJECT OBJECTIVES:

 To increase safety of road users and reduce Vehicle operating costs.


 To reduce road user costs;
 To reduce accidents;

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: All road users

PROJECT BACKGROUNDAND JUSTIFICATION (maximum Quarter page)

Kisoro district has a road network of 252km classified as district feeder roads. Communities and other
travelers use these roads for doing business especially accessing markets for their produce. Others use these
roads for tourism areas in the district as well as accessing the neighboring countries of Democratic Republic
of Congo and Rwanda respectively. Most of the institutions are also accessed using these roads.

TECHINICAL DESCRIPTION (what the project contains)

PROJECT WORK PLAN AND BUDGET

ACTIVITY BUDGET OPERATION


AND
TOTAL RECURRENT
COSTS

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Routine manual 50,482,000 50,482,000 50,482,000 50,482,00 258,506,000


maintenance of 0
roads

Routine mechanized 36,305,000 26,847,000 30,280,000 28,504,00 121,936,000


maintenance of 0
roads

151
Equipment Repairs 23,515,250 23,515,250 23,515,250 23,515,25 94,061,000
0

Administrative costs 5,020,830 5,020,830 5,020,830 5,020,830 20,083,320

MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY

Regular supervision of activities of road gangs and work by road equipment will be emphasized. Field staff
will be required to produce weekly reports that will be used to produce monthly and quarterly reports to all
relevant stakeholders.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PLAN:

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION PLAN:

Environmental Mitigation measures Costs Source of funding


concern

Landslides and Construction of 40,000,000 GOU


mudslides retaining structures at
selected sections and
planting of trees

Erosion of road sides Construction of side 50,000,000 GOU


and creation of gulley drains, provision of
culverts and off shoots

Flooding of certain Construction of 100,000,000 GOU


sections of the road bridges, culverts and
raising affected
sections

DEPARTMENT: WORKS AND TECHNICAL SERVICES LTD

152
SECTOR Roads

TITLE OF PROJECT Rehabilitation of Community Access Roads by CAIIP 3

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY District/Ministry of Local Government

LOCATION Murora and Muramba sub counties

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE 4,800,000,000

FUNDS SECURED: 4,800,000,000

FUNDING GAP

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE 15,000,000

START DATE 2015

COMPLETION DATE 2016

PROJECT OBJECTIVE:

 To enhance farmers access to markets and attract competitive prices through improvements
in rural infrastructure and their management by well mobilsed communities leading to
increased incomes

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: Farmers

PROJECT BACKGROUNDAND JUSTIFICATION (maximum Quarter page)

CIIP 3 program is designed to contribute to poverty reduction and economic growth in Uganda through
enhance commercialization of agriculture. This is achieved through improvements in rural infrastructure
including roads, rural markets and agro processing facilities. The program in Kisoro is being implemented in
two subcounties of Murora and Muramba but has road projects that have extended to other subcounties of
Kanaba, Nyarusiza, Nyarubuye and Busanza to have a meaningful project that is complete.

TECHINICAL DESCRIPTION (what the project contains)

PROJECT WORK PLAN AND BUDGET

ACTIVITY BUDGET OPERATION


AND
TOTAL RECURRENT
COSTS

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Rehabilitation of 1,200,000 1,200,000 1,200,000 1,200,000 4,800,000


Community Access
Roads

Construction of Agro-
processing facilities
in Murora and 90,000,000
Murambasubcountie
90,000,000 90,000,000 90,000,000 360,000,000
s

153
Administrative costs 2,000,000 2,000,000 2,000,000 2,000,000 8,000,000

MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY

Regular supervision of contractors by both the district leadership and Ministry of Local Government officials.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PLAN:

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION PLAN:

Environmental Mitigation measures Costs Source of funding


concern

Erosion of road sides Construction of side 450,000,000 GOU


and creation of gulley drains, provision of
culverts and off shoots

Flooding of certain Construction of 568,000,000 GOU


sections of the road bridges, culverts and
raising affected
sections

154
DEPARTMENT: WORKS AND TECHNICAL SERVICES LTD

SECTOR Buildings

TITLE OF PROJECT Phased completion of Kisoro Administration Block Offices Wing (IV)

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY Kisoro District Local Government

LOCATION District Head Quarters

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE 98,000,000

FUNDS SECURED: 98,000,000

FUNDING GAP Nil

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE 3,920,000

START DATE July, 2015

COMPLETION DATE June, 2016

PROJECT OBJECTIVES:

To accommodate Technical Staff and Political leaders

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: Technical staff and Political leaders

PROJECT BACKGROUNDAND JUSTIFICATION

Kisoro District Administration has an old council hall and overtime the number of both political leaders and
staff has been increasing and necessitating an increase in office staff

TECHINICAL DESCRIPTION

Kisoro Administration offices is a two story building with an approximately area of 500sq. metres. The
remaining works to be done in the 1st year of this plan will include:-

 Roofing
 Drainage and Plumbing and installation of sanitary fittings i
 Installation of electricity
 External and internal finishes

155
PROJECT WORK PLAN AND BUDGET

ACTIVITY BUDGET OPERATION


AND
TOTAL RECURRENT
COSTS

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Roofing 30,500,000 30,500,000 30,500,000 30,500,00 122,000,000 4,880,000


0

Drainage and 20,000,000 20,000,000 20,000,000 20,000,00 80,000,000 3,200,000


Plumbing and 0
installation of
sanitary fittings

Installation of 10,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,00 40,000,000 1,600,000


electricity 0

MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY

The District has appointed a project manager who will monitor and supervise the implementation of the
project.

156
DEPARTMENT: WORKS AND TECHNICAL SERVICES

SECTOR Buildings

TITLE OF PROJECT Construction of Agro - Processing Shelters

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY Kisoro District Local Government

LOCATION Muramba Parish, Muramba S/C and Chibumba Parish Murora S/County.

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE 360,000,000

FUNDS SECURED: 360,000,000

FUNDING GAP Nil

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE 14,400,000

START DATE July, 2015

COMPLETION DATE June, 2016

PROJECT OBJECTIVES:

To add value to locally produced maize for easy marketing.

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: District and regional beneficiaries

PROJECT BACKGROUNDAND JUSTIFICATION

There has been frequent price fluctuations of maize produce and farmers have been experiencing post
harvest losses. The Government of Uganda therefore designed this project to assist farmers benefit from
improved prices as a result of value addition.

TECHINICAL DESCRIPTION

The construction of Agro- Processing Shelters shall include :-

 Construction of maize mil


 Construction of drying slab
 Construction of 2 stance pit latrine
 Construction of generator house
 Construction of waste bean

PROJECT WORK PLAN AND BUDGET

ACTIVITY BUDGET TOTAL OPERATION


AND
RECURRENT
COSTS

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Construction of 60,000,000 60,000,000 60,000,000 60,000,00 240,000,000 9,600,000


maize mil 0

157
Construction of 10,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,00 40,000,000 1,600,000
drying slab 0

Construction of 2 10,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,00 40,000,000 1,600,000


stance pit latrine 0

Construction of 5,000,000 5,000,000 5,000,000 5,000,000 20,000,000 800,000


generator house

Construction of 5,000,000 5,000,000 5,000,000 5,000,000 20,000,000 800,000


waste bean

MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY

The District has appointed a project manager who will monitor and supervise the implementation of the
project.

158
DEPARTMENT: WORKS AND TECHNICAL SERVICES

SECTOR Mechanical

TITLE OF PROJECT Maintenance of equipment

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY Kisoro District Local Government and Mbarara Regional workshop

LOCATION District Headquarters

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE 67,000,000

FUNDS SECURED: 67,000,000

FUNDING GAP Nil

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE 2,880,000

START DATE July, 2015

COMPLETION DATE June, 2016

PROJECT OBJECTIVES:

To have sound vehicles and motorcycles

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: District Technical Staff and the whole community of Kisoro District

PROJECT BACKGROUNDAND JUSTIFICATION

There is constant breakdown of vehicles and plants and deprecation which requires replacements and
repairs .

TECHINICAL DESCRIPTION

The District shall carry out repairs and maintenance of vehicles and plants using pre-qualified service
providers under framework contract.

PROJECT WORK PLAN AND BUDGET

ACTIVITY BUDGET TOTAL OPERATION AND


RECURRENT
COSTS

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Maintenance of 16,750,00 16,750,000 16,750,000 16,750,000 67,000,000 2,800,000


equipment 0

MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY

The District has appointed a project manager who will monitor and supervise the maintenance and repairs
of vehicles and plants.

DEPARTMENT Works and Technical Services


159
SECTOR Water Sector

TITLE OF PROJECT Protection of 20 springs

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY Kisoro District Local Government

LOCATION Kirundo, Busanza, Nyarubuye, Nyundo, Bukimbiri and Nyabwishenya


S/C’s

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 77,000,000 Shillings

FUNDS SECURED: 77,000,000 Shillings

FUNDING GAP: Nil

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE: 3,454,000 shillings

START DATE: June 2015

COMPLETION DATE: July 2016

PROJECT OBJECTIVES:

 To have incidences of water and sanitation related diseases reduced through safe water provisions and
hygiene Education
 To have adequate supply of water for both human and animal consumption.

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: Men, women and Children with in the project area

PROJECT BACKGROUNDAND JUSTIFICATION

A demand driven approach is used in the allocation of the protected springs whereby the communities
identify and apply for the facilities. The departmental staff verifies the applications and the sites applied for
and the applications are approved or rejected depending on the need, the availability of funds and other
critical requirements.

Among the critical requirements considered for the approval of the project applied for include the ability of
the communities to contribute towards capital contribution, nearness to other alternative water sources,
sanitation and hygiene of the intended community beneficiaries, willingness to own, operate and maintain
the protected water source, meaningful involvement of women, settlement of land conflict and signing the
memorandum of understanding

TECHINICAL DESCRIPTION

Spring protection involves intake construction, construction of wing walls, stone pitching, outlet pipe installation and

fencing. It also involves sanitation promotion and hygiene education springs 20 springs are to be protected in the

2015/2016 Financial Year.

Spring protection will be done by local contractors under the supervision of Kisoro District Administration (Water

Department).

PROJECT WORK PLAN AND BUDGET

160
ACTIVITY BUDGET OPERATION
AND
Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 TOTAL RECURRENT
COSTS

Spring 17,270,00 17,270,000 17,270,00 17,270,00 69,080,00 3,454,000


Protection 0 0 0 0

MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY

Community involvement is ensured at all levels of project implementation i.e. spring identification,
construction, commissioning and payment of the completed project. The LC 1 Chairpersons and the Sub
County Chiefs are made to sign the acknowledgement of physical accountability before any payment is made.
After the six months defects liability period, again the LC 1 Chairpersons and the Sub County Chiefs are made
to sign the confirmation of no defects form to satisfy that the spring is still in good condition.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PLAN:

Water source committee are involved in the source identification, planning, implementation and programme
maintenance.

Establishment and training of water and sanitation committees, water source care takers on their roles and
responsibilities, Commissioning and hand over of the completed projects to the community beneficiaries will
be done. The communities will be encouraged to pay the water user fee for maintaining the installed
facilities.

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION PLAN:

Environmental Mitigation measures Costs Source of


concern funding

Erosion around the Reinstate the grass approximately 2,000,000 PAF


water source along the banks

Water contamination Provide the fence around the spring 2,000,000 PAF
by domestic animals

Stagnation around the Excavate channel for excess water and 3,000,000 PAF
water source set aside material for future use

DEPARTMENT Works and Technical Services

161
SECTOR Water Sector

TITLE OF PROJECT Construction of Gasovu Gravity Flow scheme (Phase II)

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY Kisoro District Local Government

LOCATION Nyabwishenya Sub County

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 79,637,235 Shillings

FUNDS SECURED: 79,637,235 Shillings

FUNDING GAP: Nil

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE: 7,963,724 shillings

START DATE: June 2015

COMPLETION DATE: July 2016

PROJECT OBJECTIVES:

 To have incidences of water and sanitation related diseases reduced through safe water provisions and
hygiene Education
 To have adequate supply of water for both human and animal consumption.

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: Men, women and Children with in the project area

PROJECT BACKGROUNDAND JUSTIFICATION

A demand driven approach is used in the allocation and approval of the gravity flow schemes whereby the
communities identify and apply for the facilities. The departmental staff verifies the applications based on
whether they fulfil critical requirements.

Among the critical requirements considered for the approval of the project applied for include the ability of
the communities to contribute towards capital contribution, walking distances to the existing safe wate
sources, sanitation and hygiene of the intended community beneficiaries, willingness to own, operate and
maintain the implemented piped water supply systems, meaningful involvement of women, settlement of
land conflict and signing the memorandum of understanding

TECHINICAL DESCRIPTION

Construction of the above piped water supply scheme will involve construction of eleven tap stands, trench
excavation, laying and back filling of the pipe line for the planned gravity flow scheme

PROJECT WORK PLAN AND BUDGET

ACTIVITY BUDGET OPERATION


AND
Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 TOTAL RECURRENT
COSTS

GFS 19,909,309 19,909,309 19,909,309 19,909,309 79,637,235 7,963,724


Construction

MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY


162
Community involvement is ensured at all levels of project implementation i.e. project identification,
construction, commissioning and payment of the completed project. The LC 1 Chairpersons and the Sub
County Chiefs are made to sign the acknowledgement of physical accountability before any payment is made.
After the six months defects liability period, again the LC 1 Chairpersons and the Sub County Chiefs are made
to sign the confirmation of no defects form to satisfy that the spring is still in good condition.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PLAN:

Water source committee are involved in the source identification, planning, implementation and programme

maintenance.

Establishment and training of water and sanitation committees, water source care takers on their roles and
responsibilities, commissioning and hand over of the completed projects to the community beneficiaries will
be done. The communities will be encouraged to pay the water user fee for maintaining the installed
facilities.

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION PLAN:

Environmental Mitigation measures Costs Source of


concern funding

Erosion around the Reinstate the grass approximately Nil PAF


water source along the banks

Water contamination Provide the fence around the spring Nil PAF
by domestic animals

Stagnation around the Excavate channel for excess water and Nil PAF
water source set aside material for future use

Water contamination Provide the fence around the tapstand Nil PAF
by domestic animals

Stagnation around the Excavate channel for the wasted water 1,100,000 PAF
Tap stand

DEPARTMENT Works and Technical Services

163
SECTOR Water Sector

TITLE OF PROJECT Extension of Gitebe GFS to Rwanoni Village

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY Kisoro District Local Government

LOCATION Chahi Sub County

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 31,475,244 Shillings

FUNDS SECURED: 31,475,244 Shillings

FUNDING GAP: Nil

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE: 3,147,524 shillings

START DATE: June 2015

COMPLETION DATE: July 2016

PROJECT OBJECTIVES:

 To have incidences of water and sanitation related diseases reduced through safe water provisions and
hygiene Education
 To have adequate supply of water for both human and animal consumption.

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: Men, women and Children with in the project area

PROJECT BACKGROUNDAND JUSTIFICATION

A demand driven approach is used in the allocation and approval of the gravity flow schemes whereby the
communities identify and apply for the facilities. The departmental staff verifies the applications based on
whether they fulfil critical requirements.

Among the critical requirements considered for the approval of the project applied for include the ability of
the communities to contribute towards capital contribution, walking distances to the existing safe wate
sources, sanitation and hygiene of the intended community beneficiaries, willingness to own, operate and
maintain the implemented piped water supply systems, meaningful involvement of women, settlement of
land conflict and signing the memorandum of understanding

TECHINICAL DESCRIPTION

Construction of the above piped water supply scheme will involve construction of two tap stands, trench
excavation, laying and back filling of the pipe line for the planned gravity flow scheme

PROJECT WORK PLAN AND BUDGET

ACTIVITY BUDGET OPERATION


AND
Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 TOTAL RECURRENT
COSTS

GFS 7,868,811 7,868,811 7,868,811 7,868,811 31,475,244 3,147,524


Construction

MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY


164
Community involvement is ensured at all levels of project implementation i.e. project identification,
construction, commissioning and payment of the completed project. The LC 1 Chairpersons and the Sub
County Chiefs are made to sign the acknowledgement of physical accountability before any payment is made.
After the six months defects liability period, again the LC 1 Chairpersons and the Sub County Chiefs are made
to sign the confirmation of no defects form to satisfy that the spring is still in good condition.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PLAN:

Water source committee are involved in the source identification, planning, implementation and programme
maintenance.

Establishment and training of water and sanitation committees, water source care takers on their roles and
responsibilities, commissioning and hand over of the completed projects to the community beneficiaries will
be done. The communities will be encouraged to pay the water user fee for maintaining the installed
facilities.

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION PLAN:

Environmental Mitigation measures Costs Source of


concern funding

Erosion around the Reinstate the grass approximately Nil PAF


water source along the banks

Water contamination Provide the fence around the spring Nil PAF
by domestic animals

Stagnation around the Excavate channel for excess water and Nil PAF
water source set aside material for future use

Water contamination Provide the fence around the tapstand Nil PAF
by domestic animals

Stagnation around the Excavate channel for the wasted water 200,000 PAF
Tapstand

DEPARTMENT Works and Technical Services

165
SECTOR Water Sector

TITLE OF PROJECT Extension of Mwihe B GFS to Kaboko Primary School

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY Kisoro District Local Government

LOCATION Nyakinama Sub County

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 34,475,416 Shillings

FUNDS SECURED: 34,475,416 Shillings

FUNDING GAP: Nil

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE: 3,447,542 shillings

START DATE: June 2015

COMPLETION DATE: July 2016

PROJECT OBJECTIVES:

 To have incidences of water and sanitation related diseases reduced through safe water provisions and
hygiene Education
 To have adequate supply of water for both human and animal consumption.

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: Men, women and Children with in the project area

PROJECT BACKGROUNDAND JUSTIFICATION

A demand driven approach is used in the allocation and approval of the gravity flow schemes whereby the
communities identify and apply for the facilities. The departmental staff verifies the applications based on
whether they fulfil critical requirements.

Among the critical requirements considered for the approval of the project applied for include the ability of
the communities to contribute towards capital contribution, walking distances to the existing safe water
sources, sanitation and hygiene of the intended community beneficiaries, willingness to own, operate and
maintain the implemented piped water supply systems, meaningful involvement of women, settlement of
land conflict and signing the memorandum of understanding

TECHINICAL DESCRIPTION

Construction of the above piped water supply scheme will involve construction of two tap stands, trench
excavation, laying and back filling of the pipe line for the planned gravity flow scheme

PROJECT WORK PLAN AND BUDGET

ACTIVITY BUDGET OPERATION


AND
Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 TOTAL RECURRENT
COSTS

GFS 8,618,854 8,618,854 8,618,854 8,618,854 34,475,416 3,447,542


Construction

MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY


166
Community involvement is ensured at all levels of project implementation i.e. project identification,
construction, commissioning and payment of the completed project. The LC 1 Chairpersons and the Sub
County Chiefs are made to sign the acknowledgement of physical accountability before any payment is made.
After the six months defects liability period, again the LC 1 Chairpersons and the Sub County Chiefs are made
to sign the confirmation of no defects form to satisfy that the spring is still in good condition.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PLAN:

Water source committee are involved in the source identification, planning, implementation and programme

maintenance.

Establishment and training of water and sanitation committees, water source care takers on their roles and
responsibilities, commissioning and hand over of the completed projects to the community beneficiaries will
be done. The communities will be encouraged to pay the water user fee for maintaining the installed
facilities.

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION PLAN:

Environmental Mitigation measures Costs Source of


concern funding

Erosion around the Reinstate the grass approximately Nil PAF


water source along the banks

Water contamination Provide the fence around the spring Nil PAF
by domestic animals

Stagnation around the Excavate channel for excess water and Nil PAF
water source set aside material for future use

Water contamination Provide the fence around the tapstand Nil PAF
by domestic animals

Stagnation around the Excavate channel for the wasted water 200,000 PAF
Tap stand

DEPARTMENT Works and Technical Services

167
SECTOR Water Sector

TITLE OF PROJECT Design of Kalenganyambi Gravity Flow Scheme

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY Kisoro District Local Government

LOCATION Rubuguri Parish, Kirundo Sub County

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 19,200,000 Shillings

FUNDS SECURED: 19,200,000 Shillings

FUNDING GAP: Nil

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE: Nil

START DATE: June 2015

COMPLETION DATE: July 2016

PROJECT OBJECTIVES:

 To have a proposal in place for use in mobilization of funds for financial support
 To have adequate supply of water for both human and animal consumption.

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: Men, women and Children with in the project area

PROJECT BACKGROUNDAND JUSTIFICATION

A demand driven approach is used in the allocation and approval of the gravity flow schemes whereby the
communities identify and apply for the facilities. The departmental staff verifies the applications based on
whether they fulfil critical requirements.

Among the critical requirements considered for the approval of the project applied for include the ability of
the communities to contribute towards capital contribution, walking distances to the existing safe wate
sources, sanitation and hygiene of the intended community beneficiaries, willingness to own, operate and
maintain the implemented piped water supply systems, meaningful involvement of women, settlement of
land conflict and signing the memorandum of understanding

TECHINICAL DESCRIPTION

Design of the above proposed piped water supply scheme will involve detailed topographic survey, design
and documentation of the proposed scheme.

PROJECT WORK PLAN AND BUDGET

ACTIVITY BUDGET OPERATION


AND
Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 TOTAL RECURRENT
COSTS

GFS Design 19,200,000 19,200,000 Nil

MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY


168
Community involvement is ensured at all levels of project implementation i.e. project identification, Survey
and documentation of the proposed scheme

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PLAN:

Water source committee are involved in the source identification, planning, implementation and programme
maintenance.

Establishment and training of water and sanitation committees, water source care takers on their roles and
responsibilities, commissioning and hand over of the completed projects to the community beneficiaries will
be done. The communities will be encouraged to pay the water user fee for maintaining the installed
facilities.

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION PLAN:

This will be included in the project report submitted by the consultant

DEPARTMENT Works and Technical Services

SECTOR Water Sector


169
TITLE OF PROJECT Construction of Mumateke GFS (Phase I)

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY Kisoro District Local Government

LOCATION Murora Sub County

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 148.868,193 Shillings

FUNDS SECURED: 148,868,193 Shillings

FUNDING GAP: Nil

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE: 7,443,410 shillings

START DATE: June 2015

COMPLETION DATE: July 2016

PROJECT OBJECTIVES:

 To have incidences of water and sanitation related diseases reduced through safe water provisions and
hygiene Education
 To have adequate supply of water for both human and animal consumption.

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: Men, women and Children with in the project area

PROJECT BACKGROUNDAND JUSTIFICATION

A demand driven approach is used in the allocation and approval of the gravity flow schemes whereby the
communities identify and apply for the facilities. The departmental staff verifies the applications based on
whether they fulfil critical requirements.

Among the critical requirements considered for the approval of the project applied for include the ability of
the communities to contribute towards capital contribution, walking distances to the existing safe wate
sources, sanitation and hygiene of the intended community beneficiaries, willingness to own, operate and
maintain the implemented piped water supply systems, meaningful involvement of women, settlement of
land conflict and signing the memorandum of understanding

TECHINICAL DESCRIPTION

Construction of the above piped water supply scheme will involve source protection, reservoir tank
construction, construction of four tap stands, trench excavation, laying and back filling of the pipe line for the
planned gravity flow scheme

PROJECT WORK PLAN AND BUDGET

ACTIVITY BUDGET OPERATION


AND
Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 TOTAL RECURRENT
COSTS

GFS 37,217,04 37,217,04 37,217,04 37,217,04 148,868,19 7,443,410


Construction 8 8 8 8 3

MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY

Community involvement is ensured at all levels of project implementation i.e. project identification,
construction, commissioning and payment of the completed project. The LC 1 Chairpersons and the Sub
170
County Chiefs are made to sign the acknowledgement of physical accountability before any payment is made.
After the six months defects liability period, again the LC 1 Chairpersons and the Sub County Chiefs are made
to sign the confirmation of no defects form to satisfy that the spring is still in good condition.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PLAN:

Water source committee are involved in the source identification, planning, implementation and programme
maintenance.

Establishment and training of water and sanitation committees, water source care takers on their roles and
responsibilities, commissioning and hand over of the completed projects to the community beneficiaries will
be done. The communities will be encouraged to pay the water user fee for maintaining the installed
facilities.

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION PLAN:

Environmental Mitigation measures Costs Source of


concern funding

Erosion around the Reinstate the grass approximately 600,000 PAF


water source along the banks

Water contamination Provide the fence around the spring 2,000,000 PAF
by domestic animals

Stagnation around the Excavate channel for excess water and 700,000 PAF
water source set aside material for future use

Water contamination Provide the fence around the tapstand Nil PAF
by domestic animals

Stagnation around the Excavate channel for the wasted water 400,000 PAF
Tapstand

DEPARTMENT Works and Technical Services

SECTOR Water Sector

171
TITLE OF PROJECT Construction of Kaatera GFS (Phase I)

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY Kisoro District Local Government

LOCATION Nyarubuye Sub County

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 84,590,931 Shillings

FUNDS SECURED: 84,590,931 Shillings

FUNDING GAP: Nil

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE: 4,229,547 shillings

START DATE: June 2015

COMPLETION DATE: July 2016

PROJECT OBJECTIVES:

 To have incidences of water and sanitation related diseases reduced through safe water provisions and
hygiene Education
 To have adequate supply of water for both human and animal consumption.

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: Men, women and Children with in the project area

PROJECT BACKGROUNDAND JUSTIFICATION

A demand driven approach is used in the allocation and approval of the gravity flow schemes whereby the
communities identify and apply for the facilities. The departmental staff verifies the applications based on
whether they fulfil critical requirements.

Among the critical requirements considered for the approval of the project applied for include the ability of
the communities to contribute towards capital contribution, walking distances to the existing safe wate
sources, sanitation and hygiene of the intended community beneficiaries, willingness to own, operate and
maintain the implemented piped water supply systems, meaningful involvement of women, settlement of
land conflict and signing the memorandum of understanding

TECHINICAL DESCRIPTION

Construction of the above piped water supply scheme will involve source protection, reservoir tank
construction, construction of four tap stands, trench excavation, laying and back filling of the pipe line for the
planned gravity flow scheme

PROJECT WORK PLAN AND BUDGET

ACTIVITY BUDGET OPERATION


AND
Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 TOTAL RECURRENT
COSTS

GFS 21,147,73 21,147,73 21,147,73 21,147,73 84,590,931 4,229,547


Construction 2 2 2 2

MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY

Community involvement is ensured at all levels of project implementation i.e. project identification,
construction, commissioning and payment of the completed project. The LC 1 Chairpersons and the Sub
172
County Chiefs are made to sign the acknowledgement of physical accountability before any payment is made.
After the six months defects liability period, again the LC 1 Chairpersons and the Sub County Chiefs are made
to sign the confirmation of no defects form to satisfy that the spring is still in good condition.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PLAN:

Water source committee are involved in the source identification, planning, implementation and programme
maintenance.

Establishment and training of water and sanitation committees, water source care takers on their roles and
responsibilities, commissioning and hand over of the completed projects to the community beneficiaries will
be done. The communities will be encouraged to pay the water user fee for maintaining the installed
facilities.

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION PLAN:

Environmental Mitigation measures Costs Source of


concern funding

Erosion around the Reinstate the grass approximately 600,000 PAF


water source along the banks

Water contamination Provide the fence around the spring 2,000,000 PAF
by domestic animals

Stagnation around the Excavate channel for excess water and 700,000 PAF
water source set aside material for future use

Water contamination Provide the fence around the tapstand Nil PAF
by domestic animals

Stagnation around the Excavate channel for the wasted water 400,000 PAF
Tapstand

DEPARTMENT Works and Technical Services

SECTOR Water Sector

173
TITLE OF PROJECT Construction of 5 communal rain water harvesting tanks

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY Kisoro District Local Government

LOCATION: Kinyababa, Mugombwa, Gasuri, Chondo and Matyazo villages in Chahi,


Nyabwishenya, Muramba, Nyarusiza and Nyundo Sub Counties
respectively

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 151,611,000 Shillings

FUNDS SECURED: 151,611,000 Shillings

FUNDING GAP: Nil

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE: 7,580,550 shillings

START DATE: June 2015

COMPLETION DATE: July 2020

PROJECT OBJECTIVES:

 To have incidences of water and sanitation related diseases reduced through safe water provisions and
hygiene Education
 To have adequate supply of water for both human and animal consumption.

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: Men, Women and children with in the water stressed villages

PROJECT BACKGROUNDAND JUSTIFICATION

A demand driven approach is used in the allocation of the communal tanks whereby the communities apply
for such facilities. The departmental staff verifies the applications and the sites applied for and the
applications are approved or rejected depending on the need. .

TECHINICAL DESCRIPTION

Rain water harvesting involves tank construction and roof catchment and installation of gutters for
collecting water from the roof. Also involved is sanitation promotion and hygiene education.

Stone masonry rain water harvesting tank construction of 30,000 litres together with roof catchment each
will be done by private contractors under the supervision of Kisoro District Administration staff from water
department

PROJECT WORK PLAN AND BUDGET

ACTIVITY BUDGET OPERATION


AND
Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 TOTAL RECURRENT
COSTS

Construction 37,902,75 37,902,75 37,902,75 37,902,75 151,611,000 7,580,550


al rain 0 0 0 0
water tanks

MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY

Community involvement is ensured at all levels of project implementation i.e. site identification,
construction, commissioning and payment of the completed project. The LC 1 Chairpersons and the Sub
174
County Chiefs are made to sign the acknowledgement of physical accountability before any payment is made.
After the six months defects liability period, again the LC 1 Chairpersons and the Sub County Chiefs are made
to sign the confirmation of no defects form to satisfy that the tank is still in good condition.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PLAN:

The c is involved in the site community beneficiaries are involved in site selection, planning, implementation and

programme maintenance.

Establishment and training of water and sanitation committees, water source care takers on their roles and
responsibilities, Commissioning and hander over of the completed projects to the community beneficiaries
will be done. The communities will be encouraged to pay the water user fee for maintaining the installed
facilities.

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION PLAN:

Environmental Mitigation measures Costs Source of


concern funding

Accumulated dust Provide inspection chambers and 5,000,000 PAF


within the tank washout pipes

Water contamination Provide the first flush to the guttering 1,000,000 PAF
due to accumulated system
dust from the roof

Stagnation around the Excavate channel for excess water and 2,000,000 PAF
tank set aside material for future use

DEPARTMENT Works and Technical Services

SECTOR Water Sector

175
TITLE OF PROJECT Construction of 3 Institutional rain water harvesting tanks

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY Kisoro District Local Government

LOCATION: Gifumba, Gakenke and Kaihumure P/Schools in Kanaba, Nyakabande


and Bukimbiri Sub Counties

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 25,580,001 Shillings

FUNDS SECURED: 25,580,001 Shillings

FUNDING GAP: Nil

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE: 1,279,000 shillings

START DATE: June 2015

COMPLETION DATE: July 2020

PROJECT OBJECTIVES:

 To have incidences of water and sanitation related diseases reduced through safe water provisions and
hygiene Education
 To have adequate supply of water for both human and animal consumption.

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: Primary school children in water stressed schools

PROJECT BACKGROUNDAND JUSTIFICATION

A demand driven approach is used in the allocation of the institutional tanks whereby the schools apply for
such facilities. The departmental staff verifies the applications and the sites applied for and the applications
are approved or rejected depending on the need. .

TECHINICAL DESCRIPTION

Ferrocement rain water harvesting tank construction and installation of gutters for collecting water from
the roof is planned for institutions. Also involved is sanitation promotion and hygiene education.

Rain water harvesting tank construction of 10,000 litres each will be done by private contractors under the
supervision of Kisoro District Administration staff from water department

Institutional tank construction will be done by local contractors under the supervision of Kisoro District Administration
(Water Department).

PROJECT WORK PLAN AND BUDGET

ACTIVITY BUDGET OPERATION


176
TOTAL AND
RECURRENT
Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 COSTS

Institutional 6,395,000 6,395,000 6,395,000 6,395,000 25,580,00 1,279,000


tank 1
construction

MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY

The School administration will be involved at all levels of project implementation i.e. application for the tank
construction, commissioning and payment of the completed project. The headmaster and the Sub County
Chiefs are made to sign the acknowledgement of physical accountability before any payment is made. After
the six months defects liability period, again the Headmaster and the Sub County Chiefs are made to sign the
confirmation of no defects form to satisfy that the tank is still in good condition.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PLAN:

The School Administration is involved in the site selection, planning, implementation and programme maintenance.

Establishment and training of the tank management committees on their roles and responsibilities,
Commissioning and hander over of the completed projects to the School administration

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION PLAN:

Environmental Mitigation measures Costs Source of


concern funding

Accumulated dust Provide inspection chambers and 3,000,000 PAF


within the tank washout pipes

Water contamination Provide the first flush to the guttering 1,000,000 PAF
due to accumulated system
dust from the roof

Stagnation around the Excavate channel for excess water and 1,200,000 PAF
tank set aside material for future use

DEPARTMENT Works and Technical Services

SECTOR Water Sector


177
TITLE OF PROJECT Study and design of pumped water supply systems

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY Kisoro District Local Government

LOCATION Chuho, Nkanka and Lake Mulehe

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 100,000,000 Shillings

FUNDS SECURED: Nil

FUNDING GAP: Nil

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE: 5,000,000

START DATE: June 2015

COMPLETION DATE: July 2016

PROJECT OBJECTIVES:

 To have a proposal in place for use in mobilization of funds for financial support
 To have adequate supply of water for both human and animal consumption.

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: Men, women and Children with in the project area

PROJECT BACKGROUNDAND JUSTIFICATION

A demand driven approach is used in the allocation and approval of the pumped water supply systems
whereby the communities identify and apply for the facilities. The departmental staff verifies the
applications based on whether they fulfil critical requirements.

Among the critical requirements considered for the approval of the project applied for include the ability of
the communities to contribute towards capital contribution, walking distances to the existing safe wate
sources, sanitation and hygiene of the intended community beneficiaries, willingness to own, operate and
maintain the implemented piped water supply systems, meaningful involvement of women, settlement of
land conflict and signing the memorandum of understanding

TECHINICAL DESCRIPTION

Design of the above proposed piped water supply scheme will involve detailed topographic survey, design
and documentation of the proposed scheme.

PROJECT WORK PLAN AND BUDGET

ACTIVITY BUDGET OPERATION


AND
Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 TOTAL RECURRENT
COSTS

GFS Design 50,000,000 50,000,00 100,000,000 Nil


0

MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY

Community involvement is ensured at all levels of project implementation i.e. project identification, Survey
and documentation of the proposed scheme
178
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PLAN:

Water source committee are involved in the source identification, planning, implementation and programme
maintenance.

Establishment and training of water and sanitation committees, water source care takers on their roles and
responsibilities, commissioning and hand over of the completed projects to the community beneficiaries will
be done. The communities will be encouraged to pay the water user fee for maintaining the installed
facilities.

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION PLAN:

This will be included in the project report submitted by the consultant

DEPARTMENT Works and Technical Services

SECTOR Water Sector

TITLE OF PROJECT Promotion of communal rain water harvesting tanks

179
IMPLEMENTING AGENCY Kisoro District Local Government

LOCATION: Muramba, Nyarusiza, Chahi, Bukimbiri, Nyabwishenya and Nyundo


S/C’s

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 385,000,000 Shillings

FUNDS SECURED: Nil

FUNDING GAP: 385,000,000 Shillings

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE: 19,250,000 shillings

START DATE: June 2015

COMPLETION DATE: July 2020

PROJECT OBJECTIVES:

 To have incidences of water and sanitation related diseases reduced through safe water provisions and
hygiene Education
 To have adequate supply of water for both human and animal consumption.

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: Men, Women and children with in the water stressed villages

PROJECT BACKGROUNDAND JUSTIFICATION

A demand driven approach is used in the allocation of the communal tanks whereby the communities apply
for such facilities. The departmental staff verifies the applications and the sites applied for and the
applications are approved or rejected depending on the need. .

TECHINICAL DESCRIPTION

Rain water harvesting involves tank construction and roof catchment and installation of gutters for
collecting water from the roof. Also involved is sanitation promotion and hygiene education.

Stone masonry rain water harvesting tank construction of 30,000 litres together with roof catchment each
will be done by private contractors under the supervision of Kisoro District Administration staff from water
department

PROJECT WORK PLAN AND BUDGET

ACTIVITY BUDGET OPERATION


AND
Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 TOTAL RECURRENT
COSTS

Promotion of 96,250,00 96,250,00 96,250,00 96,250,00 385,000,000 19,250,000


rain water 0 0 0 0
tanks

MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY

Community involvement is ensured at all levels of project implementation i.e. site identification,
construction, commissioning and payment of the completed project. The LC 1 Chairpersons and the Sub
County Chiefs are made to sign the acknowledgement of physical accountability before any payment is made.
180
After the six months defects liability period, again the LC 1 Chairpersons and the Sub County Chiefs are made
to sign the confirmation of no defects form to satisfy that the tank is still in good condition.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PLAN:

The c is involved in the site community beneficiaries are involved in site selection, planning, implementation and
programme maintenance.

Establishment and training of water and sanitation committees, water source care takers on their roles and
responsibilities, Commissioning and hander over of the completed projects to the community beneficiaries
will be done. The communities will be encouraged to pay the water user fee for maintaining the installed
facilities.

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION PLAN:

Environmental Mitigation measures Costs Source of


concern funding

Accumulated dust Provide inspection chambers and 5,000,000 PAF


within the tank washout pipes

Water contamination Provide the first flush to the guttering 1,000,000 PAF
due to accumulated system
dust from the roof

Stagnation around the Excavate channel for excess water and 2,000,000 PAF
tank set aside material for future use

DEPARTMENT Works and Technical Services

SECTOR Water Sector

TITLE OF PROJECT Construction of 1 VIP Latrine in public places


181
IMPLEMENTING AGENCY Kisoro District Local Government

LOCATION Rural Growth centres with no latrine facilities

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 19,000,000 Shillings

FUNDS SECURED: Nil

FUNDING GAP: 19,000,000 Shillings

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE: 950,000 shillings

START DATE: June 2015

COMPLETION DATE: July 2020

PROJECT OBJECTIVES:

 To have incidences of water and sanitation related diseases reduced through provision of safe sanitation
facilities
 To promote sanitation and hygiene in the rural growth centres of the district.

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: All community members in the rural growth centres

PROJECT BACKGROUNDAND JUSTIFICATION

A demand driven approach is used in the allocation of the VIP Latrines whereby the communities apply for
such facilities. The departmental staff verifies the applications and the sites applied for and the applications
are approved or rejected depending on the need. .

TECHINICAL DESCRIPTION

VIP latrine construction involves pit excavation, pit lining, slab casting, wall construction, roofing, door
installation and painting.

VIP latrine construction of 2 to 4 stances each will be done by private contractors under the supervision of
Kisoro District Administration staff from water department

PROJECT WORK PLAN AND BUDGET

ACTIVITY BUDGET OPERATION


AND
Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 TOTAL RECURRENT
COSTS

Construction 19,000,00 19,000,000 950,000


of Public 0
Latrines

MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY

Community involvement is ensured at all levels of project implementation i.e. site identification,
construction, commissioning and payment of the completed project. The LC 1 Chairpersons and the Sub
County Chiefs are made to sign the acknowledgement of physical accountability before any payment is made.
182
After the six months defects liability period, again the LC 1 Chairpersons and the Sub County Chiefs are made
to sign the confirmation of no defects form to satisfy that the latrine is still in good condition.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PLAN:

The community beneficiaries are involved in site selection, planning, implementation and programme maintenance.

Establishment and training of the latrine management committees on their roles and responsibilities,
Commissioning and hander over of the completed projects to the Community beneficiaries will be done. The
communities will be required to pay the user fee for maintaining the facility.

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION PLAN:

Environmental Mitigation measures Costs Source of


concern funding

Bad smell with in and Provide vent pipes 200,000 PAF


around the latrine

Water Stagnation Excavate channel for excess water and 200,000 PAF
around the latrine set aside material for future use

DEPARTMENT Works and Technical Services

SECTOR Water Sector

183
TITLE OF PROJECT Construction of household rain water harvesting tanks

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY Kisoro District Local Government

LOCATION: All Sub Counties in the district

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 180,000,000 Shillings

FUNDS SECURED: Nil

FUNDING GAP: 180,000,000

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE: 9,000,000 shillings

START DATE: June 2015

COMPLETION DATE: July 2020

PROJECT OBJECTIVES:

 To have incidences of water and sanitation related diseases reduced through safe water provisions and
hygiene Education
 To have adequate supply of water for both human and animal consumption.

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: Primary school children in water stressed schools

PROJECT BACKGROUNDAND JUSTIFICATION

A demand driven approach is used in the allocation of the households whereby individual households apply
for such facilities. The departmental staff verifies the applications and the sites applied for and the
applications are approved or rejected depending on the need. .

TECHINICAL DESCRIPTION

Ferro cement rain water harvesting tank construction and installation of gutters for collecting water from
the roof is planned for household in communities. Also involved is sanitation promotion and hygiene
education.

Rain water harvesting tank construction of 10,000 litres each will be done by private contractors under the
supervision of Kisoro District Administration staff from water department

Household tank construction will be done by local contractors under the supervision of Kisoro District Administration
(Water Department).

PROJECT WORK PLAN AND BUDGET

ACTIVITY BUDGET OPERATION


AND
Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 TOTAL RECURRENT
COSTS

Houehold 45,000,000 45,000,000 45,000,000 45,000,000 180,000,00 9,000,000


tank 0
construction

MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY

184
The communities will be involved at all levels of project implementation i.e. application for the tank
construction, commissioning and payment of the completed project. The headmaster and the Sub County
Chiefs are made to sign the acknowledgement of physical accountability before any payment is made. After
the six months defects liability period, again the Headmaster and the Sub County Chiefs are made to sign the
confirmation of no defects form to satisfy that the tank is still in good condition.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PLAN:

The Community leaders are involved in the site selection, planning, implementation and programme maintenance.

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION PLAN:

Environmental Mitigation measures Costs Source of


concern funding

Accumulated dust Provide inspection chambers and 3,000,000 PAF


within the tank washout pipes

Water contamination Provide the first flush to the guttering 1,000,000 PAF
due to accumulated system
dust from the roof

Stagnation around the Excavate channel for excess water and 1,200,000 PAF
tank set aside material for future use

SECTOR Education
185
CODE KDLG/EDU/01

TITLE OF PROJECT Construction of Classroom, Teachers Houses, Water tanks


Latrines and Furniture

LOCATION : District Wide

IMPLEMENTING AGECY KDLG

PLANNED EXPENDITURE 10,090,161,000

FUNDS SECURED: 2.5BN.

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE 214,605,024

START DATE JULY 2015

COMPLETION DATE June 2016

OBJECTIVES

1. To improve learning environment in primary schools for the school age going children
2. To encourage teachers stay in schools

Targeted beneficiaries All 140 Government Aided primary schools with facilities

PROJECT BACKGROUND

On the introduction of UPE there was rapid increase in enrolment from 23,000 in 1996 to 73,861 pupils in
school currently. This has resulted in inadequate number of classroom and space. To address this problem,
communities and parents have been mobilized to construct new classrooms to meet the demand. Also the
SFG programme introduced in 1999, up to current has left some inadequate learning space in terms if
classrooms, furniture and latrines, There are only 1000 classrooms and at current enrolment and need
teachers by class additional 726 classrooms are in need. Also there problem of deployment of teaches in
hard to reach areas as they need descent accommodation.

TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

The project seeks to address the appalling situation on learning environment in the District by

Construction of classrooms and teachers House

i. Surveying and leveling of land


ii. Preparation of architectural drawing
iii. Indentify competent firm
iv. Availing sanitation
v. General construction

PROJECT WORK/BUDGET

186
activity Quarter1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter Operational
4 recurrent costs
Construction of pit 3 3 3 3
latrines 260,000

Purchase of furniture 20 20 20 20 260,000


Construction of
classroom 7 7 420,000,000
Construction of 1 1 5.6
Teachers houses
Construction of water 1 1 1 1 1,500,000
tanks

MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY

1. Need carry out environment assessment plan


2. Procurement of competent contractors
3. Certification of completed works
4. Landscaping of schools

Operation and Maintenance plan:

Advocacy and sensitization to parents to ensure that they own and maintain these facilities

To engage Sub county leaders to commit funds for operation and maintenance

Environmental Mitigation Cost Source of


concerns measures funding
Destruction of Limit vegetation
vegetation and clearing
soil erosion
Tree planting 500,000 Gov’t and Donors

DEPARTMENT: Education

187
SECTOR: Education and Sports

TITLE OF PROJECT: Rehabilitation in 10 primary Schools

PROJECT CODE: KDLG/EDU/003

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY: Kisoro District Local Government

LACTATION: Nango, Bukazi, Giharo, Bushekwe, Nyarutembe, Muramba, Chibumba,


Rugo,Butongo primary schools

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 1,500,000,000

FUNDS SECURED 00

FUNDING GAP: 1,500,000,000

STATE DATE: July 2015

COMPLETION DATE June 2016

PROJECT OBJECTIVES

To have more effective contingency planning in most schools affected by hazards

Targeted beneficiaries

This will go to all those 10 primary school which have been affected by natural and induced disasters

TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION AND JUSTIFICATION

Kisoro District is on the edge of the western right valley. The nature of the terrain and perceived mineral
content in the soils have made the area vulnerable to frequent thunderstorms and lightening as result, many
lives have been lost at school especially in those areas which are found in areas which are not protected by
trees. Consequently so many lives have been lost as some a struck by lighting or thunder as result of strong
winds.

The current instability in the neighboring republic of Democratic of Congo gas also led to influx of refugees
in Uganda and Kisoro District has been affected as these fleering refugees seek shelter in classrooms hence
causing to wanton destruction of classroom, furniture and filling of pit latrines

The Quick intervention in replacing of destroyed classrooms, furniture and construction of classrooms
would build confidence in the communities affected by these hazards and reverse the situation of high
school drop outs and enforce deliverance of quality education. Also there to reduce the incidence of death
caused by lightening.

TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

1. Rapid assessment of needy schools


2. Development of conflict disaster risks management tool
3. Drawing of location maps
4. Procurement of competent firms
5. Installation of lightening arrestors to all school
6. Construction of repair of classroom

PROJECT WORK/BUDGET

188
activity Quarter1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 Operational
recurrent
costs
Rapid 2 2 2 4 500,000
assessment
Repairing the 25m 25m 25m 25m 4,000,000
affected
schools

MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY

1. Advocacy and training of stakeholders


2. Development of assessment tool, collection and analysis of data

PROJECT WORK/BUDGET

Environmental Mitigation costs Source of


concern funding
Destruction of Planting trees 3,000,000 UPE USE
vegetation a Formation NGOs
Destruction of environment
vegetation and clubs
soil erosion

DEPARTMENT Education and sports


189
SECTOR Education

PROJECT TITLE Installation of lightening arrestors

PROJECT CODE KDLG/EDU/005

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY: KDLG

LOCATION 20 schools in the District

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE 315,000,000

SECURED FUND 40,000,000

FUNDING GAP 275,000,000

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE 1,000,000

START DATE July 2015

COMPLETION DATE June 2016

PROJECT OBJECTIVES

To reduce risks encountered in school so that learner are safe.

PROJECT BACKGROUND

Kisoro DLG has been severely hit by lighting as result of heavy rainfall or thunderstorm.

Education institutions have been victim of this national Disaster.

For the last 10 years several schools have lost children during school hours, these schools are Nango lost

6, Kabere 2 Muramba 1 Gasave 2 and also other in that events have sustained serious injuries.

To avert this situation all education institution need these lighting conductors since areas where some

are already existing are not affected. Other schools which have become a non-operation because of age

Scaling for also replacement.

PROJECT WORK/BUDGET

Activity Quarter1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 Operational


recurrent
costs
Installation of 30m 30m 30m 30m 120m
Lightening
arrestors
Rapid
assessment

Sector Education and Sports


190
Title of project Support of inspection and monitoring

Project code: KDLG/EDU/007

Implementing Agency KDLG

Planned expenditure 40,000,000

Secured funds 150,000,000

Recurrent Expenditure 50m

Start date July 2015

Completion date July 2016

PROJECT OBJECTIVES

1. To ensure that quality education is delivered in all Education Institutions.

Target Beneficiaries

All education institution in the District

BACKGROUND OF THE PROJECT

The government of Uganda, through the Education Act 2008 schedule 25 and 25 emphasizes on

appointment District Education officers and Inspector of school.

Their major function is to ensure that quality education an enforcement of laws are maintained in all

Education institution.

Supervision is major role that ensure that quality is attained at all levels.

TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

Involves schools visits

1. Advocacy to the communities


2. Developing of inspection and monitoring tool
3. Procurement of transport vehicle and motorcycles

PROJECT WORK/BUDGET

Activity Quarter1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 Total


Inspection 10,480,000 10,480,000 10,480,000 10,480,000 41,922,811
/monitoring
of schools
MONITORING /EVALUATION

 Conduct of self assessment tool


 Conduct of sub county meetings
 Conduct of Barazas

191
Monitoring and Evaluation Strategy: Shs.400, 000=is set aside at every site for monitoring and evaluation.

Operation and Maintenance Plan: Mobilization and sensitization about O&M will be organized every
school term.

Environmental Impact Assessment and Mitigation Measures:

Environmental Mitigation Cost Source of funding


concern
1. Gullies and soil Installing gutters and 20,000,000= Local raised.
erosion arranging reserve
tanks for tapping all
the waters.

SECTOR: EDUCATION AND SPORTS.


192
TITLE PROJECT: Peace Building among Education Institutions.

IMPLIMENTING AGENCY: -KDLG

LOCATION: DISTRICT WIDE.

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 200M

FUNDS SECURED: Nil

FUNDING GAP: 200M

START DATE: JULY 2015.

COMPLETION DATE: July 2020

PROJECT OBJECTIVES: Improve on participation and development of patriotism among learners.

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: Active clubs like scouts associations, Girl guides and boys Brigade.

PROJECT BACKGROUND AND JUSTIFICATION: The area is prone to disasters and wars. Also need to
increase ideas of patriotism among students for their fundamental rights as enshrined in the constitution.

TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION. Establishment of school gardens at every school level that grow varieties

PROJECT WORKPLAN AND BUDGET

Activity Total Operation


and
Budget Recurrent
costs.
Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4
22,0000,000 22,0000,00 22,0000,000 22,0000,00
0 0

Monitoring and Evaluation Strategy:

Operation and Maintenance Plan:

Environmental Impact Assessment and Mitigation Measures:

Environmental Mitigation Cost Source of funding


concern

Department: Education

Sector: Education (Nutrition)


193
Title project: Increasing awareness on importance of intake of nutritious diverse foods

Implementing Agency: Kisoro District Local Government

Location: All Government Aided Primary schools

Total planned expenditure: 34,000,000

Funds secured 34,000,000

Funding Gap: 0

State Date: July 2015

Completion Date June 2016

PROJECT OBJECTIVE

Promote intake of diversified nutritious food in households

Targeted beneficiaries

School going age children and households

TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION AND JUSTIFICATION

Although Kisoro District produces a lot of food which could be utilized to meet the dietary needs of its
population, much of it is sold off out side the district and returns are not utilized for dietary purposes. This
scenario has led to stunting which currently stands on 51% according to NILA of 2012.Currently only 21 out
of 140 primary schools have school garden but even those in existence are not up to the required standard.
Worse still there is no school with a nutrition club. Most pupils do not pack lunch, neither do schools prepare
lunch for their pupils. This project therefore seeks to address the problem of malnutrition among pupils and
dissemination nutrition messages among the communities. The project interventions will include;

1. Formation and orientation of nutrition clubs in schools


2. Sensitization of SMCs, PTAs HTs SMTs, SWTs STs on impotence of establishment of school
gardens
3. Establishment of school gardens
4. Advocating for school, feeding programmes in schools
5. Development and dissemination of nutrition messages

PROJECT WORKPLAN/BUDGET

Activity Quarter1 Quarter Quarter 3 Quarte Operation


2 r4 al
recurrent
costs
Formation and orientation of nutrition 4,000,000 270,000
clubs in schools

Sensitization of SMCs, PTAs HTs SMTs, 15,000,00 270,000


SWTs STs on impotence of establishment 0
of school gardens
194
Establishment of school gardens 5,000,000 270,000

Advocating for school, feeding 4,000,000 270,000


programmes in schools

Development and dissemination of 6,000,000 270,000


nutrition messages

MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY

The current M and E system for nutrition and food security indicators is weak, with minimal

and fragmented systems among sectors and development partners. To effectively track

Progress of the DNAP’s implementation and performance of the target outcome and output

Indicators, a comprehensive and integrated mult-sectoral monitoring system for nutrition as

developed by OPM will be adopted. All implementing agencies will submit annual reports in

the status of implementation and performance of target indicators to the DNCC. The DNCC

will then compile the reports to produce an annual report. An annual review meeting for the

implementing agencies and other nutrition stakeholders will be held. All implementing

agencies will submit quarterly reports in their thematic areas to the DNCC, which will

compile them and produce a quarterly report. Quarterly meetings will be held to discuss the

reports and come up with appropriate measures if implementation is slow or off track. To

evaluate the effectiveness and impact of the various programmes, interventions, and the

DNAP overall, evaluations and reviews will be conducted annually.

SECTOR: EDUCATION AND SPORTS.

TITLE PROJECT: Support to School Inspection.

IMPLIMENTING AGENCY:- KDLG


195
LOCATION: DISTRICT WIDE.

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 400M

FUNDS SECURED: 250M

FUNDING GAP: 150M

START DATE: June 2015.

COMPLETION DATE: July 1016

PROJECT OBJECTIVES:

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: At least all schools to be inspected once a term.

PROJECT BACKGROUND AND JUSTIFICATION: There is need to enhance the attainment of quality
Education in the District through monitoring and supervision.

TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION.

-School visits by Education Officials and monitors.

-Procurement of Vehicles and Motor vehicles and other relevant office equipments.

PROJECT WORKPLAN AND BUDGET

Activity Total Operation


and
Budget Recurrent
costs.
Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4
Routine School 6,568,000 6,675,000 6,234,000 6,234,000 25,123,00
Inspection. 0

Monitoring and Evaluation Strategy:

Operation and Maintenance Plan:

Environmental Impact Assessment and Mitigation Measures:

Environmental Mitigation Cost Source of funding


concern

SECTOR: EDUCATION AND SPORTS.

TITLE PROJECT: Training of SMC, PTA and Head teachers on Education policies

IMPLIMENTING AGENCY:- KDLG

196
LOCATION: DISTRICT WIDE.

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 85Million

FUNDS SECURED: 20M

FUNDING GAP: 60M

START DATE: JULY 2015.

COMPLETION DATE: July 2018.

PROJECT OBJECTIVES:

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: Members of SMC, PTA, BOG, Head teachers and Senior Women and Men
Teachers.

PROJECT BACKGROUND AND JUSTIFICATION: Since when the newly appointed members of SMCs,PTAs
and Head teachers were recruited, there has never been any opportunity for them to get training on various
education policies and guidelines. This therefore calls for the training of these stakeholders on their roles
and responsibilities .Also need to address the issue or drivers of conflicts in Education, give strategies on
how to reduce them. in relevant instruments for the sake of attaining quality education.

TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION:

PROJECT WORKPLAN AND BUDGET

Activity Total Operation


and
Budget Recurrent
costs.
Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Monitoring and Evaluation Strategy:

Operation and Maintenance Plan:

Environmental Impact Assessment and Mitigation Measures:

Environmental Mitigation Cost Source of funding


concern

TITLE PROJECT: Establishment of School Gardens.

IMPLIMENTING AGENCY:- KDLG

197
LOCATION: DISTRICT WIDE.

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 350Million

FUNDS SECURED: Nil

FUNDING GAP:

START DATE: JULY 2015.

COMPLETION DATE: July 2020.

PROJECT OBJECTIVES: To improve on the dietary issues among the learners.

To ensure production of enough food supplies in homes and schools.

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: Primary schools in the whole district.

PROJECT BACKGROUND AND JUSTIFICATION: Food security is an important aspect in deliverance of


quality Education.Kisoro District has been ranked among the worst hit by malnutrition in the country due to
lack of balanced diet. Malnutrition among the children has attributed to low academic performance as it is
manifested in results achieved at PLE/UCE and more especially to those homes where food is insufficient.

TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION:

Establishing of school gardens at every school level that grow varieties of food staff including vegetables.

Training of teachers on issues related to school gardens and include nutrition issues in the school
curriculum.

Supply of inputs like seeds, seedlings and fertilizers to increase on the yield.

Radio programmes on issues related to nutrition will be stressed.

PROJECT WORKPLAN AND BUDGET

Activity Total Operation


and
Budget Recurrent
costs.
Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Monitoring and Evaluation Strategy:

Operation and Maintenance Plan:

Environmental Impact Assessment and Mitigation Measures:

Environmental Mitigation Cost Source of funding


concern

DEPARTMENT: EDUCATION AND SPORTS.


198
SECTOR: EDUCATION AND SPORTS.

TITLE PROJECT: Development of Early Language to Infants.

IMPLIMENTING AGENCY:- KDLG

LOCATION: DISTRICT WIDE.

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 200Million

FUNDS SECURED: Nil

FUNDING GAP : Nil

START DATE: JULY 2016.

COMPLETION DATE: July 2020.

PROJECT OBJECTIVES:

1. To have teachers trained in English, Mathematics and Literacy methods.


2. To enable teachers gain skills of teaching children aged between3-5 years.

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: Primary schools in the whole district.

PROJECT BACKGROUND AND JUSTIFICATION: The teachers training in colleges have left issues of training
in language development. Also skills of teachers trained in handling the nursery children and day care givers
still lack. This alone leaves a big gap in language development for many of our children under 5 years of age
(The best period for language acquisition in a human person)

TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION: Teachers of established nursery schools in many of our primary schools.

PROJECT WORKPLAN AND BUDGET

Activity Total Operation


and
Budget Recurrent
costs.
Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Monitoring and Evaluation Strategy:

Operation and Maintenance Plan:

Environmental Impact Assessment and Mitigation Measures:

Environmental Mitigation Cost Source of funding


concern

199
SECTOR: EDUCATION AND SPORTS.

TITLE PROJECT: Expansion and Rehabilitation of secondary schools, Libraries, ICT, Laboratories and
Construction of New Classrooms and teachers’ quarters.

IMPLIMENTING AGENCY:- KDLG

LOCATION: DISTRICT WIDE.

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 4Billion

FUNDS SECURED: Nil

FUNDING GAP: Nil

START DATE: JULY 2015.

COMPLETION DATE: July 2020.

PROJECT OBJECTIVES: To have better teaching facilities improved in our schools.

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: Existing Secondary Schools which never benefited from World Bank and
African Development Bank.

PROJECT BACKGROUND AND JUSTIFICATION: The communities in the mentioned sub counties initially
started their projects to accesses Secondary Education. The facilities in place are all equipped and there is
adequate classrooms and laboratories to meet the matching standards.

TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION:

-Rehabilitate the existing infrastructures

-To expand by construction of new classrooms and laboratories.

-Procurement of Science equipments to promote teaching of science.

PROJECT WORKPLAN AND BUDGET

Activity Total Operation


and
Budget Recurrent
costs.
Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Monitoring and Evaluation Strategy:

Operation and Maintenance Plan:

Environmental Impact Assessment and Mitigation Measures:

Environmental Mitigation Cost Source of funding


concern

200
SECTOR: EDUCATION AND SPORTS.

TITLE PROJECT: Establishment of John Kale Memorial Institute of Science and Technology
(JKIST).

IMPLIMENTING AGENCY: -KDLG

LOCATION: DISTRICT WIDE.

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 350 Billion

FUNDS SECURED: 2.7Billion.

FUNDING GAP: ………………….

START DATE: January, 2015.

COMPLETION DATE: July 2019.

PROJECT OBJECTIVES:

-To equip the citizens with marketable skills.

-To provide specialized training in Agricultural Enginering, Tourism and Hotel management to youth in
Uganda, DRC Congo, Rwanda and Burundi.

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: Primary schools in the whole district.

PROJECT BACKGROUND AND JUSTIFICATION:-

The poor linkage of the Education sector and the job market has left a lot of unemployment among the
graduates at University level. This lack of employment has led to lack of trust among the University
graduates and tend to look at the University and Tertiary Education negatively.

The government wishes to establish a specialized institute in memory of John Muhima Kalekezi by providing
an institute which will promote teaching of Science and promoting Pan-African Pattern ship.

TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION: The project has got components as follows:

-Staffing and staff development for training institute.

-Physical infrastructure development.

-Research, research infrastructure innovation.

-Provisions of training and office equipment.

-Provision of ICT infrastructure, equipments and ICT park.

-Provision of fully fledged Youth centre with museum exhibiting achievements of John Kale and other Pan-
Africanists.

201
-Provision of a World Class Guest House.

The project management will be managed by Ministry of Education,Kisoro District local Government and
members of John Kale’s family.

PROJECT WORKPLAN AND BUDGET

Activity Total Operation


and
Budget Recurrent
costs.
Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Monitoring and Evaluation Strategy:

Operation and Maintenance Plan:

Environmental Impact Assessment and Mitigation Measures:

Environmental Mitigation Cost Source of funding


concern

Department Production and Marketing

Sector Commercial Services

Code KDLG /prod/10

Title Construction of Border Market at Bunagana


202
Implementing agency MTIC/ KDLG/DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS

Total planned expenditure: 15 million dollars 40 billion

Funds secured 100 million ugx (land)

Funding gap: 39.9 BILLION UGX

Start date: July 2015

Closing date: June 2016

Target beneficiaries: Cross border traders

OBJECTIVES

 To facilitate regional integration implementation program

 To improve on value chain and supply chain in the region

 To facilitate Trade in COMESA Countries

BACK GROUND

Trade is one of the key important factors for growth and social transformation through the exchange of
goods and services. Without exchange of goods and services people would remain still lacking some
necessities because different countries have different resource endowments and technologies, regional
integration would cater for harnessing all opportunities for effective production of goods and services.

TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

The project will involve the following:-

 Environmental impact assessment

 Physibility studies

 Construction works

FINANCING

Funds are expected from development agencies Donor funding World Bank through the Ministry of Trade
Industry and Cooperatives, the District will contribute land (site)

Project work plan and budget:

Activity Budget Total Operation


and
current
costs

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

203
Market 1bn 1bn 1bn 1bn 4bn
construction

Monitoring and Evaluation Strategy

Monitoring shall be done on a monthly basis and evaluation shall be done on a quarterly basis to insure that
activities are done correctly and cater for any emerging needs by the market construction committee.

Operation & maintenance plan

The market will be maintained by cross border traders in liaison with district local government

Environment Impact Assessment and Mitigation plan

The EIA was done and the mitigation plan is in place.

Environmental Mitigation measure Cost Source of funding


Concern

Water drainage Construction of water With the funders Development agency


channels

204
Department Production and Marketing

Sector Commercial Services

Code KDLG /prod/10

Title Construction of ware houses

Implementing agency MTIC /KDLG

Total planned expenditure: 4 billion

Funds secured Nil

Funding gap 4billion

Starting date July 2015

Completion date June 2016

Target beneficiaries producer market groups

OBJECTIVES

 To facilitate bulking of produce.

 To improve on value chain/addition and supply chain in the region

BACK GROUND

Ware house receipt system is one of the key important factors for growth and social transformation through
the improvement of standards and post harvest handling and bulking of produce for market attraction.
Without Ware house receipt system there would remain steel lacking some necessities lack market access
and improvement of standards to compete in regional integration market opportunities.

TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

The project will involve the following:-

 Environmental impact assessment

 feasibil studies

 Construction works
205
Project work plan and budget:

Activity Budget Total Operation


and
current
costs

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Construction 1bn 1bn 1bn 1bn 4bn 1m


of warehouse

Monitoring and Evaluation Strategy

Monitoring shall be done on a monthly basis and evaluation shall be done on a quarterly basis to insure that
activities are done correctly and cater for any emerging needs by producer marketing committees.

Operation & maintenance plan

The market will be maintained by producer marketing groups in liaison with district local government

Environment Impact Assessment and Mitigation plan

The EIA will be do and the mitigation plan will be put in place.

Environmental Mitigation measure Cost Source of funding


Concern

To be identified To be put in place With the funders Development agency

Department Production and Marketing

Sector Commercial Services

Code KDLG /prod/10

Title Construction of 9 ATM Machines to SACCO’s

Implementing agency Ministry of Finance /MTIC/KDLG

Location SACCOs headquarters

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE 5 Billion

FUNDS SECURED Nil


206
Funding gap 5bn

Starting date July 2015

Completion date June 2016

Target beneficiaries SACCO’s

OBJECTIVES

 To facilitate operations and advancement of SACCO services

 To promote financial inclusion in communities

 To facilitate financial inclusion to the community

BACK GROUND

One of the problems facing our population in financial exclusion and in this case therefore people encounter
difficulties in accessing financial services and products in the main stream market that are appropriate to
their needs and enable them to lead a normal life in the community in which they belong; in such difficult
situation the way forward is to promote financial inclusion which will play a pivotal role in changing the
economic scenario in our community.

TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

The project will involve the following:-

 Feasibility studies

 Construction work

Project work plan and budget:

Activity Budget Total Operation


and
current
costs

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Purchase of 1bn 1bn 1bn 2bn 5bn


ATM
machines

Monitoring and Evaluation Strategy

Monitoring shall be done on a monthly basis and evaluation shall be done on a quarterly basis to insure that
activities are done correctly and cater for any emerging needs by the SACCO board committees.

Operation & maintenance plan

207
The machines will be maintained by SACCO management committees.

Environment Impact Assessment and Mitigation plan

Not applicable

Environmental Mitigation measure Cost Source of funding


Concern

No serious concern N/A N/A N/A

Department Production and Marketing

Sector Commercial Services

Code KDLG /prod/10

Title purchase of heavy duty weighing scales

Implementing agency KDLG

LOCATION Kisoro Municipality(KPPIL)

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 12M

FUNDS SECURED 12M


208
Funding gap NIL

Starting date July 2015

Completion date June 2016

Target beneficiaries producer marketing groups

OBJECTIVES

 To facilitate operations and advancement of producer marketing groups

 To promote standardization of marketable products

 To facilitate marketing of produce

BACK GROUND

One of the problems facing our population is lack of standards in marketing of local produce and cheating of
local producers by middle men. The project therefore will facilitate standardization of marketing services
hence improving value for money in both producers and the buyers.

TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

The project will involve the following:-

 Feasibility studies

 Construction works

Project work plan and budget:

Activity Budget Total Operation


and
current
costs

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Purchase of 3M 3M 3M 3M 12M 2m
heavy duty
weighing
scales

Monitoring and Evaluation Strategy

Monitoring shall be done on a monthly basis and evaluation shall be done on a quarterly basis to insure that
activities are done correctly and cater for any emerging needs by the board committee.

209
Operation & maintenance plan

The machines will be maintained by management committee.

Department: Production and marketing

Sector: Fisheries

Code: KDLG/PROD/07

Title of the project: Fish production improvement project

Implementing agency: Kisoro District Local Government

Location: L. Mutandda, L, Mulehe, L. Chahafi,

L.kayumbu, 50 cages and about 250ponds in


Kisoro district

Total planned expenditure: 500,704,420

Funds secured: 324,704,420

Funding Gap: 200,000,000

Recurrent expenditure: 1,000,000

Start date: July 2015

Completion date: June 2016

Targeted beneficiaries: Fish farmers, fishers, fish mongers

Objectives

o To increase the production of fish from the existing lakes and ponds

o To improve on the nutrition level of households

o To provide employment and increase household incomes

Back ground

Although Kisoro is endowed with abundant water bodies (Lakes occupy 27.km 2 i.e. 3.77%and swamps
12km2 i.e. 17% of the total land area) there is scarcity of fresh fish. In the early 1960’s, these lakes used to
210
produce enough fish for consumption for the people of Kisoro and a surplus for sale to their neighbors. Over
years, there have been dwindling fish catches to almost no catches at all.

Technical description

o Restocking of the lakes and ponds will be done with fish fry (fingerlings) from either one of the two
sources or both.

o The department will establish a fish breeding centre (fry centre) within the district to produce fry of
Nile Tilapia (Oreochromis) and common carp (Cyprinus carpio). This method is more sustainable as
restocking will be done often as need arises.

o Selected fish farmers will be made to produce fish fingerlings for sell to the project and or farmers
for restocking

o Sensitization and training of fishermen and farmers

o Procurement and of fishing gear, patrol boats and other materials

o Acquisition of land for fry centers

o Distribution and stocking of fry in the lakes, cages and ponds

o Law enforcement and extension service delivery (management of stocked lakes and ponds)

o Fish fry supply to be tendered and sold to farmers

Project work plan and budget:

Activity Budget Total Operatio


n and
current
costs

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Restockin 108,348,80 108,348,80 108,348,80 200,000,00 500,704,42 10m


g lakes 7 7 7 0 0
and ponds

Monitoring and Evaluation Strategy

Monitoring shall be done on a monthly basis and evaluation shall be done on a quarterly basis to insure that
activities are done correctly and cater for any emerging needs.

Operation & maintenance plan

This shall majorly be done by fish farmers in conjunction with technical staff for expertise. The lakes shall
have committees comprising fishers and fishermen for proper management and sustainable exploitation.

Environment Impact Assessment and Mitigation plan

The project does not have any negative impacts on the environment.

Environmental Mitigation measure Cost Source of funding

211
Concern

No environmental N/A N/A N/A


concern

Department: Production & Marketing

Sector: Veterinary

CODE: KDLG/PROD/06

TITLE: Livestock Production

IMPLEMENTER: Kisoro District Local Government

LOCATION: District Wide

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 670,000,000

FUNDS SECURED: 123,000,000

FUNDING GAP: 570,000,000

STARTING DATE: JULY 2015

COMPLETION DATE: JUNE 2016

Targeted beneficiaries: Diary farmers

PROJECT OBJECTIVES:

 To increase the number of improved cattle stock.

 To increase productivity of milk.

 To increase quantity of milk

 To utilize land intensively.

 To improve dairy farmers income

 To improve nutrition

BACK GROUND

There are about 28,500 heads of cattle in the District of which 4,200 are of improved breed. This is only 14.7% of
the total District herd. Milk production from these animals is very low of about 1.0-2.0 litres each day per animal.

212
Milk consumption in Kisoro has of the demand for milk outweighs the supply. Land in Kisoro is fragmented and as
such big farm establishment is difficult. The only solution, therefore, is to establish zero grazing units and increase
the number of high quality animals

TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION:

The project will have the following activities:-

 Identification of beneficiaries.

 Training of beneficiaries.

 Setting up model dairy production units.

 Procure and distribute improved breeds in-calf heifers and

 Intensification of extension service delivery

Project work plan and budget:

Activity Budget Total Operation and


current costs

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Dairy 16,700,000 16,700,000 16,700,000 16,700,000 670,000,000 200,000


farming
project

Monitoring and Evaluation Strategy

The project shall be monthly monitored by sub county staff and quarterly evaluated by district staff so that
emerging challenges are addressed and lessons learnt are shared will all stakeholders.

Operation & maintenance

Operation and maintenance of the heifers and bull shall be done by the relevant beneficiaries with technical
guidance from veterinary staff.

Environment Impact Assessment and Mitigation plan:

Environmental concern Mitigation Cost Source of funding


measure

Soil erosion Zero grazing Farmer

Methane(greenhouse gas Biogas plants Donors/farmers

213
Department: Production and marketing

Sector: Agriculture

Code: KDLG/PROD/02

Title of the project: Fruit improvement project

Implementing agency: Kisoro District Local Government

Location: Kisoro district

Total planned expenditure: 45,000,000

Funds secured: 45,000,000

Funding Gap: NIL

Recurrent expenditure: 1,000,000

Start date: 01/07/2015

Completion date: 30/06/2020

Targeted beneficiaries: Farmers, Traders, processors and

Transporters

Objectives

 To improve the nutrition status of the people of kisoro


 To improve household incomes
 To create employment to the rural farmers

Back ground

Kisoro district lacks fruits; a few fruits are imported from the Democratic Republic of Congo and neighboring
districts. There’s need to diversify food production by increasing acreage under passion and apple fruit
production. This will provide more income and improved nutrition off the farmers.

Technical description

Training of farmers and staff on improved technologies in fruit production

Nursery beds/sites will be established per sub county

Provision of extension services to ensure enhanced technology transfer to farmers

Study tours will be organized for both farmers and staff to improve on their knowledge and skills

Field visits to farmers within the district will also be organized

214
Project work plan and budget:

Activity Budget Total Operation


and
current
costs

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Fruit 11 11 11 12 45 1,000,000
improvemen
t

Monitoring and Evaluation Strategy

Monitoring shall be done on a monthly basis and evaluation shall be done on a quarterly basis to insure that
activities are done correctly and cater for any emerging needs.

Operation & maintenance plan

This shall majorly be done by fish farmers in conjunction with technical staff for expertise. The lakes shall
have committees comprising fishers and fishermen for proper management and sustainable exploitation.

Environment Impact Assessment and Mitigation plan

The project does not have any negative impacts on the environment as it is in harmony it

Department: Production and marketing

Sector: Agriculture

Code: KDLG/PROD/03

Title of the project: Tea development

Implementing agency: Kisoro District Local Government

Location: Kisoro district

Total planned expenditure: 1,350,000,000

Funds secured: 1,350,000,000

Funding Gap: NIL

Recurrent expenditure: 9,000,000

Start date: July 2015

Completion date: June 2016

Targeted beneficiaries: Farmers, Traders, processors and

Transporters

215
Objectives

 To expand tea growing in kisoro as a cash crop so as to improve household incomes to eradicate
poverty
 To create jobs to the people of kisoro

Back ground

Kisoro district has no income generating cash crop. All other crops grown in kisoro are food crops, which are
mainly for home consumption. Kisoro district is a highland and therefore suitable for tea growing. Tea
growing will improve household incomes and in the long run eradicate poverty.

Technical description

The project will consist of the following components:

 Procurement of tea plantlets from tea nursery operators


 Establishment of tea nurseries in sub counties
 Training of farmer beneficiaries
 Distribution of tea seedlings
 Extension service

Project work plan and budget:

Activity Budget Total Operatio


n and
current
costs

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4


270,000,00 270,000,00 250,000,00 200,000,00 1,350,000,00 9,000,000
Procuremen 0 0 0 0 0
t of tea
seedlings

216
Monitoring and Evaluation Strategy
Monitoring shall be done on a monthly basis and evaluation shall be done on a quarterly basis to insure
that activities are done correctly and cater for any emerging needs.
Operation & maintenance plan
This shall majorly be done by fish farmers in conjunction with technical staff for expertise. The lakes
shall have committees comprising fishers and fishermen for proper management and sustainable
exploitation.
Environment Impact Assessment and Mitigation plan
The EIA shall be done and the mitigation plan will be put in place.

Environmental Mitigation measure Cost Source of funding


Concern

Pollution through use Promote use of 50,000,000 Government of Uganda


of agro chemicals environmental friendly
technologies

Dumping of polythene Sensitizing 12,000,000 Government of Uganda


bags communities and
farmers

Department: Production and marketing

Sector: Agriculture

Code: KDLG/PROD/03

Title of the project: Coffee development


Implementing agency: Kisoro District Local Government

Location: Kisoro district

Total planned expenditure: 25,000,000


217
Funds secured: 25,000,000

Funding Gap: NIL

Recurrent expenditure: 2,000,000

Start date: July 2015

Completion date: June 2016

Targeted beneficiaries: Farmers, Traders, processors and transporters

Objectives

o To expand coffee growing in kisoro as cash crop so as to improve household incomes to eradicate
poverty
o To create jobs to the people of kisoro

Back ground

Kisoro district has no income generating cash crop. All other crops grown in kisoro are food crops, which are
mainly for home consumption. Kisoro district is a highland and therefore suitable for coffee growing. Coffee
growing will improve household incomes and in the long run eradicate poverty.

Technical description

The project will consist of the following components:

 Procurement of improved seed


 Establishment of coffee nurseries in sub counties
 Training of farmer beneficiaries
 Distribution of coffee seedlings
 Extension service

Project work plan and budget:

Activity Budget Total Operation and


current costs

Quarte 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Procurement of 6,250,000 6,250,000 6,250,000 6,250,000 25,000,000 1,000,000


coffee seedlings

Monitoring and Evaluation Strategy

Monitoring shall be done on a monthly basis and evaluation shall be done on a quarterly basis to insure
that activities are done correctly and cater for any emerging needs.

Operation & maintenance plan

This shall majorly be done by fish farmers in conjunction with technical staff for expertise. The lakes
shall have committees comprising fishers and fishermen for proper management and sustainable
exploitation.

Environment Impact Assessment and Mitigation plan


218
The EIA shall be done and the mitigation plan will be put in place.

Department: Production and marketing

Sector: Agriculture

Code: KDLG/PROD/04

Title of the project: Potato Development


Implementing agency: Kisoro district

Total planned expenditure: 115,000,000

Funds secured: 115,000,000

Funding Gap: NIL

Recurrent expenditure: 2,000,000

Start date: July 2015

Completion date: June 2016

Targeted beneficiaries: Farmers, Traders, processors and

Transporters

Objectives

 To expand potato growing in Kisoro as a cash crop so as to improve household incomes to eradicate
poverty and malnutrition

 To create jobs to the people of Kisoro

Back ground

Potato growing does not only contribute food security and nutrition but also contributes to huge incomes to
households to the people of Kisoro. The soils of Kisoro and climate are very suitable for potato production.
Potatoes have ready market within Kisoro and outside and even the demand is still increasing and has never
been satisfied so increasing production and processing to avoid post harvest losses are priotised.

Technical description

219
The project will consist of the following components:

 Procurement of improved clean seed kinigi type seed

 Distribution of seed to potato farmers

 Training of farmer beneficiaries

 Linking farmers to the processor

 Extension service

Project work plan and budget:

Activity Budget Total Operatio


n and
current
costs

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

28,000,00 28,000,00 28,000,00 31,000,00 115,000,00 1,000,000


Procureme 0 0 0 0 0
nt of coffee
seedlings

Monitoring and Evaluation Strategy

Monitoring shall be done on a monthly basis and evaluation shall be done on a quarterly basis to insure
that activities are done correctly and cater for any emerging needs.

Operation & maintenance plan

This shall majorly be done by farmers in conjunction with technical staff for expertise. g

Environment Impact Assessment and Mitigation plan

EIA need to be done

Environmental Mitigation measure Cost Source of funding


Concern

Pollution by use of Sensitization of 20,000,000 Government off Uganda


agrochemicals farmers to to use
organic methods

220
Department: Production

Sector : Tourism

Title of the project: Reviewing the District Tourism Plan

Implementing agency: Kisoro District Local Government

Location: District Headquarters

Total planned expenditure: 16,500,000

Funds secured: 00

Funding Gap: 16,500,000

Recurrent expenditure: 500,000

Start date: July/2015

Completion date: June 2016

Targeted beneficiaries: District, General public and Tourists.

Project objectives:

 To diversify tourism products in the district


 To promote and market tourism in Kisoro as herb
 To profile tourism products and services through mapping

Project background and Justification:

Tourism is dynamically increasing activity which significantly contributes to economic development.


Undoubtedly tourism in the entire country and worldwide seems to have a considerable potential even for
the future. The intention to take advantage of its long-term advancement led to the establishment of the
Tourism office in KISORO. In this relation the concept is based on the current situation analysis and
contains a plan of activities aimed at sustainable tourism development in KISORO and entire country. As
to its program, the concept of tourism development corresponds with the national document “Tourism
master plan of the entire nation. The new document focuses on tourism quality and product development
in relation to the environment and nature conservation.

Technical Description:
221
The project will involve:-

 Stakeholder consultations
 Identification of tourism products
 Mapping tourism products
 Make profile

Project work plan and budget

Activity Tota Operation &


l recurrent cost

Quarter1 Quarter2 Quarter 3 Quarter4

Stakeholder 4,125,000 165,000


consultations

Identification of 4,125,000 165,000


tourism
products

Mapping 4,125,000 165,000


tourism
products

Make profile 4,125,000 165,000

Monitoring and evaluation strategy:

The M and E reports.

Stakeholder’s participation analysis

222
Department: Production and marketing

Sector: Agriculture (Nutrition)

Title project: Increasing production and consumption of diverse nutritious foods

Implementing Agency: Kisoro District Local Government

Location:

Total planned expenditure: 21,000,000

Funds secured

Funding Gap:

State Date: July 2015

Completion Date June 2016

PROJECT OBJECTIVE

To increase consumption of nutritious diverse foods among mothers, infants and young children

Targeted beneficiaries

Mothers, infants, and young children

TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION AND JUSTIFICATION

Although Kisoro District produces a lot of food which could be utilized to meet the dietary need of its
population, much of it is sold off out side the district and returns are not utilized for dietary purposes. This
scenario has led to slanting which currently stands on 51% according to NILA of 2018. This project therefore
seeks to address the problem of malnutrition among mothers ,infants and young children. The project
interventions will include;

1. Training farmers on establishment of kitchen garden, rearing of domestic animals and growing
bio fortified crops
2. Establishment of demonstrations on kitchen garden in every village
3. Follow up of farmers on adaptation of establishment of kitchen garden, rearing of domestic
animals and growing of bio fortified crops
4. Sensitization of farmers on establishment of kitchen gardens, rearing domestic animals and
growing of bio fortified crops

223
PROJECT WORKPLAN/BUDGET

Activity Quarter1 Quarter Quarter 3 Quarter Operation


2 4 al
recurrent
costs
Training farmers on establishment of
kitchen garden, rearing of domestic
animals and growing bio fortified crops

Establishment of demonstrations on
kitchen garden in every village

Follow up of farmers on adaptation of


establishment of kitchen garden, rearing
of domestic animals and growing of bio
fortified crops

Sensitization of farmers on establishment 21,000,00 840,000


of kitchen gardens, rearing domestic 0
animals and growing of bio fortified crops

MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY

The current M and E system for nutrition and food security indicators is weak, with minimal

and fragmented systems among sectors and development partners. To effectively track

Progress of the DNAP’s implementation and performance of the target outcome and output

Indicators, a comprehensive and integrated mult-sectoral monitoring system for nutrition as

developed by OPM will be adopted. All implementing agencies will submit annual reports in

the status of implementation and performance of target indicators to the DNCC. The DNCC

will then compile the reports to produce an annual report. An annual review meeting for the

implementing agencies and other nutrition stakeholders will be held. All implementing

agencies will submit quarterly reports in their thematic areas to the DNCC, which will

compile them and produce a quarterly report. Quarterly meetings will be held to discuss the

reports and come up with appropriate measures if implementation is slow or off track. To

evaluate the effectiveness and impact of the various programmes, interventions, and the

DNAP overall, evaluations and reviews will be conducted annually.

224
225
7.0 PROJECT PROFILES

DEPARTMENT: WORKS AND TECHNICAL SERVICES LTD

SUB SECTOR Roads

TITLE OF PROJECT Maintenance of District Feeder Roads

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY District

LOCATION District wide

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE 378,909,000

FUNDS SECURED: 378,909,000

FUNDING GAP

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE 88,000,000

START DATE July, 2015

COMPLETION DATE June, 2016

PROJECT OBJECTIVES:

 To increase safety of road users and reduce Vehicle operating costs.


 To reduce road user costs;
 To reduce accidents;

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: All road users

PROJECT BACKGROUNDAND JUSTIFICATION

Kisoro district has a road network of 252km classified as district feeder roads. Communities and other
travelers use these roads for doing business especially accessing markets for their produce. Others use these
roads for tourism areas in the district as well as accessing the neighboring countries of Democratic Republic
of Congo and Rwanda respectively. Most of the institutions are also accessed using these roads.

TECHINICAL DESCRIPTION

PROJECT WORK PLAN AND BUDGET

ACTIVITY BUDGET OPERATION


AND
TOTAL RECURRENT
COSTS

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Routine manual 50,482,000 50,482,000 50,482,000 50,482,00 258,506,000


maintenance of 0
roads

Routine mechanized 36,305,000 26,847,000 30,280,000 28,504,00 121,936,000

226
maintenance of 0
roads

Administrative costs 5,020,830 5,020,830 5,020,830 5,020,830 20,083,320

MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY

Regular supervision of activities of road gangs and work by road equipment will be emphasized. Field staff
will be required to produce weekly reports that will be used to produce monthly and quarterly reports to all
relevant stakeholders.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PLAN:

There shall be constant cleaning of drainage structures, Pot hole filling and bush clearing along road
shoulders using central government grant and locally raised revenue.

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION PLAN:

Environmental Mitigation measures Costs Source of funding


concern

Landslides and Construction of 40,000,000 GOU


mudslides retaining structures at
selected sections and
planting of trees`

Erosion of road sides Construction of side 50,000,000 GOU


and creation of gulley drains, provision of
culverts and off shoots

Flooding of certain Construction of 100,000,000 GOU


sections of the road bridges, culverts and
raising affected
sections

SECTOR Roads
227
TITLE OF PROJECT Rehabilitation of Community Access Roads by CAIIP- 3

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY District/Ministry of Local Government

LOCATION Murora and Muramba Subcounties

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE 3,800,000,000

FUNDS SECURED: 3,800,000,000

FUNDING GAP 00

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE 15,000,000

START DATE July, 2015

COMPLETION DATE June 2016

PROJECT OBJECTIVE:

 To enhance farmers access to markets and attract competitive prices through improvements
in rural infrastructure and their management by well mobilsed communities leading to
increased incomes

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: All Farmers in Nyarubuye, Muramba, Nyarusiza,Busanza, Kanaba and


Murora

PROJECT BACKGROUNDAND JUSTIFICATION

CIIP 3 program is designed to contribute to poverty reduction and economic growth in Uganda through
enhance commercialization of agriculture. This is achieved through improvements in rural infrastructure
including roads, rural markets and agro processing facilities. The program in Kisoro is being implemented in
two subcounties of Murora and Muramba but has road projects that have extended to other subcounties of
Kanaba, Nyarusiza, Nyarubuye and Busanza to have a meaningful project that is complete.

TECHINICAL DESCRIPTION

Works shall include bush clearing, exaction to reduced levels, installation of drainage structures, gravelling
and tree planting.

PROJECT WORK PLAN AND BUDGET

ACTIVITY BUDGET OPERATION


AND
TOTAL RECURRENT
COSTS

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Rehabilitation of 950,000,00 950,000,000 950,000,000 950,000,00 3,800,000,000 15,000,000


Community Access 0 0
Roads

Administrative 2,000,000 2,000,000 2,000,000 2,000,000 8,000,000 320,000


costs

MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY


228
Regular supervision of contractors by both the district leadership and Ministry of Local Government
officials.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PLAN:

The district shall maintain the roads by employing road gangs to work on maintenance of drainage
structures, pot hole filling , bush clearing and opening of mitre and side drains.

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION PLAN:

Environmental Mitigation measures Costs Source of funding


concern

Erosion of road sides Construction of side 450,000,000 GOU


and creation of gulley drains, provision of
culverts and off shoots

Flooding of certain Construction of 568,000,000 GOU


sections of the road bridges, culverts and
raising affected
sections

229
DEPARTMENT: WORKS AND TECHNICAL SERVICES LTD

SECTOR Buildings

TITLE OF PROJECT Phased completion of Kisoro Administration Block Offices Wing (IV)

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY Kisoro District Local Government

LOCATION District Head Quarters

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE 98,000,000

FUNDS SECURED: 98,000,000

FUNDING GAP Nil

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE 3,920,000

START DATE July, 2015

COMPLETION DATE June, 2016

PROJECT OBJECTIVES:

To accommodate Technical Staff and Political leaders

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: Technical staff and Political leaders

PROJECT BACKGROUNDAND JUSTIFICATION

Kisoro District Administration has an old council hall and overtime the number of both political leaders and
staff has been increasing and necessitating an increase in office staff

TECHINICAL DESCRIPTION

Kisoro Administration offices is a two story building with an approximately area of 500sq. metres. The
remaining works to be done in the 1st year of this plan will include:-

 Roofing
 Drainage and Plumbing and installation of sanitary fittings i
 Installation of electricity
 External and internal finishes

PROJECT WORK PLAN AND BUDGET

ACTIVITY BUDGET OPERATION


AND
TOTAL RECURRENT
COSTS

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Roofing 30,500,000 30,500,000 30,500,000 30,500,00 122,000,000 4,880,000


0

Drainage and 20,000,000 20,000,000 20,000,000 20,000,00 80,000,000 3,200,000

230
Plumbing and 0
installation of
sanitary fittings

Installation of 10,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,00 40,000,000 1,600,000


electricity 0

MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY

The District has appointed a project manager who will monitor and supervise the implementation of the
project.

DEPARTMENT: WORKS AND TECHNICAL SERVICES

SECTOR Buildings

TITLE OF PROJECT Construction of Agro - Processing Shelters

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY Kisoro District Local Government

LOCATION: Muramba Parish, Muramba S/C and Chibumba Parish Murora


S/County.

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE 360,000,000

FUNDS SECURED: 360,000,000

FUNDING GAP Nil

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE 14,400,000

START DATE July, 2015

COMPLETION DATE June, 2016

PROJECT OBJECTIVES:

To add value to locally produced maize for easy marketing.

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: District and regional beneficiaries

PROJECT BACKGROUNDAND JUSTIFICATION

There has been frequent price fluctuations of maize produce and farmers have been experiencing post
harvest losses. The Government of Uganda therefore designed this project to assist farmers benefit from
improved prices as a result of value addition.

TECHINICAL DESCRIPTION

The construction of Agro- Processing Shelters shall include :-

 Construction of maize mil


 Construction of drying slab
 Construction of 2 stance pit latrine
 Construction of generator house
 Construction of waste bean
231
PROJECT WORK PLAN AND BUDGET

ACTIVITY BUDGET TOTAL OPERATION


AND
RECURRENT
COSTS

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Construction of 60,000,000 60,000,000 60,000,000 60,000,00 240,000,000 9,600,000


maize mil 0

Construction of 10,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,00 40,000,000 1,600,000


drying slab 0

Construction of 2 10,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,00 40,000,000 1,600,000


stance pit latrine 0

Construction of 5,000,000 5,000,000 5,000,000 5,000,000 20,000,000 800,000


generator house

Construction of 5,000,000 5,000,000 5,000,000 5,000,000 20,000,000 800,000


waste bean

MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY

The District has appointed a project manager who will monitor and supervise the implementation of the
project.

232
DEPARTMENT: WORKS AND TECHNICAL SERVICES

SECTOR Mechanical

TITLE OF PROJECT Maintenance of equipment

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY Kisoro District Local Government and Mbarara Regional workshop

LOCATION District Headquarters

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE 67,000,000

FUNDS SECURED: 67,000,000

FUNDING GAP Nil

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE 2,880,000

START DATE July, 2015

COMPLETION DATE June, 2016

PROJECT OBJECTIVES:

To have sound vehicles and motorcycles

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: District Technical Staff and the whole community of Kisoro District

PROJECT BACKGROUNDAND JUSTIFICATION

There is constant breakdown of vehicles and plants and deprecation which requires replacements and
repairs .

TECHINICAL DESCRIPTION

The District shall carry out repairs and maintenance of vehicles and plants using pre-qualified service
providers under framework contract.

PROJECT WORK PLAN AND BUDGET

ACTIVITY BUDGET TOTAL OPERATION


AND
RECURRENT
COSTS

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Maintenance of 16,750,000 16,750,000 16,750,000 16,750,00 67,000,000 2,800,000


equipment 0

MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY

The District has appointed a project manager who will monitor and supervise the maintenance and repairs
of vehicles and plants.

233
DEPARTMENT Works and Technical Services

SECTOR Water Sector

TITLE OF PROJECT Protection of 20 springs

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY Kisoro District Local Government

LOCATION Kirundo, Busanza, Nyarubuye, Nyundo, Bukimbiri and Nyabwishenya


S/C’s

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 77,000,000 Shillings

FUNDS SECURED: 77,000,000 Shillings

FUNDING GAP: Nil

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE: 3,454,000 shillings

START DATE: 2015

COMPLETION DATE: 2020

PROJECT OBJECTIVES:

 To have incidences of water and sanitation related diseases reduced through safe water provisions and
hygiene Education
 To have adequate supply of water for both human and animal consumption.

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: Men, women and Children with in the project area

PROJECT BACKGROUNDAND JUSTIFICATION

A demand driven approach is used in the allocation of the protected springs whereby the communities
identify and apply for the facilities. The departmental staff verifies the applications and the sites applied for
and the applications are approved or rejected depending on the need, the availability of funds and other
critical requirements.

Among the critical requirements considered for the approval of the project applied for include the ability of
the communities to contribute towards capital contribution, nearness to other alternative water sources,
sanitation and hygiene of the intended community beneficiaries, willingness to own, operate and maintain
the protected water source, meaningful involvement of women, settlement of land conflict and signing the
memorandum of understanding

TECHINICAL DESCRIPTION

234
Spring protection involves intake construction, construction of wing walls, stone pitching, outlet pipe installation and

fencing. It also involves sanitation promotion and hygiene education springs 20 springs are to be protected in the

2015/2016 Financial Year.

Spring protection will be done by local contractors under the supervision of Kisoro District Administration (Water

Department).

PROJECT WORK PLAN AND BUDGET

ACTIVITY BUDGET OPERATION


AND
Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 TOTAL RECURRENT
COSTS

Spring 17,270,00 17,270,000 17,270,00 17,270,00 69,080,00 3,454,000


Protection 0 0 0 0

MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY

Community involvement is ensured at all levels of project implementation i.e. spring identification,
construction, commissioning and payment of the completed project. The LC 1 Chairpersons and the Sub
County Chiefs are made to sign the acknowledgement of physical accountability before any payment is made.
After the six months defects liability period, again the LC 1 Chairpersons and the Sub County Chiefs are made
to sign the confirmation of no defects form to satisfy that the spring is still in good condition.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PLAN:

Water source committee are involved in the source identification, planning, implementation and programme
maintenance.

Establishment and training of water and sanitation committees, water source care takers on their roles and
responsibilities, Commissioning and hand over of the completed projects to the community beneficiaries will
be done. The communities will be encouraged to pay the water user fee for maintaining the installed
facilities.

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION PLAN:

Environmental Mitigation measures Costs Source of


concern funding

Erosion around the Reinstate the grass approximately 2,000,000 PAF


water source along the banks

Water contamination Provide the fence around the spring 2,000,000 PAF
by domestic animals

Stagnation around the Excavate channel for excess water and 3,000,000 PAF
water source set aside material for future use

235
DEPARTMENT Works and Technical Services

SECTOR Water Sector

TITLE OF PROJECT Construction of Gasovu Gravity Flow scheme (Phase II)

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY Kisoro District Local Government

LOCATION Nyabwishenya Sub County

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 79,637,235 Shillings

FUNDS SECURED: 79,637,235 Shillings

FUNDING GAP: Nil

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE: 7,963,724 shillings

START DATE: June 2015

COMPLETION DATE: July 2016

PROJECT OBJECTIVES:

 To have incidences of water and sanitation related diseases reduced through safe water provisions and
hygiene Education
 To have adequate supply of water for both human and animal consumption.

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: Men, women and Children with in the project area

PROJECT BACKGROUNDAND JUSTIFICATION

A demand driven approach is used in the allocation and approval of the gravity flow schemes whereby the
communities identify and apply for the facilities. The departmental staff verifies the applications based on
whether they fulfil critical requirements.

Among the critical requirements considered for the approval of the project applied for include the ability of
the communities to contribute towards capital contribution, walking distances to the existing safe wate
sources, sanitation and hygiene of the intended community beneficiaries, willingness to own, operate and
maintain the implemented piped water supply systems, meaningful involvement of women, settlement of
land conflict and signing the memorandum of understanding

TECHINICAL DESCRIPTION

Construction of the above piped water supply scheme will involve construction of eleven tap stands, trench
excavation, laying and back filling of the pipe line for the planned gravity flow scheme

PROJECT WORK PLAN AND BUDGET

ACTIVITY BUDGET OPERATION


AND
Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 TOTAL RECURRENT
COSTS

GFS 19,909,309 19,909,309 19,909,309 19,909,309 79,637,235 7,963,724


Construction

236
MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY

Community involvement is ensured at all levels of project implementation i.e. project identification,
construction, commissioning and payment of the completed project. The LC 1 Chairpersons and the Sub
County Chiefs are made to sign the acknowledgement of physical accountability before any payment is made.
After the six months defects liability period, again the LC 1 Chairpersons and the Sub County Chiefs are made
to sign the confirmation of no defects form to satisfy that the spring is still in good condition.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PLAN:

Water source committee are involved in the source identification, planning, implementation and programme
maintenance.

Establishment and training of water and sanitation committees, water source care takers on their roles and
responsibilities, commissioning and hand over of the completed projects to the community beneficiaries will
be done. The communities will be encouraged to pay the water user fee for maintaining the installed
facilities.

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION PLAN:

Environmental Mitigation measures Costs Source of


concern funding

Erosion around the Reinstate the grass approximately Nil PAF


water source along the banks

Water contamination Provide the fence around the spring Nil PAF
by domestic animals

Stagnation around the Excavate channel for excess water and Nil PAF
water source set aside material for future use

Water contamination Provide the fence around the tapstand Nil PAF
by domestic animals

Stagnation around the Excavate channel for the wasted water 1,100,000 PAF
Tapstand

237
DEPARTMENT Works and Technical Services

SECTOR Water Sector

TITLE OF PROJECT Extension of Gitebe GFS to Rwanoni Village

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY Kisoro District Local Government

LOCATION Chahi Sub County

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 31,475,244 Shillings

FUNDS SECURED: 31,475,244 Shillings

FUNDING GAP: Nil

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE: 3,147,524 shillings

START DATE: June 2015

COMPLETION DATE: July 2016

PROJECT OBJECTIVES:

 To have incidences of water and sanitation related diseases reduced through safe water provisions and
hygiene Education
 To have adequate supply of water for both human and animal consumption.

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: Men, women and Children with in the project area

PROJECT BACKGROUNDAND JUSTIFICATION

A demand driven approach is used in the allocation and approval of the gravity flow schemes whereby the
communities identify and apply for the facilities. The departmental staff verifies the applications based on
whether they fulfil critical requirements.

Among the critical requirements considered for the approval of the project applied for include the ability of
the communities to contribute towards capital contribution, walking distances to the existing safe wate
sources, sanitation and hygiene of the intended community beneficiaries, willingness to own, operate and
maintain the implemented piped water supply systems, meaningful involvement of women, settlement of
land conflict and signing the memorandum of understanding

TECHINICAL DESCRIPTION

Construction of the above piped water supply scheme will involve construction of two tap stands, trench
excavation, laying and back filling of the pipe line for the planned gravity flow scheme

PROJECT WORK PLAN AND BUDGET

ACTIVITY BUDGET OPERATION


AND
Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 TOTAL RECURRENT
COSTS

GFS 7,868,811 7,868,811 7,868,811 7,868,811 31,475,244 3,147,524


Construction

238
MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY

Community involvement is ensured at all levels of project implementation i.e. project identification,
construction, commissioning and payment of the completed project. The LC 1 Chairpersons and the Sub
County Chiefs are made to sign the acknowledgement of physical accountability before any payment is made.
After the six months defects liability period, again the LC 1 Chairpersons and the Sub County Chiefs are made
to sign the confirmation of no defects form to satisfy that the spring is still in good condition.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PLAN:

Water source committee are involved in the source identification, planning, implementation and programme
maintenance.

Establishment and training of water and sanitation committees, water source care takers on their roles and
responsibilities, commissioning and hand over of the completed projects to the community beneficiaries will
be done. The communities will be encouraged to pay the water user fee for maintaining the installed
facilities.

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION PLAN:

Environmental Mitigation measures Costs Source of


concern funding

Erosion around the Reinstate the grass approximately Nil PAF


water source along the banks

Water contamination Provide the fence around the spring Nil PAF
by domestic animals

Stagnation around the Excavate channel for excess water and Nil PAF
water source set aside material for future use

Water contamination Provide the fence around the tapstand Nil PAF
by domestic animals

Stagnation around the Excavate channel for the wasted water 200,000 PAF
Tapstand

239
DEPARTMENT Works and Technical Services

SECTOR Water Sector

TITLE OF PROJECT Extension of Mwihe B GFS to Kaboko Primary School

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY Kisoro District Local Government

LOCATION Nyakinama Sub County

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 34,475,416 Shillings

FUNDS SECURED: 34,475,416 Shillings

FUNDING GAP: Nil

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE: 3,447,542 shillings

START DATE: June 2015

COMPLETION DATE: July 2016

PROJECT OBJECTIVES:

 To have incidences of water and sanitation related diseases reduced through safe water provisions and
hygiene Education
 To have adequate supply of water for both human and animal consumption.

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: Men, women and Children with in the project area

PROJECT BACKGROUNDAND JUSTIFICATION

A demand driven approach is used in the allocation and approval of the gravity flow schemes whereby the
communities identify and apply for the facilities. The departmental staff verifies the applications based on
whether they fulfil critical requirements.

Among the critical requirements considered for the approval of the project applied for include the ability of
the communities to contribute towards capital contribution, walking distances to the existing safe wate
sources, sanitation and hygiene of the intended community beneficiaries, willingness to own, operate and
maintain the implemented piped water supply systems, meaningful involvement of women, settlement of
land conflict and signing the memorandum of understanding

TECHINICAL DESCRIPTION

Construction of the above piped water supply scheme will involve construction of two tap stands, trench
excavation, laying and back filling of the pipe line for the planned gravity flow scheme

PROJECT WORK PLAN AND BUDGET

ACTIVITY BUDGET OPERATION


AND
Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 TOTAL RECURRENT
COSTS

GFS 8,618,854 8,618,854 8,618,854 8,618,854 34,475,416 3,447,542


Construction

240
MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY

Community involvement is ensured at all levels of project implementation i.e. project identification,
construction, commissioning and payment of the completed project. The LC 1 Chairpersons and the Sub
County Chiefs are made to sign the acknowledgement of physical accountability before any payment is made.
After the six months defects liability period, again the LC 1 Chairpersons and the Sub County Chiefs are made
to sign the confirmation of no defects form to satisfy that the spring is still in good condition.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PLAN:

Water source committee are involved in the source identification, planning, implementation and programme
maintenance.

Establishment and training of water and sanitation committees, water source care takers on their roles and
responsibilities, commissioning and hand over of the completed projects to the community beneficiaries will
be done. The communities will be encouraged to pay the water user fee for maintaining the installed
facilities.

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION PLAN:

Environmental Mitigation measures Costs Source of


concern funding

Erosion around the Reinstate the grass approximately Nil PAF


water source along the banks

Water contamination Provide the fence around the spring Nil PAF
by domestic animals

Stagnation around the Excavate channel for excess water and Nil PAF
water source set aside material for future use

Water contamination Provide the fence around the tapstand Nil PAF
by domestic animals

Stagnation around the Excavate channel for the wasted water 200,000 PAF
Tapstand

241
DEPARTMENT Works and Technical Services

SECTOR Water Sector

TITLE OF PROJECT Design of Kalenganyambi Gravity Flow Scheme

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY Kisoro District Local Government

LOCATION Rubuguri Parish, Kirundo Sub County

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 19,200,000 Shillings

FUNDS SECURED: 19,200,000 Shillings

FUNDING GAP: Nil

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE: Nil

START DATE: June 2015

COMPLETION DATE: July 2016

PROJECT OBJECTIVES:

 To have a proposal in place for use in mobilization of funds for financial support
 To have adequate supply of water for both human and animal consumption.

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: Men, women and Children with in the project area

PROJECT BACKGROUNDAND JUSTIFICATION

A demand driven approach is used in the allocation and approval of the gravity flow schemes whereby the
communities identify and apply for the facilities. The departmental staff verifies the applications based on
whether they fulfil critical requirements.

Among the critical requirements considered for the approval of the project applied for include the ability of
the communities to contribute towards capital contribution, walking distances to the existing safe wate
sources, sanitation and hygiene of the intended community beneficiaries, willingness to own, operate and
maintain the implemented piped water supply systems, meaningful involvement of women, settlement of
land conflict and signing the memorandum of understanding

ECHINICAL DESCRIPTION

Design of the above proposed piped water supply scheme will involve detailed topographic survey, design
and documentation of the proposed scheme.

PROJECT WORK PLAN AND BUDGET

ACTIVITY BUDGET OPERATION


AND
Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 TOTAL RECURRENT
COSTS

GFS Design 19,200,000 19,200,000 Nil

242
MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY

Community involvement is ensured at all levels of project implementation i.e. project identification, Survey
and documentation of the proposed scheme

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PLAN:

Water source committee are involved in the source identification, planning, implementation and programme
maintenance.

Establishment and training of water and sanitation committees, water source care takers on their roles and
responsibilities, commissioning and hand over of the completed projects to the community beneficiaries will
be done. The communities will be encouraged to pay the water user fee for maintaining the installed
facilities.

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION PLAN:

This will be included in the project report submitted by the consultant

DEPARTMENT Works and Technical Services


243
SECTOR Water Sector

TITLE OF PROJECT Construction of Mumateke GFS (Phase I)

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY Kisoro District Local Government

LOCATION Murora Sub County

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 148.868,193 Shillings

FUNDS SECURED: 148,868,193 Shillings

FUNDING GAP: Nil

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE: 7,443,410 shillings

START DATE: June 2015

COMPLETION DATE: July 2016

PROJECT OBJECTIVES:

 To have incidences of water and sanitation related diseases reduced through safe water provisions and
hygiene Education
 To have adequate supply of water for both human and animal consumption.

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: Men, women and Children with in the project area

PROJECT BACKGROUNDAND JUSTIFICATION

A demand driven approach is used in the allocation and approval of the gravity flow schemes whereby the
communities identify and apply for the facilities. The departmental staff verifies the applications based on
whether they fulfil critical requirements.

Among the critical requirements considered for the approval of the project applied for include the ability of
the communities to contribute towards capital contribution, walking distances to the existing safe wate
sources, sanitation and hygiene of the intended community beneficiaries, willingness to own, operate and
maintain the implemented piped water supply systems, meaningful involvement of women, settlement of
land conflict and signing the memorandum of understanding

TECHINICAL DESCRIPTION

Construction of the above piped water supply scheme will involve source protection, reservoir tank
construction, construction of four tap stands, trench excavation, laying and back filling of the pipe line for the
planned gravity flow scheme

PROJECT WORK PLAN AND BUDGET

ACTIVITY BUDGET OPERATION


AND
Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 TOTAL RECURRENT
COSTS

GFS 37,217,04 37,217,04 37,217,04 37,217,04 148,868,19 7,443,410


Construction 8 8 8 8 3

MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY

244
Community involvement is ensured at all levels of project implementation i.e. project identification,
construction, commissioning and payment of the completed project. The LC 1 Chairpersons and the Sub
County Chiefs are made to sign the acknowledgement of physical accountability before any payment is made.
After the six months defects liability period, again the LC 1 Chairpersons and the Sub County Chiefs are made
to sign the confirmation of no defects form to satisfy that the spring is still in good condition.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PLAN:

Water source committee are involved in the source identification, planning, implementation and programme
maintenance.

Establishment and training of water and sanitation committees, water source care takers on their roles and
responsibilities, commissioning and hand over of the completed projects to the community beneficiaries will
be done. The communities will be encouraged to pay the water user fee for maintaining the installed
facilities.

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION PLAN:

Environmental Mitigation measures Costs Source of


concern funding

Erosion around the Reinstate the grass approximately 600,000 PAF


water source along the banks

Water contamination Provide the fence around the spring 2,000,000 PAF
by domestic animals

Stagnation around the Excavate channel for excess water and 700,000 PAF
water source set aside material for future use

Water contamination Provide the fence around the tapstand Nil PAF
by domestic animals

Stagnation around the Excavate channel for the wasted water 400,000 PAF
Tapstand

DEPARTMENT Works and Technical Services

245
SECTOR Water Sector

TITLE OF PROJECT Construction of Kaatera GFS (Phase I)

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY Kisoro District Local Government

LOCATION Nyarubuye Sub County

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 84,590,931 Shillings

FUNDS SECURED: 84,590,931 Shillings

FUNDING GAP: Nil

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE: 4,229,547 shillings

START DATE: June 2015

COMPLETION DATE: July 2016

PROJECT OBJECTIVES:

 To have incidences of water and sanitation related diseases reduced through safe water provisions and
hygiene Education
 To have adequate supply of water for both human and animal consumption.

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: Men, women and Children with in the project area

PROJECT BACKGROUNDAND JUSTIFICATION

A demand driven approach is used in the allocation and approval of the gravity flow schemes whereby the
communities identify and apply for the facilities. The departmental staff verifies the applications based on
whether they fulfil critical requirements.

Among the critical requirements considered for the approval of the project applied for include the ability of
the communities to contribute towards capital contribution, walking distances to the existing safe wate
sources, sanitation and hygiene of the intended community beneficiaries, willingness to own, operate and
maintain the implemented piped water supply systems, meaningful involvement of women, settlement of
land conflict and signing the memorandum of understanding

TECHINICAL DESCRIPTION

Construction of the above piped water supply scheme will involve source protection, reservoir tank
construction, construction of four tap stands, trench excavation, laying and back filling of the pipe line for the
planned gravity flow scheme

PROJECT WORK PLAN AND BUDGET

ACTIVITY BUDGET OPERATION


AND
Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 TOTAL RECURRENT
COSTS

GFS 21,147,73 21,147,73 21,147,73 21,147,73 84,590,931 4,229,547


Construction 2 2 2 2

MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY

246
Community involvement is ensured at all levels of project implementation i.e. project identification,
construction, commissioning and payment of the completed project. The LC 1 Chairpersons and the Sub
County Chiefs are made to sign the acknowledgement of physical accountability before any payment is made.
After the six months defects liability period, again the LC 1 Chairpersons and the Sub County Chiefs are made
to sign the confirmation of no defects form to satisfy that the spring is still in good condition.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PLAN:

Water source committee are involved in the source identification, planning, implementation and programme
maintenance.

Establishment and training of water and sanitation committees, water source care takers on their roles and
responsibilities, commissioning and hand over of the completed projects to the community beneficiaries will
be done. The communities will be encouraged to pay the water user fee for maintaining the installed
facilities.

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION PLAN:

Environmental Mitigation measures Costs Source of


concern funding

Erosion around the Reinstate the grass approximately 600,000 PAF


water source along the banks

Water contamination Provide the fence around the spring 2,000,000 PAF
by domestic animals

Stagnation around the Excavate channel for excess water and 700,000 PAF
water source set aside material for future use

Water contamination Provide the fence around the tapstand Nil PAF
by domestic animals

Stagnation around the Excavate channel for the wasted water 400,000 PAF
Tapstand

DEPARTMENT Works and Technical Services

247
SECTOR Water Sector

TITLE OF PROJECT Construction of 5 communal rain water harvesting tanks

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY Kisoro District Local Government

LOCATION: Kinyababa, Mugombwa, Gasuri, Chondo and Matyazo villages in Chahi,


Nyabwishenya, Muramba, Nyarusiza and Nyundo Sub Counties
respectively

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 151,611,000 Shillings

FUNDS SECURED: 151,611,000 Shillings

FUNDING GAP: Nil

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE: 7,580,550 shillings

START DATE: June 2015

COMPLETION DATE: July 2020

PROJECT OBJECTIVES:

 To have incidences of water and sanitation related diseases reduced through safe water provisions and
hygiene Education
 To have adequate supply of water for both human and animal consumption.

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: Men, Women and children with in the water stressed villages

PROJECT BACKGROUNDAND JUSTIFICATION

A demand driven approach is used in the allocation of the communal tanks whereby the communities apply
for such facilities. The departmental staff verifies the applications and the sites applied for and the
applications are approved or rejected depending on the need. .

TECHINICAL DESCRIPTION

Rain water harvesting involves tank construction and roof catchment and installation of gutters for
collecting water from the roof. Also involved is sanitation promotion and hygiene education.

Stone masonry rain water harvesting tank construction of 30,000 litres together with roof catchment each
will be done by private contractors under the supervision of Kisoro District Administration staff from water
department

PROJECT WORK PLAN AND BUDGET

ACTIVITY BUDGET OPERATION


AND
Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 TOTAL RECURRENT
COSTS

Construction 37,902,75 37,902,75 37,902,75 37,902,75 151,611,000 7,580,550


al rain 0 0 0 0
water tanks

MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY

248
Community involvement is ensured at all levels of project implementation i.e. site identification,
construction, commissioning and payment of the completed project. The LC 1 Chairpersons and the Sub
County Chiefs are made to sign the acknowledgement of physical accountability before any payment is made.
After the six months defects liability period, again the LC 1 Chairpersons and the Sub County Chiefs are made
to sign the confirmation of no defects form to satisfy that the tank is still in good condition.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PLAN:

The c is involved in the site community beneficiaries are involved in site selection, planning, implementation and
programme maintenance.

Establishment and training of water and sanitation committees, water source care takers on their roles and
responsibilities, Commissioning and hander over of the completed projects to the community beneficiaries
will be done. The communities will be encouraged to pay the water user fee for maintaining the installed
facilities.

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION PLAN:

Environmental Mitigation measures Costs Source of


concern funding

Accumulated dust Provide inspection chambers and 5,000,000 PAF


within the tank washout pipes

Water contamination Provide the first flush to the guttering 1,000,000 PAF
due to accumulated system
dust from the roof

Stagnation around the Excavate channel for excess water and 2,000,000 PAF
tank set aside material for future use

DEPARTMENT Works and Technical Services


249
SECTOR Water Sector

TITLE OF PROJECT Construction of 3 Institutional rain water harvesting tanks

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY Kisoro District Local Government

LOCATION: Gifumba, Gakenke and Kaihumure P/Schools in Kanaba, Nyakabande


and Bukimbiri Sub Counties

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 25,580,001 Shillings

FUNDS SECURED: 25,580,001 Shillings

FUNDING GAP: Nil

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE: 1,279,000 shillings

START DATE: June 2015

COMPLETION DATE: July 2020

PROJECT OBJECTIVES:

 To have incidences of water and sanitation related diseases reduced through safe water provisions and
hygiene Education
 To have adequate supply of water for both human and animal consumption.

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: Primary school children in water stressed schools

PROJECT BACKGROUNDAND JUSTIFICATION

A demand driven approach is used in the allocation of the institutional tanks whereby the schools apply for
such facilities. The departmental staff verifies the applications and the sites applied for and the applications
are approved or rejected depending on the need. .

TECHINICAL DESCRIPTION

Ferrocement rain water harvesting tank construction and installation of gutters for collecting water from
the roof is planned for institutions. Also involved is sanitation promotion and hygiene education.

Rain water harvesting tank construction of 10,000 litres each will be done by private contractors under the
supervision of Kisoro District Administration staff from water department

Institutional tank construction will be done by local contractors under the supervision of Kisoro District Administration
(Water Department).

PROJECT WORK PLAN AND BUDGET

ACTIVITY BUDGET OPERATION


AND
Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 TOTAL RECURRENT
COSTS

Institutional 6,395,000 6,395,000 6,395,000 6,395,000 25,580,00 1,279,000


tank 1
construction

MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY


250
The School administration will be involved at all levels of project implementation i.e. application for the tank
construction, commissioning and payment of the completed project. The headmaster and the Sub County
Chiefs are made to sign the acknowledgement of physical accountability before any payment is made. After
the six months defects liability period, again the Headmaster and the Sub County Chiefs are made to sign the
confirmation of no defects form to satisfy that the tank is still in good condition.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PLAN:

The School Administration is involved in the site selection, planning, implementation and programme maintenance.

Establishment and training of the tank management committees on their roles and responsibilities,
Commissioning and hander over of the completed projects to the School administration

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION PLAN:

Environmental Mitigation measures Costs Source of


concern funding

Accumulated dust Provide inspection chambers and 3,000,000 PAF


within the tank washout pipes

Water contamination Provide the first flush to the guttering 1,000,000 PAF
due to accumulated system
dust from the roof

Stagnation around the Excavate channel for excess water and 1,200,000 PAF
tank set aside material for future use

DEPARTMENT Works and Technical Services

251
SECTOR Water Sector

TITLE OF PROJECT Study and design of pumped water supply systems

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY Kisoro District Local Government

LOCATION Chuho, Nkanka and Lake Mulehe

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 100,000,000 Shillings

FUNDS SECURED: Nil Shillings

FUNDING GAP: Nil

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE: 5,000,000

START DATE: June 2015

COMPLETION DATE: July 2016

PROJECT OBJECTIVES:

 To have a proposal in place for use in mobilization of funds for financial support
 To have adequate supply of water for both human and animal consumption.

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: Men, women and Children with in the project area

PROJECT BACKGROUNDAND JUSTIFICATION

A demand driven approach is used in the allocation and approval of the pumped water supply systems
whereby the communities identify and apply for the facilities. The departmental staff verifies the
applications based on whether they fulfil critical requirements.

Among the critical requirements considered for the approval of the project applied for include the ability of
the communities to contribute towards capital contribution, walking distances to the existing safe wate
sources, sanitation and hygiene of the intended community beneficiaries, willingness to own, operate and
maintain the implemented piped water supply systems, meaningful involvement of women, settlement of
land conflict and signing the memorandum of understanding

TECHINICAL DESCRIPTION

Design of the above proposed piped water supply scheme will involve detailed topographic survey, design
and documentation of the proposed scheme.

PROJECT WORK PLAN AND BUDGET

ACTIVITY BUDGET OPERATION


AND
Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 TOTAL RECURRENT
COSTS

GFS Design 50,000,000 50,000,00 100,000,000 Nil


0

MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY

252
Community involvement is ensured at all levels of project implementation i.e. project identification, Survey
and documentation of the proposed scheme

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PLAN:

Water source committee are involved in the source identification, planning, implementation and programme
maintenance.

Establishment and training of water and sanitation committees, water source care takers on their roles and
responsibilities, commissioning and hand over of the completed projects to the community beneficiaries will
be done. The communities will be encouraged to pay the water user fee for maintaining the installed
facilities.

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION PLAN:

This will be included in the project report submitted by the consultant

DEPARTMENT Works and Technical Services

SECTOR Water Sector


253
TITLE OF PROJECT Promotion of communal rain water harvesting tanks

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY Kisoro District Local Government

LOCATION: Muramba, Nyarusiza, Chahi, Bukimbiri, Nyabwishenya and Nyundo


S/C’s

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 385,000,000 Shillings

FUNDS SECURED: Nil

FUNDING GAP: 385,000,000 Shillings

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE: 19,250,000 shillings

START DATE: June 2015

COMPLETION DATE: July 2020

PROJECT OBJECTIVES:

 To have incidences of water and sanitation related diseases reduced through safe water provisions and
hygiene Education
 To have adequate supply of water for both human and animal consumption.

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: Men, Women and children with in the water stressed villages

PROJECT BACKGROUNDAND JUSTIFICATION

A demand driven approach is used in the allocation of the communal tanks whereby the communities apply
for such facilities. The departmental staff verifies the applications and the sites applied for and the
applications are approved or rejected depending on the need. .

TECHINICAL DESCRIPTION

Rain water harvesting involves tank construction and roof catchment and installation of gutters for
collecting water from the roof. Also involved is sanitation promotion and hygiene education.

Stone masonry rain water harvesting tank construction of 30,000 litres together with roof catchment each
will be done by private contractors under the supervision of Kisoro District Administration staff from water
department

PROJECT WORK PLAN AND BUDGET

ACTIVITY BUDGET OPERATION


AND
Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 TOTAL RECURRENT
COSTS

Promotion of 96,250,00 96,250,00 96,250,00 96,250,00 385,000,000 19,250,000


rain water 0 0 0 0
tanks

MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY

254
Community involvement is ensured at all levels of project implementation i.e. site identification,
construction, commissioning and payment of the completed project. The LC 1 Chairpersons and the Sub
County Chiefs are made to sign the acknowledgement of physical accountability before any payment is made.
After the six months defects liability period, again the LC 1 Chairpersons and the Sub County Chiefs are made
to sign the confirmation of no defects form to satisfy that the tank is still in good condition.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PLAN:

This involved in the site community beneficiaries are involved in site selection, planning, implementation and
programme maintenance.

Establishment and training of water and sanitation committees, water source care takers on their roles and
responsibilities, Commissioning and hander over of the completed projects to the community beneficiaries
will be done. The communities will be encouraged to pay the water user fee for maintaining the installed
facilities.

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION PLAN:

Environmental Mitigation measures Costs Source of


concern funding

Accumulated dust Provide inspection chambers and 5,000,000 PAF


within the tank washout pipes

Water contamination Provide the first flush to the guttering 1,000,000 PAF
due to accumulated system
dust from the roof

Stagnation around the Excavate channel for excess water and 2,000,000 PAF
tank set aside material for future use

DEPARTMENT Works and Technical Services


255
SECTOR Water Sector

TITLE OF PROJECT Construction of 1 VIP Latrine in public places

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY Kisoro District Local Government

LOCATION Rural Growth centres with no latrine facilities

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 19,000,000 Shillings

FUNDS SECURED: Nil

FUNDING GAP: 19,000,000 Shillings

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE: 950,000 shillings

START DATE: June 2015

COMPLETION DATE: July 2016

PROJECT OBJECTIVES:

 To have incidences of water and sanitation related diseases reduced through provision of safe sanitation
facilities
 To promote sanitation and hygiene in the rural growth centres of the district.

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: All community members in the rural growth centres

PROJECT BACKGROUNDAND JUSTIFICATION

A demand driven approach is used in the allocation of the VIP Latrines whereby the communities apply for
such facilities. The departmental staff verifies the applications and the sites applied for and the applications
are approved or rejected depending on the need. .

TECHINICAL DESCRIPTION

VIP latrine construction involves pit excavation, pit lining, slab casting, wall construction, roofing, door
installation and painting.

VIP latrine construction of 2 to 4 stances each will be done by private contractors under the supervision of
Kisoro District Administration staff from water department

PROJECT WORK PLAN AND BUDGET

ACTIVITY BUDGET OPERATION


AND
Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 TOTAL RECURRENT
COSTS

Construction 19,000,00 19,000,000 950,000


of Public 0
Latrines

MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY


256
Community involvement is ensured at all levels of project implementation i.e. site identification,
construction, commissioning and payment of the completed project. The LC 1 Chairpersons and the Sub
County Chiefs are made to sign the acknowledgement of physical accountability before any payment is made.
After the six months defects liability period, again the LC 1 Chairpersons and the Sub County Chiefs are made
to sign the confirmation of no defects form to satisfy that the latrine is still in good condition.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PLAN:

The community beneficiaries are involved in site selection, planning, implementation and programme maintenance.

Establishment and training of the latrine management committees on their roles and responsibilities,
Commissioning and hander over of the completed projects to the Community beneficiaries will be done. The
communities will be required to pay the user fee for maintaining the facility.

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION PLAN:

Environmental Mitigation measures Costs Source of


concern funding

Bad smell with in and Provide vent pipes 200,000 PAF


around the latrine

Water Stagnation Excavate channel for excess water and 200,000 PAF
around the latrine set aside material for future use

DEPARTMENT Works and Technical Services


257
SECTOR Water Sector

TITLE OF PROJECT Construction of household rain water harvesting tanks

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY Kisoro District Local Government

LOCATION: All Sub Counties in the district

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 180,000,000 Shillings

FUNDS SECURED: Nil

FUNDING GAP: 180,000,000

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE: 9,000,000 shillings

START DATE: June 2015

COMPLETION DATE: July 2016

PROJECT OBJECTIVES:

 To have incidences of water and sanitation related diseases reduced through safe water provisions and
hygiene Education
 To have adequate supply of water for both human and animal consumption.

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: Primary school children in water stressed schools

PROJECT BACKGROUNDAND JUSTIFICATION

A demand driven approach is used in the allocation of the households whereby individual households apply
for such facilities. The departmental staff verifies the applications and the sites applied for and the
applications are approved or rejected depending on the need. .

TECHINICAL DESCRIPTION

Ferro cement rain water harvesting tank construction and installation of gutters for collecting water from
the roof is planned for household in communities. Also involved is sanitation promotion and hygiene
education.

Rain water harvesting tank construction of 10,000 litres each will be done by private contractors under the
supervision of Kisoro District Administration staff from water department

Household tank construction will be done by local contractors under the supervision of Kisoro District Administration
(Water Department).

PROJECT WORK PLAN AND BUDGET

ACTIVITY BUDGET OPERATION


AND
Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 TOTAL RECURRENT
COSTS

Houehold 45,000,000 45,000,000 45,000,000 45,000,000 180,000,00 9,000,000


tank 0
construction

MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY


258
The communities will be involved at all levels of project implementation i.e. application for the tank
construction, commissioning and payment of the completed project. The headmaster and the Sub County
Chiefs are made to sign the acknowledgement of physical accountability before any payment is made. After
the six months defects liability period, again the Headmaster and the Sub County Chiefs are made to sign the
confirmation of no defects form to satisfy that the tank is still in good condition.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PLAN:

The Community leaders are involved in the site selection, planning, implementation and programme maintenance.

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION PLAN:

Environmental Mitigation measures Costs Source of


concern funding

Accumulated dust Provide inspection chambers and 3,000,000 PAF


within the tank washout pipes

Water contamination Provide the first flush to the guttering 1,000,000 PAF
due to accumulated system
dust from the roof

Stagnation around the Excavate channel for excess water and 1,200,000 PAF
tank set aside material for future use

DEPARTMENT: Works and Services


259
SECTOR: Water and sanitation (Nutrition)

TITLE PROJECT: Increasing use of safe, hygiene and sanitation facilities in households

PROJECT CODE:

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY: Kisoro District Local Government

LOCATION:

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 23.2m

FUNDS SECURED 23.2m

FUNDING GAP:

START DATE: July 2015

COMPLETION DATE June 2016

PROJECT OBJECTIVE

To reduce incidence of water borne diseases by enhancing accessibility to safe water, sanitation and hygiene
services

Targeted beneficiaries

Schools and households

TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION AND JUSTIFICATION

Although Kisoro District produces a lot of food which could be utilized to meet the dietary need of its
population, much of it is sold off out side the district and returns are not utilized for dietary purposes. This
scenario has led to slanting which currently stands on 51% according to NILA of 2018. This project therefore
seeks to address the problem of malnutrition among mothers ,infants and young children. The project
interventions will include;

1. Conducting hygiene and sanitation visits tom household and public places
2. Establishing and training community hand washing facility ambassadors
3. Establishing hand washing demonstration points in health facilities and public places
4. Conducting O& M competitions between different communities
5. Formation of water and sanitation committees
6. Training of water and sanitation committees in operation and maintenance of water facilities

PROJECT WORKPLAN/BUDGET

260
Activity Quarter1 Quarter Quarter 3 Quarter Operation
2 4 al
recurrent
costs
Conducting hygiene and sanitation visits 8,000,000 173,000
tom household and public places

Establishing and training community 4,800,000 173,000


hand washing facility ambassadors

Establishing hand washing 3,400,000 173,000


demonstration points in health facilities
and public places

Conducting O& M competitions between 4,000,000 173,000


different communities

Formation of water and sanitation 2,000,000 173,000


committees

Training of water and sanitation 2,800,000 173,000


committees in operation and
maintenance of water facilities

MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY

The current M and E system for nutrition and food security indicators is weak, with minimal

and fragmented systems among sectors and development partners. To effectively track

Progress of the DNAP’s implementation and performance of the target outcome and output

Indicators, a comprehensive and integrated mult-sectoral monitoring system for nutrition as

developed by OPM will be adopted. All implementing agencies will submit annual reports in

the status of implementation and performance of target indicators to the DNCC. The DNCC

will then compile the reports to produce an annual report. An annual review meeting for the

implementing agencies and other nutrition stakeholders will be held. All implementing

agencies will submit quarterly reports in their thematic areas to the DNCC, which will

compile them and produce a quarterly report. Quarterly meetings will be held to discuss the

reports and come up with appropriate measures if implementation is slow or off track. To

evaluate the effectiveness and impact of the various programmes, interventions, and the

DNAP overall, evaluations and reviews will be conducted annually.

DEPARTMENT: Works and Services

261
SECTOR: Water and sanitation (Nutrition)

TITLE PROJECT: Raising awareness on importance of hygiene and proper sanitation

IMPLEMENTING AGANCY: Kisoro District Local Government

LOCATION:

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 5,500,000/=

FUND SECURED 5,500,000/=

FUNDING GAP:

START DATE: July 2015

COMPLETION DATE June 2016

PROJECT OBJECTIVE

To reduce incidence of water borne diseases by enhancing accessibility to safe water, sanitation and hygiene
services

Targeted beneficiaries

Communities

TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION AND JUSTIFICATION

Although Kisoro District produces a lot of food which could be utilized to meet the dietary need of its
population, much of it is sold off out side the district and returns are not utilized for dietary purposes. This
scenario has led to slanting which currently stands on 51% according to NILA of 2018. This project therefore
seeks to address the problem of malnutrition among mothers ,infants and young children. The project
interventions will include;

1. Conduct radio talk shows on food hygiene , sanitation and use of safe water
2. Continuous hygiene and sanitation monitoring within communities

PROJECT WORKPLAN/BUDGET

Activity Quarter1 Quarter Quarter 3 Quarter Operation


2 4 al
recurrent
costs
Conduct radio talk shows on food hygiene 3,000,000 200,000
, sanitation and use of safe water

Continuous hygiene and sanitation 2,500,000 200,000


monitoring within communities

MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY

The current M and E system for nutrition and food security indicators is weak, with minimal
262
and fragmented systems among sectors and development partners. To effectively track

Progress of the DNAP’s implementation and performance of the target outcome and output

Indicators, a comprehensive and integrated mult-sectoral monitoring system for nutrition as

developed by OPM will be adopted. All implementing agencies will submit annual reports in

the status of implementation and performance of target indicators to the DNCC. The DNCC

will then compile the reports to produce an annual report. An annual review meeting for the

implementing agencies and other nutrition stakeholders will be held. All implementing

agencies will submit quarterly reports in their thematic areas to the DNCC, which will

compile them and produce a quarterly report. Quarterly meetings will be held to discuss the

reports and come up with appropriate measures if implementation is slow or off track. To

evaluate the effectiveness and impact of the various programmes, interventions, and the

DNAP overall, evaluations and reviews will be conducted annually.

DEPARTMENT NATURAL RESOURCES


SECTOR: Forestry

263
Code; 08
TITLE PROJECT: Promoting Stakeholders’ Participation in enhancing
appropriate Technology, Skills and Good Practices
towards Production and Use Of Legal Timber in
Kisoro District

IMPLEMENTING AGANCY: Kisoro District Local Governement


LOCATION: Entire District
TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: UGX 18,669,000
FUND SECURED: UGX 18,669,000
FUNDING GAP: Nil
RECURRENT EXPENDITURE: 15,669,000
START DATE: 1st October 2015
COMPLETION DATE: 30th November 2015
Project objectives:

1.3 Objectives
The main objective is to create capacity among the timber stakeholders to ensure sustainable use and
harvest of tree resources for sustainable development and ecosystems conservation.
1.3.1 Specific objectives
1. To increase awareness on legal timber
2. To equip timber stakeholders with knowledge and skills on legal timber
3. To mainstream legal timber procurement procedures/ systems in kisoro district.
4. To share experiences on timber trade.
Disseminate materials for promotion of legal timber trade.

Targeted Beneficiaries: Entire District population

Project background and justification (maximum quarter page):

A workshop was organized by WWF on main streaming legal timber procurement procedures/ systems in
the great Virunga landscape where the objectives were;
- Introduce WWF projects and activities in the GVL
- Select a task force to promote legal timber in district procurement procedures
- Develop strategies & work plans to ensure tasks set for task forces are achieved
- Disseminate materials put in place for promotion of legal timber trade.
Issues of concern on timber trade included; illegal timber trade and irresponsible timber harvesting and
use of illegal timber in public procurements .
264
Among the impacts of this are; Revenue loss to the district and the Country and Loss of forest estates.

Uganda has enabling laws and institutions in as far as forestry law enforcement and governance on trade
are concerned. These include Uganda Forestry Policy, 2001, National Forestry Plan 2002 and NFTA
2003. While the institutions include the FSSD and NFA in MWE at National level and District Forestry
Services with the mandate of timber providing standards, policy guidelines, coordination and
supervisions.
Despite this, forestry loss (Biomass report, 2005 and NFA 2009) indicate that there is increased loss of
the estate mainly on private land. In addition, there is limited coordination specifically in view of
enforcement and many players/stakeholders involved in timber trade.
Other threats to forest resources include poverty, population pressure and a lot of pressure due to high
market demand for timber locally, within the country and in neighboring Republic of Rwanda.
In the background survey the stakeholders in the timber trade were identified who include the following;
the district council, the contracts committee/ procurement committee and District technical planning
committee, the timber dealers and contractors.

1.2 Problem Statement


Timber in Kisoro district is on a high demand both for local use in the district and beyond in places such
as Kampala and the neighboring country of Republic of Rwanda.
There is total lack of awareness on the impacts of irresponsible timber trade and use by the stake holders.
These stakeholders do not understand what legal timber is and the existing opportunities have not been
harnessed such as the legal framework and the existing structures and partners to ensure collaboration.
All the stakeholders are handicapped since they lack the necessary knowledge on legal timber to have
rightful decision during their routine duties. Despite the staffing of DFS through which the district has
demonstrated its support, to make it functional, the district is unable to meet the costs of creating
awareness of all the DFS staff and stakeholders on legal timber. Therefore, the district is sourcing for
supports from WWF to enable create awareness on legal timber to ensure sustainable social economic
development. In addition, if all stakeholders’ capacity is built to rightful/ rational decisions will be made
during procurement procedures since there will be improved knowledge on legal timber.

Technical description (what the project contains)

265
Awareness raising and capacity building; It is important that legal timber trade is brought to the
attention of the entire district community. This will be done through workshops/meetings, 2 radio talk
shows and radio spot messages aired for 30 days.
Production of IEC materials;. With the high levels of illiteracy and poor reading habits of the
community, some talking pictures (posters) will be produced to explain to the community the gist of the
matter. 1000 posters on legal timber procurement procedures/systems will be distributed to the
stakeholder and others displayed at public places

Monitoring and Evaluation; An M & E framework will be put in place to spell out required targets and
the team responsible which will be coordinated by the District coordinator. This will involve 2 review
meetings on discussion of the activity reports by the District Executive Committee.

Project work plan and budget:

Activity Budget Total Operation and


current costs
Quarter Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4
1
Awareness 0 3,600,000 0 0 3,600,000 13,352,000
raising and
capacity
building
Production 0 3,267,000 0 0 3,267,000 3,267,000
of IEC
materials
Monitoring 0 2,050,000 0 0 2,050,000 2,050,000
and
Evaluation

Monitoring and Evaluation Strategy


266
District Coordinator will write reports for submission to CAO and the funder and the reports will be
reviewed in the 2nd quarter meeting for the Production and Natural Resources sectoral committee

Operation & maintenance plan

The district will fund subsequent awareness raising messages to ensure the sustainability of the project

DEPARTMENT: NATURAL RESOURCES


SECTOR: Forestry
COD: 08
TITLE PROJECT: Establishment & management of tree nurseries at the
District (Central Forestry Nursery)
IMPLEMENTING AGENCY: District Forestry Services
267
LOCATION: District Forestry Offices area/District Headquarter
TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 6,400,000
FUND SECURED: 4,500,000
FUNDIND GAP: 1,900,000
RECURRENT EXPENDITURE: 2,400,000
START DATE: 1st July 2015
COMPLETION DATE: 30th June 2016
Project objectives:

(i) To ensure availability of quality seedlings for interested tree planting communities
(ii) To have demonstrations on best practices on tree nurseries establishment and management

Targeted Beneficiaries: Entire district

Project background and justification (maximum quarter page):

Forestry resources have high demand in the district in particular and the country at large for timber, fuel
wood and bean stakes with the country losing approximately 92000ha of forest cover per annum. In
addition, cultivation as major threat to forests contributes greatly to lose of forest cover. Therefore, it is
important to easily access tree seedlings to farmers to encourage them to plant on marginal land.

Previous support from government (FIEFOC) and NGOs (CARE) has proved that with availability of tree
seedlings farmers are willing to establish woodlots and also practice agro forestry considering the strong
attachment to trees for both livelihoods and home consumption.

In lieu of this tree nursery bed establishment will contribute to increased vegetation cover and restoration
of degraded areas in the district.

Technical description

Procurement of inputs; For nursery bed establishment the following will be required; assorted seed
(10kg),Pots(40kg),poles (32), mats(20), and 1 trip of manure, sand and soil. The District Forestry Office
will procure these bi-annually.

268
Hire of labour; Nursey bed establishment requires full attention of a person who can be called a nursery
operator or caretaker. This is to ensure realization of project’s objectives to full capacity.

However, in addition, it will be required that casual labour is sourced occasionally depending on stage of
the nursery. For example during pots filling with soil and transplanting seed into the pots a lot of labour
will be required.

Project work plan and budget:

Activity Budget Total Operation and


current costs
Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4
Purchase of 1,800,000 0 1,800,000 0 3,600,000 3,600,000
inputs (seed,
poles,
soil/manure,sand,
mats and pots)
Hire of labour 600,000 600,000 600,000 600,000 2,400,000 2,400,000
/caretaker
Water 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 400,000 400,000

Monitoring and Evaluation Strategy;

The District Forestry Officer will report on the performance of the nursery to the supervisors and the
sectoral committee for Production and Natural Resources. This will be done on a quarterly basis.

269
Operation & maintenance plan; The nursery will have a full time caretaker or nursery operator to
ensure effective and efficient operation and maintenance. This has been provided for in the workplan.

Environment Impact Assessment and Mitigation plan:

Environmental Mitigation Cost Source of funding


concern measure
N/A N/A N/A N/A

DEPARTMENT Natural Resources


SECTOR: Forestry
CODE: 08
270
TITLE PROJECT: Strengthening stakeholders’ engagement in
Collaborative Forest Management of Kafuga Natural
Forest
IMPLEMENTING AGENCY: District Forestry Services
LOCATION: District Forestry Offices area/District Headquarter
TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 6,140,000
FUND SECURED: 4,500,000
FUNDING GAP: 1,640,000
RECURREND EXPENDITURE: 2,400,000
START DATE: 1st July 2015
COMPLETION DATE: July 2016
Project objectives:

Targeted Beneficiaries:

Project background and justification

Technical description (what the project contains)

Project work plan and budget:

Activity Budget Total Operation and


current costs
Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Monitoring and Evaluation Strategy

Operation & maintenance plan

271
Environment Impact Assessment and Mitigation plan:

Environmental Mitigation Cost Source of funding


concern measure

DEPARTMENT: NATURAL RESOURCES

SECTOR: Wetlands

TITLE OF PROJECT: Restoration of Lake Mutanda System


272
LOCATION: Kilundo, Bukimbiri, Nyarubuye, Nyakabande
Nyakinama, Busanza And Nyundo

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 80,000,000

FUNDS SECURED: 5,730,000

FUNDING GAP: 74,270,000

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE: 30,000,000

START DATE: 1ST July 2015

COMPLETION DATE: 30th June 2020

PROJECT OBJECTIVES:

1. To increase fisheries productivity


2. To reduce siltation of lake and lakeshores
3. To restore the natural vegetation of the lakeshores and rivebanks

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: Communities

PROJECT BACKGROUND AND JUSTIFICATION

Over the past 50 years, wetlands have experienced massive abuse mainly through drainage for agriculture. This
followed the common say where wetlands that were traditionally called swamps were referred to as wastelands and
therefore thought reclamation would be the best option to put them to better use. In addition, swamps are mosquito
breeding places and therefore cause of malaria. The notion that swamps are

Wastelands were aggravated by policy of 1955 to reclaim swamps for agriculture production. This prompted the
wide spread drainage and leasing of wetlands. The above could be attributed to lack of knowledge on functions,
benefits and attributes of wetlands. Wetlands are important and some of their functions include water storage,
filtration and above all offer a wide range of goods and products ranging from food, crafts materials, water,
medicines and firewood that contribute to socio economic well being of the local populace. Wetland management
is one of the decentralized functions to local government. Therefore, with the District Wetland Action Plan in
Place, Lake Mutanda has been identified for restoration as a means to ensure it provides goods and services to the
present and ensure the future generations also benefit from these resources.

TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

The approach is multi stakeholder involving a wide range of cadres ranging from National to grass root. It will
involve awareness raising, capacity building, production of IEC, Community based wetland management planning
and monitoring and evaluation.

1. Awareness raising and capacity building; It is important that the problem water stress is brought to the
attention of the entire district community. This will be done through workshops, community meetings,
radio talk show, training and exchange visits.
2. Production of IEC materials; Through the engagement of the communities and stakeholders in the
workshops and other awareness rising for issues that will come up on unsustainable use of the landscape
and solutions provided for better use will guide the development of community user friendly manuals. In

273
addition, it is important that the some of the available legislation on Environment management is made
simpler for the community and other stakeholders to understand and interpret. This will also require the
translation of the key legislation simplified into the local languages. With the high levels of illiteracy and
poor reading habits of the community, some talking pictures (posters) will be produced to explain to the
community the gist of the matter.
3. Community Based catchment/wetland management planning and valuation of the resources; This
will require some degree of expertise which can be got from the District and government institutions.
Management planning will involve situation analysis, visioning, setting objectives, strategy development
and valuation. Through the situational analysis conflicts if any will be looked at, gender analysis,
stakeholder analysis DPSIR analysis and Identification of alternatives technologies applicable to
communities upstream. In total economic valuation will consider direct market valuation and indirect
market valuation this will be evidence for Payment for Ecosystem Services campaign.
4. Monitoring and Evaluation; An M & E framework will be put in place to spell out required targets and
the team responsible which will be coordinated by the team leader. This will involve review meetings
periodically and reports would be discussed in the District Committee responsible for Environment and
Production.

PROJECT WORK PLAN

Activity Budget Total Operation and


Quarter1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 Recurrent
Costs

274
Awareness 2,000,000 6,000,000 6,000,000 2,000,000 20,000,000 20,000,000
raising
Capacity 3,000,000 3,000,000 4,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000
building
Production - - 10,000,000 10,000,000 20,000,000 0
of IEC
materials
Develop - - 8,000,000 12,000,000 12,000,000 8,000,000
communit y
based
manageme
nt plans
Conduct a - - -2 5,000,000 5,000,000 0
study on
economic
value of
Lake
Mutanda
system
Project - - 2,500,000 2,500,000 5,000,000 5,000,000
monitoring
and
evaluation

DEPARTMENT: NATURAL RESOURCES

SECTOR: Wetlands

TITLE OF PROJECT: Promoting Community Based Initiatives In

Sustainable Utilization And Management Of


275
Wetland Resources In Echuya Landscape

LOCATION: Kanaba, Bukimbiri, Murora, Nyakabande And

Nyundo

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 50,000,000

FUNDS SECURED: 0

FUNDING GAP: 50,000,000

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE: 12,500,000

START DATE: 1ST July 2015

COMPLETION DATE: 30th June 2020

PROJECT OBJECTIVES:

4. To advocate for PES by National Water and Sewerage Corporation


5. To increase community participation in management of water resources
6. To provide alternative water technological options to the communities

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: Communities and National Water and Sewerage Corporation

PROJECT BACKGROUND AND JUSTIFICATION

Echuya landscape is among the most productive of high-altitude montane catchments thus supporting various
ecosystems such wetlands, streams/rivers, hills and forest which in turn are habitats to large biomasses of flora and
fauna. Ecuya landscape is important to the Country and in particular Kisoro district economy. Water abstracted
from Chuho pumping scheme that has its source in Echuya landscape constitute over 50% of all natural water
available for commercial and domestic use in the district. National Water and Sewerage Corporation that is a
government parastatal generates over 2 billion shillings each year in water revenue. The water abstracted from
Chuho pumping scheme presently distributes water to Kisoro Town and its suburbs in addition to sub counties of
Chahi, Nyarusiza, Nyakabande, Muramba and Nyakinama where natural sources of water such springs are not in
easy access to the communities. This therefore explains the pressure on the scheme since the benefiting sub
Counties and Town are the most densely populated in the district. As a result, the water levels of the supply scheme
have lowered and rising fears of increasing water stress in the near future which will greatly impact on the
populations mostly women and children who are responsible for water collection for domestic use. Despite the
fragility of the ecosystems which play a singularly important role, no conservation measures have been embraced
in management of the catchment.

In addition institutions such as National Environment Authority, District Natural Resources Department and Local
Environment Committees are provided for under the different Laws but the latter are non functional yet they are
grass root/community based. It is no doubt that the legislation is put in place to address impacts of human activities
that affect the hydrological cycle, which provides the basis for exploitable water and for other life forms. Therefore

276
important for all stakeholders particularly the community to understand the ecosystems dynamics of the Echuya
Landscape that supports a high population.

Our conceptual approach proposes that Payment for Ecosystem Services and community participation in
management of the ecosystems will lead to sustainable utilization. The stakeholders particularly the community and
National Water and Sewerage Corporation have to appreciate the linkage of Chuho supply to Echuya landscape to
understand inter specific overlaps in human activities on the environment that affect the hydrological cycle
resulting into reduced water levels at both the supply scheme and source. In view of this, to understand impacts of
synchronized decreases in water in the landscape requires creation of awareness of all stakeholders on the changes,
to undertake a Total Economic Valuation of the Ecosystems to advocate for PES in conservation of the catchment.
Ecuya Landscape that provides water which is a finite resource supporting all life but under stress, requires
promotion of community based initiatives that enhance sustainable utilization and management of water.

TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

The approach is multi stakeholder involving a wide range of cadres ranging from National to grass root. It will
involve awareness raising, capacity building, production of IEC, Community based wetland management planning
and monitoring and evaluation.

5. Awareness raising and capacity building; It is important that the problem water stress is brought to the
attention of the entire district community. This will be done through workshops, community meetings,
radio talk show, training and exchange visits.
6. Production of IEC materials; Through the engagement of the communities and stakeholders in the
workshops and other awareness rising for issues that will come up on unsustainable use of the landscape
and solutions provided for better use will guide the development of community user friendly manuals. In
addition, it is important that the some of the available legislation on Environment management is made
simpler for the community and other stakeholders to understand and interpret. This will also require the
translation of the key legislation simplified into the local languages. With the high levels of illiteracy and
poor reading habits of the community, some talking pictures (posters) will be produced to explain to the
community the gist of the matter.
7. Community Based catchment/wetland management planning and valuation of the resources; This
will require some degree of expertise which can be got from the District and government institutions.
Management planning will involve situation analysis, visioning, setting objectives, strategy development
and valuation. Through the situational analysis conflicts if any will be looked at, gender analysis,
stakeholder analysis DPSIR analysis and Identification of alternatives technologies applicable to
communities upstream. In total economic valuation will consider direct market valuation and indirect
market valuation this will be evidence for Payment for Ecosystem Services campaign.
8. Monitoring and Evaluation; An M & E framework will be put in place to spell out required targets and
the team responsible which will be coordinated by the team leader. This will involve review meetings

277
periodically and reports would be discussed in the District Committee responsible for Environment and
Production.

PROJECT WORK PLAN

Activity Budget Total Operation and


Quarte Quar Quarter 3 Quarter 4 Recurrent
r1 ter 2 Costs
Awareness raising 1,000,0 2,000 1,500,000 500,000 5,000,000 5,000,000
00 ,000
Capacity building 3,000 3,000,000 1,500,000 7,500,000 7,500,000
,000
Production of IEC - - 6,500,000 6,000,000 12,500,000 0
materials
Develop communit y - - 8,000,000 4,500,000 12,500,000 3,000,000
based management
plans
Conduct a study on - - - 8,000,000 8,000,000 0
economic value of the
landscape (Kigezi
wetland and Chuho
Supply scheme)
Project monitoring - - 2,500,000 2,000,000 4,500,000 4,500,000
and evaluation

DEPARTMENT: NATURAL RESOURCES

SECTOR: Environment

TITLE OF PROJECT: Fragile Ecosystems Restoration

LOCATION: Kanaba, Murora, Nyabwishenya And Kilundo Sub


278
Counties

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 200,000,000

FUNDS SECURED: 3,200,000

FUNDING GAP: 196,800,000

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE: 100,000,000

START DATE: 1ST July 2015

COMPLETION DATE: 30th June 2020

PROJECT OBJECTIVES: (i) To increase community participation in management of fragile ecosystems

(ii)To facilitate communities in fragile ecosystem planning

(iii)To identify and support sustainable IGAs in the fragile ecosystems

(iv)To restore the beauty of Kisoro’s landscape as the Switzerland of Africa

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: Communities

PROJECT BACKGROUND AND JUSTIFICATION

According to Kisoro DEAP (2002), most of the vegetation cover was probably dominated by the forests in the past.
However, these have been cleared as a result of the high population pressure. Remnants of these are found only in
the protected areas of Bwindi Impenetrable National Park (BINP), Mgahinga Gorilla National park (MGNP) and
Echuya forest reserve.

The district is characterized by one of the highest population densities in the country, over 300 persons per km 2 in
some areas. The high population combined with customary inheritance of land has led to sub divisions of the land
holdings to sizes that hardly support families (UWA 2001). As such, with the exception of the National parks and
other protected areas like Echuya forest reserve the entire district has scanty vegetation cover.

The major problem is land degradation due to dependence on land for livelihood where over 90% and 95% of the
population depend on agriculture and fuelwood respectively. There is also degradation of forest biodiversity
through uncontrolled fires, which has increasingly become an annual occurrence. Long periods of droughts have
led to susceptibility of these fragile ecosystems to fire making it a threat to conservation of resources. This is
progressively becoming a prime factor in shaping the vegetation composition. This therefore requires concerted
efforts of all citizens and other stakeholders to ensure the lost glory of the district as the Switzerland of Africa is
restored.

TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

The approach is multi stakeholder involving a wide range of cadres ranging from National to grass root. It will
involve awareness raising, capacity building, production of IEC, Catchment based management planning for the
ecosystems and monitoring and evaluation.

1. Awareness raising and capacity building; It is important that the problem of land degradation is
publicized for better understanding of the restoration concept. This will be done through workshops,
community meetings, radio talk show, training and exchange visits.
2. Production of IEC materials; Through the engagement of the communities and stakeholders in the
workshops, in addition to awareness rising; issues that will come up on unsustainable use of the fragile
279
ecosystems and solutions provided for better use will guide the development of community user friendly
manuals. In addition, it is important that the some of the available legislation on Environment management
is made simpler for the community and other stakeholders to understand and interpret. This will also
require the translation of the key legislation simplified into the local languages. With the high levels of
illiteracy and poor reading habits of the community, some talking pictures (posters) will be produced to
explain to the community the gist of the matter.
3. Catchment Based planning and valuation of the resources; This will require some degree of expertise
which can be got from the District and government institutions. Management planning will involve
situation analysis, visioning, setting objectives, strategy development and valuation. Through the
situational analysis conflicts if any will be looked at, gender analysis, stakeholder analysis DPSIR analysis
and Identification of alternatives technologies applicable to communities that are aimed at restoring the
fragile ecosystems. In total economic valuation will consider direct market valuation and indirect market
valuation this will be evidence for sustainable approaches in fragile ecosystems restoration campaign.
4. Implementing alternative IGAs and activities that restore the landscape; Kisor district is hilly with
valley bottoms that are water logged. Learning from traditional/indigenous knowledge soil and water
conservation measures such as terraces, contour bands and hedgerows will be put in place. In addition,
IGAs such as tree planting, beekeeping and tree nurseries will be promoted.
5. Monitoring and Evaluation; An M & E framework will be put in place to spell out required targets and
the team responsible which will be coordinated by the team leader. This will involve review meetings
periodically and reports would be discussed in the District Committee responsible for Environment and
Production.

PROJECT WORK PLAN

Activity Budget Total Operation and

Quarter1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 Recurrent Costs

Awareness raising 2,000,000 4,000,000 2,000,000 2,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000

280
Capacity building 10,000,000 15,000,000 5,000,000 30,000,000 30,000,000
Production of IEC - - 25,000,000 25,000,000 50,000,000 0
materials
Develop Catchment - - 40,000,000 30,000,000 70,000,000 10,000,000
based management
plans
Conduct a study on - - 20,000,00 20,000,000 3,000,000
economic value of 0 -
the critical fragile
ecosystems
Implement - -
alternative IGAs
and activities that
restore the
landscape
Project monitoring 1,000,00 10,000,000 5,000,000 20,000,000 20,000,000
and evaluation 0

DEPARTMENT NATURAL RESOURCES


SECTOR: Lands
CODE; 08

281
TITLE PROJECT: Preparation of a detailed Structural Development Plan
IMPLEMENTING AGANCY: Kisoro District Local Government
LOCATION: Rubuguri Town Board
TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 77,000,000
FUND SECURED: 77,000,000
FUNDING GAP: nil
RECURRENT EXPENDITURE: 30,000,000
START DATE: 1st July 2015
COMPLETION DATE: 30th June 2016
Project objectives:

i. To ensure compliance to regulatory land use framework


ii. To provide technical support and guidance to town council and trading centre in the helm of the
land use regulation and evaluation
iii. To supervision and capacity building of stakeholders in councils and trading centres
iv. To attain orderly and sustainable urban and rural development in the district

Targeted Beneficiaries: Rubuguri community & other stakeholders

Project background and justification (maximum quarter page):

Kisoro district is one of the districts in Uganda which has a lot of town boards and trading centres without
a clear structure and detailed plans. This has resulted into the accelerated unguided developments
especially in the upcoming towns and trading centres of Rubuguri, Chanika and Nteko.

Technical description (what the project contains)

The approach is multi stakeholder involving a wide range of cadres ranging from National to grass root. It will
involve awareness raising, collecting baseline data and analyzing it, production of IEC, Community based wetland
management planning and monitoring and evaluation.

1. Awareness raising and capacity building;

It is important that the problem water stress is brought to the attention of the entire district community.
This will be done through workshops, community meetings, radio talk show, training and exchange visits.

2. Production of IEC materials;

282
Through the engagement of the communities and stakeholders in the workshops and other awareness rising
for issues that will come up on unsustainable use of the landscape and solutions provided for better use will
guide the development of community user friendly manuals. In addition, it is important that the some of the
available legislation on Environment management is made simpler for the community and other
stakeholders to understand and interpret. This will also require the translation of the key legislation
simplified into the local languages. With the high levels of illiteracy and poor reading habits of the
community, some talking pictures (posters) will be produced to explain to the community the gist of the
matter.

3. Community Based catchment/wetland management planning and valuation of the resources;

This will require some degree of expertise which can be got from the District and government institutions.
Management planning will involve situation analysis, visioning, setting objectives, strategy development
and valuation. Through the situational analysis conflicts if any will be looked at, gender analysis,
stakeholder analysis DPSIR analysis and Identification of alternatives technologies applicable to
communities upstream. In total economic valuation will consider direct market valuation and indirect
market valuation this will be evidence for Payment for Ecosystem Services campaign.

4. Monitoring and Evaluation;


283
An M & E framework will be put in place to spell out required targets and the team responsible which will
be coordinated by the team leader. This will involve review meetings periodically and reports would be
discussed in the District Committee responsible for Environment and Production.

Project work plan and budget:

Activity Budget Total Operation


and
current
costs
Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Conduct community 3,000,000 4,000,000 2,000,000 1,000,000 10,000,00 10,000,000


sensitization 0

meetings/programme
Conduct a baseline 10,000,000 10,000,000
study for the area to
be planned
Analysis of data 6,000,000 6,000,000
collected
Plan drawing, 11,000,000 11,000,000
production and plan
presentation
Plot sub division in 30,000,000 30,000,000
the town board and
demarcating roads
Hold physical 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 4,000,000 4,000,000
planning committee
meeting for approval
of plan

Monitoring and Evaluation Strategy

284
DEPARTMENT NATURAL RESOURCES

SECTOR Lands

CODE 08

TITLE PEOJECT: Surveying and titling public land

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY: Kisoro District Local Government

LOCATION: Nyakabande and KDA Headquarters

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 5,000,000

FUND SECURED: 5,000,000

FUNDING GAP: Nil

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE: 5,000,000

START DATE: 1st July 2015

COMPLETION DATE: 30th June 2016

Project objectives:

(i) To establish number and size of the public land parcels


(ii) To protect the public land from encroachments
(iii) To establish a land information systems

Targeted Beneficiaries: District Council & other stakeholders

Project background and justification (maximum quarter page):

Kisoro District sits on a small surface area with even smaller size of land that is inhabitable, due to the
fact that most of the land is either too hilly or been allocated to national reserves such as game parks,
forests and wetlands to mention but a few. The population however, has been growing exponentially,
hence presenting too much pressure on the available land for settlement. As a result, a lot of land
fragmentation and encroachment has been witnessed in the District especially on land parcels, whose
ownership status is not clear, most of which include un-demarcated public lands.

Therefore, there is need to demarcate, and register for titling of all the public lands in a bid to protect
them from the encroachers and also enable proper planning and utilization of these properties by the
relevant authorities.
285
Technical description (what the project contains)

Project work plan and budget:

Activity Budget Total Operation


and current
costs
Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter Quarter 4
3
Conduct community 5,000,000
sensitization
meetings/programme
Conduct a baseline study  5,000,000
for the area to be planned
Analysis of data collected  3,000,000
Plan drawing, production 
and plan presentation
Plot sub division in the 
town board and
demarcating roads
Hold physical planning 
committee meeting for
approval of plan

Monitoring and Evaluation Strategy

286
DEPARTMENT Natural Resources

SECTORE: Lands

CODE; 08

TITLE PROJECT: Procuring Cartographic Office Equipment

IMPLEMENTING AGANCY: Kisoro District Local Government

LOCATION: Kisoro District Land Office

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 3,000,000

FUND SECURED: 1,000,000

FUNDING GAP: 2,000,000

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE: 1,000,000

START DATE: 1st July 2015

COMPLETION DATE: 30th June 2016

Project objectives:

(i) To enable plotting of surveys and processing of provisional deed plans at Kisoro District Land
Cartography office
(ii) To enable the District Cartographer fully execute his duties
(iii) To enable complete transfer of Old Cartographic sheets and other Kisoro land survey records
from Kabale to Kisoro

Targeted Beneficiaries: District Council & members of the public

Project background and justification (maximum quarter page):

Kisoro District, until 2011 did not have a staffed or equipped Land office. When the staff were finally
recruited and assumed office in September 2011, they had to start from scratch, devising means to
execute work with little or no funding. Despite the recent purchase of surveying equipment, some
activities such as issuance of instructions to survey (I/S), checking and plotting of surveys done by private
surveyors are still performed in Kabale District since the Kisoro District Land office does not have the
capacity yet to execute the above activities, especially due to the lack of the core cartographic equipment
and safe storage facilities for sensitive land records such as cartographic sheets and survey equipment.

287
There is, therefore, the urgent need to procure these sets of equipment as a pre-requisite by the
Department of surveys and Mapping, of the Ministry of Lands, Housing and Urban Development, to
enable full operations of the Staff surveyor’s (and or cartographer’s) office, independent of Kabale
District. This will in turn bring services closer to the people of Kisoro.

Technical description (what the project contains)

Requisitioning: Filling in the procurement form one, giving a detailed description of the required
equipment.

Verification: Inspection of procured equipment to ensure that the conform to not just quantity but also
quality standards.

Project work plan and budget:

Activity Budget Total Operation and


current costs
Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4

Monitoring and Evaluation Strategy;

Inspection of the procured equipment

Operation & maintenance plan;

Repair of faulty and replacement of used up equipment

DEPARTMENT: Natural Resources

SECTOR: Wetlands

TITLE OF PROJECT: Restoration of lake Mutanda System


288
LOCATION: Kirundo, Bukimbiri, Nyarubuye, Nyakabande, Nyakinama,
Busanza and Nyundo

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 80,000,000

FUNDS SECURED: 5,730,000

FUNDING GAP: 74,270,000

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE: 30,000,000

START DATE: 1ST July 2015

COMPLETION DATE: 30th June 2020

PROJECT OBJECTIVES:

1. To increase fisheries productivity


2. To reduce siltation of lake and lakeshores
3. To restore the natural vegetation of the lakeshores and riverbanks

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: Communities

PROJECT BACKGROUND AND JUSTIFICATION

Over the past 50 years, wetlands have experienced massive abuse mainly through drainage for agriculture. This
followed the common say where wetlands that were traditionally called swamps were referred to as wastelands and
therefore thought reclamation would be the best option to put them to better use. In addition, swamps are mosquito
breeding places and therefore cause of malaria. The notion that swamps are

Wastelands were aggravated by policy of 1955 to reclaim swamps for agriculture production. This prompted the
wide spread drainage and leasing of wetlands. The above could be attributed to lack of knowledge on functions,
benefits and attributes of wetlands. Wetlands are important and some of their functions include water storage,
filtration and above all offer a wide range of goods and products ranging from food, crafts materials, water,
medicines and firewood that contribute to socio economic well being of the local populace. Wetland management
is one of the decentralized functions to local government. Therefore, with the District Wetland Action Plan in
Place, Lake Mutanda has been identified for restoration as a means to ensure it provides goods and services to the
present and ensure the future generations also benefit from these resources.

TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

The approach is multi stakeholder involving a wide range of cadres ranging from National to grass root. It will
involve awareness raising, capacity building, production of IEC, Community based wetland management planning
and monitoring and evaluation.

1. Awareness raising and capacity building; It is important that the problem water stress is brought to the
attention of the entire district community. This will be done through workshops, community meetings,
radio talk show, training and exchange visits.
2. Production of IEC materials; Through the engagement of the communities and stakeholders in the
workshops and other awareness rising for issues that will come up on unsustainable use of the landscape
and solutions provided for better use will guide the development of community user friendly manuals. In
addition, it is important that the some of the available legislation on Environment management is made
289
simpler for the community and other stakeholders to understand and interpret. This will also require the
translation of the key legislation simplified into the local languages. With the high levels of illiteracy and
poor reading habits of the community, some talking pictures (posters) will be produced to explain to the
community the gist of the matter.
3. Community Based catchment/wetland management planning and valuation of the resources; This
will require some degree of expertise which can be got from the District and government institutions.
Management planning will involve situation analysis, visioning, setting objectives, strategy development
and valuation. Through the situational analysis conflicts if any will be looked at, gender analysis,
stakeholder analysis DPSIR analysis and Identification of alternatives technologies applicable to
communities upstream. In total economic valuation will consider direct market valuation and indirect
market valuation this will be evidence for Payment for Ecosystem Services campaign.
4. Monitoring and Evaluation; An M & E framework will be put in place to spell out required targets and
the team responsible which will be coordinated by the team leader. This will involve review meetings
periodically and reports would be discussed in the District Committee responsible for Environment and
Production.

PROJECT WORK PLAN

Activity Budget Total Operation and


Quarter1 Quarter Quarter 3 Quarter 4 Recurrent
2 Costs
Awareness raising 2,000,000 6,000,00 6,000,000 2,000,000 20,000,0 20,000,000
0 00
Capacity building 3,000,00 3,000,000 4,000,000 10,000,0 10,000,000
0 00
Production of IEC - - 10,000,000 10,000,000 20,000,0 0
materials 00
Develop communit y - - 8,000,000 12,000,000 12,000,0 8,000,000
based management plans 00
Conduct a study on - - -2 5,000,000 5,000,00 0
economic value of Lake 0
Mutanda system
Project monitoring and - - 2,500,000 2,500,000 5,000,00 5,000,000
evaluation 0

DEPARTMENT: Natural Resources

SECTOR: Wetlands

TITLE OF PROJECT: Promoting Community Based Initiatives in sustainable utilization and


management of wetland resources in Echuya landscape
290
LOCATION: Kanaba, Bukimbiri, Murora, Nyakabande and Nyundo

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 50,000,000

FUNDS SECURED: 0

FUNDING GAP: 50,000,000

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE: 12,500,000

START DATE: 1ST July 2015

COMPLETION DATE: 30th June 2020

PROJECT OBJECTIVES:

1. To advocate for PES by National Water and Sewerage Corporation


2. To increase community participation in management of water resources
3. To provide alternative water technological options to the communities

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: Communities and National Water and Sewerage Corporation

PROJECT BACKGROUND AND JUSTIFICATION

Echuya landscape is among the most productive of high-altitude montane catchments thus supporting various
ecosystems such wetlands, streams/rivers, hills and forest which in turn are habitats to large biomasses of flora and
fauna. Ecuya landscape is important to the Country and in particular Kisoro district economy. Water abstracted
from Chuho pumping scheme that has its source in Echuya landscape constitute over 50% of all natural water
available for commercial and domestic use in the district. National Water and Sewerage Corporation that is a
government parastatal generates over 2 billion shillings each year in water revenue. The water abstracted from
Chuho pumping scheme presently distributes water to Kisoro Town and its suburbs in addition to sub counties of
Chahi, Nyarusiza, Nyakabande, Muramba and Nyakinama where natural sources of water such springs are not in
easy access to the communities. This therefore explains the pressure on the scheme since the benefiting sub
Counties and Town are the most densely populated in the district. As a result, the water levels of the supply scheme
have lowered and rising fears of increasing water stress in the near future which will greatly impact on the
populations mostly women and children who are responsible for water collection for domestic use. Despite the
fragility of the ecosystems which play a singularly important role, no conservation measures have been embraced
in management of the catchment.

In addition institutions such as National Environment Authority, District Natural Resources Department and Local
Environment Committees are provided for under the different Laws but the latter are non functional yet they are
grass root/community based. It is no doubt that the legislation is put in place to address impacts of human activities
that affect the hydrological cycle, which provides the basis for exploitable water and for other life forms. Therefore
important for all stakeholders particularly the community to understand the ecosystems dynamics of the Echuya
Landscape that supports a high population.

291
Our conceptual approach proposes that Payment for Ecosystem Services and community participation in
management of the ecosystems will lead to sustainable utilization. The stakeholders particularly the community and
National Water and Sewerage Corporation have to appreciate the linkage of Chuho supply to Echuya landscape to
understand inter specific overlaps in human activities on the environment that affect the hydrological cycle
resulting into reduced water levels at both the supply scheme and source. In view of this, to understand impacts of
synchronized decreases in water in the landscape requires creation of awareness of all stakeholders on the changes,
to undertake a Total Economic Valuation of the Ecosystems to advocate for PES in conservation of the catchment.
Ecuya Landscape that provides water which is a finite resource supporting all life but under stress, requires
promotion of community based initiatives that enhance sustainable utilization and management of water.

TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

The approach is multi stakeholder involving a wide range of cadres ranging from National to grass root. It will
involve awareness raising, capacity building, production of IEC, Community based wetland management planning
and monitoring and evaluation.

Awareness raising and capacity building; It is important that the problem water stress is brought to the attention
of the entire district community. This will be done through workshops, community meetings, radio talk show,
training and exchange visits.

Production of IEC materials; Through the engagement of the communities and stakeholders in the workshops
and other awareness rising for issues that will come up on unsustainable use of the landscape and solutions
provided for better use will guide the development of community user friendly manuals. In addition, it is important
that the some of the available legislation on Environment management is made simpler for the community and
other stakeholders to understand and interpret. This will also require the translation of the key legislation simplified
into the local languages. With the high levels of illiteracy and poor reading habits of the community, some talking
pictures (posters) will be produced to explain to the community the gist of the matter.

Community Based catchment/wetland management planning and valuation of the resources; This will require
some degree of expertise which can be got from the District and government institutions. Management planning
will involve situation analysis, visioning, setting objectives, strategy development and valuation. Through the
situational analysis conflicts if any will be looked at, gender analysis, stakeholder analysis DPSIR analysis and
Identification of alternatives technologies applicable to communities upstream. In total economic valuation will
consider direct market valuation and indirect market valuation this will be evidence for Payment for Ecosystem
Services campaign.

Monitoring and Evaluation; An M & E framework will be put in place to spell out required targets and the team
responsible which will be coordinated by the team leader. This will involve review meetings periodically and
reports would be discussed in the District Committee responsible for Environment and Production.

PROJECT WORK PLAN


292
Activity Budget Total Operation
Quarter1 Quarter Quarter 3 Quarter and
2 4 Recurrent
Costs
Awareness raising 1,000,000 2,000,00 1,500,000 500,000 5,000,000 5,000,000
0
Capacity building 3,000,00 3,000,000 1,500,00 7,500,000 7,500,000
0 0
Production of IEC - - 6,500,000 6,000,00 12,500,000 0
materials 0
Develop community y - - 8,000,000 4,500,00 12,500,000 3,000,000
based management plans 0
Conduct a study on - - - 8,000,00 8,000,000 0
economic value of the 0
landscape (Kigezi
wetland and Chuho
Supply scheme)
Project monitoring and - - 2,500,000 2,000,00 4,500,000 4,500,000
evaluation 0

DEPARTMENT: Natural Resources

SECTOR: Environment

TITLE OF PROJECT: Fragile Ecosystem Restoration

LOCATION: Kanaba, Murora, Nyabwishenya and Kirundo Subcounties


293
TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 200,000,000

FUNDS SECURED: 3,200,000

FUNDING GAP: 196,800,000

RECURRENT EXPENDITURE: 100,000,000

START DATE: 1ST July 2015

COMPLETION DATE: 30th June 2020

PROJECT OBJECTIVES:

(i) To increase community participation in management of fragile ecosystems

(ii)To facilitate communities in fragile ecosystem planning

(iii)To identify and support sustainable IGAs in the fragile ecosystems

(iv) To restore the beauty of Kisoro’s landscape as the Switzerland of Africa

TARGETED BENEFICIARIES: Communities

PROJECT BACKGROUND AND JUSTIFICATION

According to Kisoro DEAP (2002), most of the vegetation cover was probably dominated by the forests in the past.
However, these have been cleared as a result of the high population pressure. Remnants of these are found only in
the protected areas of Bwindi Impenetrable National Park (BINP), Mgahinga Gorilla National park (MGNP) and
Echuya forest reserve.

The district is characterized by one of the highest population densities in the country, over 300 persons per km 2 in
some areas. The high population combined with customary inheritance of land has led to sub divisions of the land
holdings to sizes that hardly support families (UWA 2001). As such, with the exception of the National parks and
other protected areas like Echuya forest reserve the entire district has scanty vegetation cover.

The major problem is land degradation due to dependence on land for livelihood where over 90% and 95% of the
population depend on agriculture and fuelwood respectively. There is also degradation of forest biodiversity
through uncontrolled fires, which has increasingly become an annual occurrence. Long periods of droughts have
led to susceptibility of these fragile ecosystems to fire making it a threat to conservation of resources. This is
progressively becoming a prime factor in shaping the vegetation composition. This therefore requires concerted
efforts of all citizens and other stakeholders to ensure the lost glory of the district as the Switzerland of Africa is
restored.

TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

The approach is multi stakeholder involving a wide range of cadres ranging from National to grass root. It will
involve awareness raising, capacity building, production of IEC, Catchment based management planning for the
ecosystems and monitoring and evaluation.

Awareness raising and capacity building; It is important that the problem of land degradation is publicized for
better understanding of the restoration concept. This will be done through workshops, community meetings, radio
talk show, training and exchange visits.

294
Production of IEC materials; Through the engagement of the communities and stakeholders in the workshops, in
addition to awareness rising; issues that will come up on unsustainable use of the fragile ecosystems and solutions
provided for better use will guide the development of community user friendly manuals. In addition, it is important
that the some of the available legislation on Environment management is made simpler for the community and
other stakeholders to understand and interpret. This will also require the translation of the key legislation simplified
into the local languages. With the high levels of illiteracy and poor reading habits of the community, some talking
pictures (posters) will be produced to explain to the community the gist of the matter.

Catchment Based planning and valuation of the resources; This will require some degree of expertise which
can be got from the District and government institutions. Management planning will involve situation analysis,
visioning, setting objectives, strategy development and valuation. Through the situational analysis conflicts if any
will be looked at, gender analysis, stakeholder analysis DPSIR analysis and Identification of alternatives
technologies applicable to communities that are aimed at restoring the fragile ecosystems. In total economic
valuation will consider direct market valuation and indirect market valuation this will be evidence for sustainable
approaches in fragile ecosystems restoration campaign.

Implementing alternative IGAs and activities that restore the landscape; Kisor district is hilly with valley
bottoms that are water logged. Learning from traditional/indigenous knowledge soil and water conservation
measures such as terraces, contour bands and hedgerows will be put in place. In addition, IGAs such as tree
planting, beekeeping and tree nurseries will be promoted.

Monitoring and Evaluation; An M & E framework will be put in place to spell out required targets and the team
responsible which will be coordinated by the team leader. This will involve review meetings periodically and
reports would be discussed in the District Committee responsible for Environment and Production.

PROJECT WORK PLAN

Activity Budget Total Operation

Quarter1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 and


Recurrent

295
Costs
Awareness raising 2,000,000 4,000,000 2,000,000 2,000,000 10,000,0 10,000,000
00
Capacity building 10,000,000 15,000,000 5,000,000 30,000,0 30,000,000
00
Production of IEC - - 25,000,000 25,000,000 50,000,0 0
materials 00
Develop Catchment based - - 40,000,000 30,000,000 70,000,0 10,000,000
management plans 00
Conduct a study on - - 20,000, 20,000,0 3,000,00
economic value of the 000 - 00 0
critical fragile ecosystems
Implement alternative - -
IGAs and activities that
restore the landscape
Project monitoring and 1,000,00 10,000,000 5,000,000 20,000,0 20,000,000
evaluation 0 00

Department -
.

SUB SECTORAL - Physical planning unit

TITLE OF THE PROJECT - Preparation of Physical Development Plans


Bungana and Rubuguri town boards, Chanika, Nyanamo
and Kibugu trade centre.
296
IMPLEMENTING AGENCY - Kisoro District Local Government

LOCATION - Kisoro District

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE- 257,780,000=

FUND SECURED - Nil

FINDING GAP - 257,780,000=

STARTING DATE - July 2015

COMPLETION DATE - June 2020

Objectives.
1. To ensure compliance to regulatory land use frame work in the district
2. To provide technical support and guidance to town council and trading centers in the field of land use
regulation and evaluation.
3. Supervision and capacity building of stakeholders in town council & trading centres.
4. To attain orderly and sustainable urban and rural development in the district.
5. To ensure fair and equal distribution of social and infrastructure services in all parts of the district.

Back ground of the project.


Kisoro district is one of the district in Uganda which has a lot of town boards and trading centers
without physical development plans (structure and detailed plans).

This has resulted into the acceleration of un guided developments especially in the up coming
towns and trading centres of Bunagana, Chaninka, Nyanamo, Koranya, and Rubuguri town board.
This study report was carried out by physical planning office which forms a basis for preparation
of physical development plans for these areas which will be the guiding instrument for
development on the basis of which orderly developments is expected to proceed in the district

The Physical planning act 2010 was enacted to align physical planning with the contemporary
governance system, decentralize physical planning and related process such as environmental
management and many others.

The physical planning office will always provide technical guidance to developers in rural areas
in the planning area who may not afford the services of an architect.
Housing is a major issue in urban development and planning. This is because it places the highest
demand for land and it always forms a basis of life for urban communities. Therefore the nature
and quality of housing is not only an important planning variable but it offers a basis for the
required improvement for a decent life of urban dwellers.

Work plan and budget for preparation of structure and detailed plans for Bunagana town board
Objective Activities Target Budget Source Responsible
person.
To prepare Carry out public Holding community 5,000,000 KDLG Physical planner &
structure plan for sensitization meeting in all zones of natural resource
Bunagana town programme. town board officer.
297
board 2015-2020 Collecting social Administering 100 5,000,000 KDLG Physical planner
economic data of questioners per zone in sen. lands officer.
the area to be town board.
planned.
Analyzing Making statistical 3,000,000 KDLG Physical planner
collected data analyses and
projections for next 10
years.
Plan drawing and Zoning and re-zoning 3,000,000 KDLG Physical planner
production land uses & lands officer
Plan presentation Displaying the plan 6,000,000 KDLG Physical planner.
and presenting it to
council
To prepare a Reviewing Identifying properly 2,000,000 KDLG Physical planner
detailed plan for cadastral sheets owners and surveyor
the town board Plot sub division Adhering to plot sizes 5,000,000 KDLG Physical planner
in the town and standards
board
Demarcating road Creating access roads, 25,000,000 KDLG Physical planner,
reserves service lanes, secondary engineer, lands
and primary distributors officer
Implementation of Holding physical All members of 3,320,000 KDLG Physical planner &
the plan planning physical planning chairperson
committee committee physical planning
meeting to committee.
approve plans.
Monitoring & Making inspection 7,000,000 KDLG Physical planner
evaluation supervisions & writing
reports

Work plan and budget for preparation of structure and detailed plans for Chanika trading centre
Objective Activities Target Budget Source Responsible
person.
To prepare Carry out public Holding community 5,000,000 KDLG Physical planner
structure plan for sensitization meeting in all zones & natural

298
chanika trading programme. of trading centre resource officer.
centre 2015-2020 Collecting social Administering 100 5,000,000 KDLG Physical planner
economic data of questioners per zone in sen. lands
the area to be the trading centre officer.
planned.
Analyzing Making statistical 3,000,000 KDLG Physical planner
collected data analyses and
projections for next 10
years.
Plan drawing Zoning and re- 3,000,000 KDLG Physical planner
and production zoning land uses & lands officer
Plan Displaying the plan 6,000,000 KDLG Physical planner.
presentation and presenting it to
council
To prepare a Reviewing Identifying properly 2,000,000 KDLG Physical planner
detailed plan for cadastral sheets owners and surveyor
the trading Plot sub Adhering to plot 5,000,000 KDLG Physical planner
centre division in the sizes and standards
trading centre
Demarcating Creating access 25,000,000 KDLG Physical planner,
road reserves roads, service lanes, engineer, lands
secondary and primary officer
distributors
Implementation Holding physical All members of 3,320,000 KDLG Physical planner
of the plan planning physical planning & chairperson
committee committee physical
meeting to planning
approve plans. committee.
Monitoring & Making inspection 7,000,000 KDLG Physical planner
evaluation supervisions & writing
reports

Work plan and budget for preparation of structure and detailed plans for Nyanamo trading
centre
Objective Activities Target Budget Source Responsible
person.
To prepare Carry out public Holding community 5,000,000 KDLG Physical planner
structure plan for sensitization meeting in all zones of & natural
299
Nyanamo trading programme. trading centre resource officer.
centre 2015-2020 Collecting social Administering 100 5,000,000 KDLG Physical planner
economic data of questioners per zone in sen. lands officer.
the area to be the trading centre
planned.
Analyzing Making statistical 3,000,000 KDLG Physical planner
collected data analyses and
projections for next 10
years.
Plan drawing Zoning and re-zoning 3,000,000 KDLG Physical planner
and production land uses & lands officer
Plan Displaying the plan 6,000,000 KDLG Physical planner.
presentation and presenting it to
council
To prepare a Reviewing Identifying properly 2,000,000 KDLG Physical planner
detailed plan for cadastral sheets owners and surveyor
Nyanamo trading Plot sub Adhering to plot sizes 5,000,000 KDLG Physical planner
centre division in the and standards
trading centre
Demarcating Creating access roads, 25,000,000 KDLG Physical planner,
road reserves service lanes, secondary engineer, lands
and primary distributors officer
Implementation Holding physical All members of physical 3,320,000 KDLG Physical planner
of the plan planning planning committee & chairperson
committee physical planning
meeting to committee.
approve plans.
Monitoring & Making inspection 7,000,000 KDLG Physical planner
evaluation supervisions & writing
reports

Work plan and budget for preparation of structure and detailed plans for Kibugu trading centre
Objective Activities Target Budget Source Responsible
person.
To prepare Carry out public Holding community 5,000,000 KDLG Physical
structure plan for sensitization meeting in all zones of planner &
kibugu trading programme. trading centre natural resource
300
centre 2015-2020 officer.
Collecting social Administering 100 5,000,000 KDLG Physical
economic data of questioners per zone in planner sen.
the area to be the trading centre. lands officer.
planned.
Analyzing Making statistical 3,000,000 KDLG Physical
collected data analyses and planner
projections for next 10
years.
Plan drawing and Zoning and re-zoning 3,000,000 KDLG Physical
production land uses planner &
lands officer
Plan presentation Displaying the plan 6,000,000 KDLG Physical
and presenting it to planner.
council
To prepare a Reviewing Identifying properly 2,000,000 KDLG Physical
detailed plan for cadastral sheets owners planner and
the trading surveyor
centre Plot sub division Adhering to plot sizes 5,000,000 KDLG Physical
in the trading and standards planner
centre
Demarcating road Creating access roads, 25,000,000 KDLG Physical
reserves service lanes, secondary planner,
and primary distributors engineer, lands
officer
Implementation Holding physical All members of physical 3,320,000 KDLG Physical
of the plan planning committee planning committee planner &
meeting to chairperson
approve plans. physical
planning
committee.
Monitoring & Making inspection 7,000,000 KDLG Physical
evaluation supervisions & writing planner
reports
Procurement of For field work Physical planning office 12,500,000 KDLG
motorcycle purposes

301
COMMUNITY DEPARTMENT

DEPARTMENT: Community

SECTOR: Community (Nutrition)

TITLE PROJECT: Enacting and enforcing by laws and ordinances to regulate


consumption of alcohol

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY: Kisoro District Local Government

LOCATION:

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 17,000,000

FUND SECURED Nil

FUNDING GAP:

START DATE: July 2015

COMPLETION DATE June 2016

PROJECT OBJECTIVE

To promote regulation of consumption of alcohol

Targeted beneficiaries

TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION AND JUSTIFICATION

Although Kisoro District produces a lot of food which could be utilized to meet the dietary need of its
population, much of it is sold off out side the district and returns are not utilized for dietary purposes. This
scenario has led to slanting which currently stands on 51% according to NILA of 2018. This project therefore
seeks to address the problem of malnutrition among the population The project interventions will include;

1. Formulation of byelaws and ordinances on consumption of alcohol


2. Approval of byelaws on ordinances on consumption of alcohol
3. Enforcement of byelaws and ordinances on consumption of alcohol
4. Public sensitization especially women on the negative effects of alcohol consumption

PROJECT WORKPLAN/BUDGET

Activity Quarter1 Quarter Quarter 3 Quarter Operation


2 4 al
recurrent
costs
Formulation of byelaws and ordinances 8,000,000 226,000
on consumption of alcohol

Approval of byelaws on ordinances on 5,000,000 226,000


consumption of alcohol

Enforcement of byelaws and ordinances 2,000,000 2,000,000 226,000


on consumption of alcohol

302
MONITORING AND EVALUATION STRATEGY

The current M and E system for nutrition and food security indicators is weak, with minimal

and fragmented systems among sectors and development partners. To effectively track

Progress of the DNAP’s implementation and performance of the target outcome and output

Indicators, a comprehensive and integrated mult-sectoral monitoring system for nutrition as

developed by OPM will be adopted. All implementing agencies will submit annual reports in

the status of implementation and performance of target indicators to the DNCC. The DNCC

will then compile the reports to produce an annual report. An annual review meeting for the

implementing agencies and other nutrition stakeholders will be held. All implementing

agencies will submit quarterly reports in their thematic areas to the DNCC, which will

compile them and produce a quarterly report. Quarterly meetings will be held to discuss the

reports and come up with appropriate measures if implementation is slow or off track. To

evaluate the effectiveness and impact of the various programmes, interventions, and the

DNAP overall, evaluations and reviews will be conducted annually.

303
SECTOR - Community Development services

SUB SECTOR: - Probation and social welfare

TITLE: - Child protection services

CODE: - KDLG/CBS/02

LOCATION: - District wide

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY: - KDLG

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: - 2,520,000=

FUNDS SECURED: - 980,000=

FUNDING GAP: - 1,540,000=

START DATE - June 2015

COMPLETION DATE: - July 2016

Objective:

To advocate for children’s rights like education, safe shelter, medical care, among others

To identify and access the situation of OVC in the District

To tress the families and relatives of the identified OVC

To guide and counsel the OVC and their families/relatives

To resettle and follow up OVC

Background:

In Kisoro the phenomenon of street children locally known as ‘Maibobo’ is a recent one. In the past years, approximately 5-9
cases were cited in Kisoro Town council. To-date the number of street children has alarmingly risen to above 40. Other up-
coming trading centres within the district are also experiencing the increasing number of idle and disorderly children who call
themselves ‘Maibobo’. The causes of this phenomenon include domestic violence, alcoholism, poverty, child neglect and
abandonment among others

The dangers of street/idle children however have started to be of public concern. They are being abused physically, sexually
and economically. On a number of occasions they have been sighted smoking ‘bangi, petrol sniffing, gambling, pilfering and
getting involved in all sorts of violence as well as involing in crime cases like thefty especially among the minority Batwa of
Mikingo community’. This poses a potential threat both to children themselves and to society hence a need to be addressed.

Technical Description:

The project will involve sensitization of the public about the dangers of street children and training of selected people to handle
them. The identified children will also be trained in life skills for self-reliance and on improved coordination among the
organizations that offer rescue services to these children, conducting radio programs on the rights of children and the pubilicity
of the children’s free hotline of 116 known as Sauti.

Implementation of this project will be done in phases as follows:-


Identification and needs assessment.
Training the families and relatives.
Guidance and counseling of the children and their families/relatives.
304
Resettlement and follows up to the street children.
Advocate for the rights of children through radio program

PROJECT WORK PLAN

Activity Budget Total Operation and

Quarter1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 Recurrent Costs

Identification 500,000 500,000 50,000

and needs
assessment
Training the 500,00 500,000 50,000

families and 0

relatives
Guidance and 300,000 300,000 15,000

counseling of the
children and
their
families/relative
s
Resettlement 400,000 400,000 20,000

and follows up
to the street
children
Conduct radio 820,000 820,000 67,000

program on
children’s rights

305
SECTOR: Community Development services

TITLE: Functional Adult Literacy

CODE: KDLG/CBS/11

LOCATION: District Wide

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY: KDLG

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDIURE: 13,947,021=

FUNDS SECURED: 13,947,021

FUNDING GAP: Nil

START DATE June 2015

COMPLETION DATE: July 2016

Objective:

To increase adult literacy rate from the current 64.4% to 70% by 2016.

Background:

There are low literacy levels amongst adults (33%) especially among the rural women. There is community demand for
Functional adult literacy. There is widespread poverty due to lack of functional skills in the communities. The integrated
nature of functional adult literacy curriculum allows adults not only to learn writing, reading and numeracy, but also functional
skills and knowledge about Agriculture, Environment, environment protection, Primary Health Care, nutrition, HIV/AIDS
Human rights, Laws and income generation are incorporated. . However, other donors and NGOs like Doctors of Global
Health, ADRA Uganda, and CARE are combining efforts to address illiteracy in Kisoro District.

Technical Description:

The project will involve:-


Community Mobilization and Sensitization on the value of FAL programme.
Identification and training and motivation of FAL instructors.
Enrolling Adult learners.
Acquiring literacy instruction and testing materials.
Supervision, Monitoring and Evaluation.
Monitoring and review meetings with FAL instructors

306
PROJECT WORK PLAN

Activity Budget Total Operation and

Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter 4 Recurrent Costs

1 2 3
Community 1,500,000= 1,500,000 70,000

Mobilization and
Sensitization on the
value of FAL programme
Identification and 2,000,00 2,000,000 85,000

training and motivation 0

of FAL instructors
Acquiring literacy 3,480,00 3,480,000 150,000

instruction and testing 0

materials
Supervision, Monitoring 2,500,000 2,500,000 90,000

and Evaluation
Refresher course to literacy 2,500,00 2,500,000 90,000
supervisions.
0

Enrolling Adult learners 1,300,00 1,300,000 100,000


0

307
SECTOR: Community Development services

CODE: KDLG/CBS/05

SUB SECTOR: Social Rehabilitation

TITLE: Rehabilitation of Batwa

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY: KDLG

LOCATION: Busanza, Bukimbiri and Town Council, Nyundo, Kirundo, Kanaba,

Murora, Nyarusiza, Chahi, Nyabwishenya, Nyakabande

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 70,000,000

FUNDS SECURED: Nil

FUNDING GAP 70,000,000

START DATE June 2015

COMPLETION DATE: July 2016

Objectives:

To draw the attention of relevant planners and practitioners to the concerns of Batwa Community.

To resettle, guide and counsel the Batwa to appreciate themselves and get integrated into the community.

To promote Batwa participation in the government programs


Background:
Batwa Community constitutes 1-2% of the total population. The number is not increasing so much due to diseases
like HIV/AIDS and STDs, poverty, ignorance and un-conducive livelihood. They are relatively poor and hardly
own anything. They depend on begging for their livelihood, and are even squatters on the land that they cannot
exploit/put to use. They take the problem of social isolation, lack of basic needs and their existence contributes
nothing to the development of the district and county.

TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION.
The project will address Batwa concerns through:
Mobilization of community leaders, NGOs and (Batwa themselves).
Advocating for their resettlement and provision of other social services like education, medical care, housing, safe
water and sanitation, nutrition, among others
Coordination of the activities of development partners working with Batwa
Offer technical guidance to IPs working with the Batwa and holding Batwa stakeholder meetings
Conducting Leadership and human rights trainings and entrepreneurship skills development
308
PROJECT WORK PLAN

Activity Budget Total Operation and

Quarter Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 Recurrent Costs

1
Mobilization of community 15,000,000 15,000,000 3,000,000
leaders, NGOs and (Batwa
themselves).

Advocating for their 20,000,000 20,000,000 3,500,000


resettlement and provision
of other social services like
education, medical care,
housing, safe water and
sanitation, nutrition, among
others

Coordination of the 10,000,000 10,000,000 2,000,000


activities of development
partners working with
Batwa

Offer technical guidance to 15,000,00 15,000,000 3,000,000


IPs working with the Batwa
0
and holding Batwa
stakeholder meetings

Leadership and human 10,000,000 10,000,00 20,000,000 3,500,000


rights, entrepreneurship 0

skills development

309
SECTOR: Community Development services

SUB SECTOR: Gender

CODE: KDLG/CBS/06

TITLE: Gender Mainstreaming

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY: KDLG

LOCATION District wide

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 1,271,000

FUNDS SECURED: 950,000

FUNDING GAP: 321,000

START DAT June 2015


COMPLETION DATE: July 2016

Objectives:

To create awareness on Gender issues at all levels and to promote a gender and development approach that is based
on understanding of gender roles and social relations of men and women, which focuses on women specifically.

Background:
The program aims at creating awareness on the issues relating to gender especially the women concerns. By
mandate men are taken to be the initiators, owners and controllers of every productive property/asset resources in
society. Women on the other hand, while they are the producers using these factors/resources, have been
predominantly regarded as not playing any big role in the society and their efforts are not appreciated. Much as
women are the great producers of agricultural produces, they own no money after the sale of food produces na
dhave no powers in decision making except men. Furthermore women are excluded in the value chain under the
agricultural sector. Worse still women do not appreciate nor recognize themselves. Hence the need for this
programme to address the gender imbalances in the government sectors.

Technical Description:
Sensitize the communities, local leaders on the issues/concerns of both men and women and how they affect
development.
Training the local leaders on the rights/legal rights of women including the property ownership right
Enhance women’s economic empowerment through entrepreneurship skills
Collect gender disaggregated in all the government programmes like YLP, FAL, CDD, PWD among others
Monitor gender responsivess in all government programs

PROJECT WORK PLAN


310
Activity Budget Total Operation and

Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter 4 Recurrent Costs

1 2 3
Sensitize the communities, 300,000 300,000 15,000
local leaders on the
issues/concerns of both men
and women and how they
affect development,
Enhance women’s economic
empowerment through
entrepreneurship skills

Training the local leaders on 300,000 300,000 15,000


the rights/legal rights of
women including the
property ownership right

Monitor gender responsivess 671,000 671,000 25,000


in all government programs,
Collect gender
disaggregated in all the
government programmes
like YLP, FAL, CDD, PWD
among others

SECTOR: Community Development Services

311
SUB SECTOR: Youth Council

CODE: KDLG/CBS/07

TITLE Youth Livelihood Programme

IMPLEMETING AGENCY: KDLG

LOCATION: District wide

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 427,700,000

FUNDS SECURED: 427,700,000

FUNDING GAP: Nil

START DATE June 2015

COMPLETION DATE: July 2016

Objectives:
To offer opportunities for youth to be linked to micro finance services.
To improve on the situation of Youth by mobilizing and organizing them to engage in self-help income generating
activities.
Background:
Youth are considered relatively poor not owning anything with the biggest numbers of unemployment. They do
not own land and do not get access to financial services because they do not have anything to mortgage. Most are
unemployed and some have acquired low level of education, therefore their potential remains untapped.

Technical Description:
Formation and effective organization of Youth groups, appraise, select and approve potential youth groups as well
as equipping Youth leaders with business and marketing skills.
Fund youth groups for IGAs

PROJECT WORK PLAN


Activity Budget Total Operation and

Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter 4 Recurrent Costs

1 2 3
Formation and effective 42,000,000 42,000,000 6,000,000
organization of Youth
groups, appraise, select and
approve potential youth
groups as well as equipping
Youth leaders with business
and marketing skills.

Fund youth groups for IGAs 385,000, 385,000,00 Nil


000 0

SECTOR: -Community Development Services


SUB SECTOR: -Women Council
312
TITLE: -Uganda Women Entrepreneurship Programme
IMPLEMENTING AGENCY: - KDLG
LOCATION -District wide
TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 75,000,000
FUNDS SECURED: 6,800,000
FUNDING GAP: 68,200,000
START DATE June 2015
COMPLETION DATE: July 2016
Objectives:
To offer opportunities for poor women to be linked to micro finance services.
To improve on the situation of poor women by mobilizing and organizing them to engage in self-help
income generating activities.
Background:
Women are considered relatively poor not owning anything with the biggest numbers of engaging in
subsistence agriculture and domestic work. They do not own land and do not get access to financial
services because they do not have anything to mortgage. Most are illiterate and unemployed and some
have acquired low level of education, therefore their potential remains untapped.
Technical Description:
Formation and effective organization of poor women in groups, appraise, select and approve potential
women groups as well as equipping women leaders with business and marketing skills.
Fund women groups for IGAs
PROJECT WORK PLAN

Activity Budget Total Operation


and
Quarter Quarter Quarter 3 Quarter
Recurrent
1 2 4 Costs
Formation and effective 6,800,00 6,800, 60,000
organization of women groups,
0 000
appraise, select and approve
potential women groups as well as
equipping women leaders with
business and marketing skills.

Fund women groups for IGAs 68,200,00 68,200 Nil


0 ,000

313
SECTOR: -Gender and Community Based Services

SUB SECTOR: -Social Rehabilitation

CODE: -KDLG/CBS/08

TITLE: -Grants to PWDs

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY: - KDLG

LOCATION: -District wide

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURES -150,000,000

FUNDS SECURED: 10,000,000

FUNDING GAP: -140,000,000

START DATE June 2015

COMPLETION DATE: July 2016

Objectives:

To lobby and advocate for PWDs to gain assistance from willing and supportive agencies.

Background:

While PWDs constitute 6-8% of the total population, they relatively, own minimal assets. They are
highly marginalized and isolated in the society and denied their rights to own property. Hence the project
will uplift their social being and build their capacity to survive/improve on their livelihood. The number
continues to increase due to accidents, disease, poverty and ignorance of the community/society. Mutual
self-help groups to assist PWDs are still very few in the district.

Technical description:

Mobilizing the community/families to appreciate and support PWDs.


Lobbying and mobilizing the supportive donors and agencies.
Facilitating the PWDs to gain skills of managing their socio-economic affairs.
Assessment of PWDs to determine their abilities, potentials and challenges.
Formation and effective organization of PWDs socio-economic micro groups.
Train staff in projects that can uplift the standard of PWDs and marginalized groups.

314
PROJECT WORK PLAN

Activity Budget Total Operation


Quarter Quarte Quarte Quarter and
1 r2 r3 4 Recurrent
Costs
Formation and effective 6,800,000 6,800,00 60,000
organization of women
0
groups, appraise, select
and approve potential
women groups as well
as equipping women
leaders with business
and marketing skills.

Fund women groups for 68,200, 68,200,0 Nil


IGAs
000 00

315
SECTOR: Gender and Community Based Services

CODE: KDLG/CBS/08

TITLE Community Driven Development

IMPLEMENTING AGENCY: KDLG

LOCATION District wide

TOTAL PLANNED EXPENDITURE: 71,288,000

FUNDS SECURED 71,288,000

FUNDING GAP: 0

START DATE June 2015

COMPLETION DATE: July 2016

Objectives:

To offer opportunities for youth, women to be linked to micro finance services.


To improve on the situation of Youth, women and groups by mobilizing and organizing them to engage in self-help income
generating activities.

Background:
Youth are considered relatively poor not owning anything with the biggest numbers of unemployment. They do not own land
and do not get access to financial services because they do not have anything to mortgage. Most are unemployed and some
have acquired low level of education, therefore their potential remains untapped.

Technical Description:
Formation and effective organization of Youth groups, appraise, select and approve potential youth groups as well as
equipping Youth leaders with business and marketing skills.
Fund youth groups for IGAs

316

You might also like